ROYAL BRITISH COLLEGE

The Sustainable Development Through Total Quality Management

And Institutional Organization

Researcher Preparation
Eng. Mostafa Ahmed Sayed Mohamed

A dissertation submitted to RB College in partial Fulfillment of the requirements

for the award of the degree of

Doctor Of Business Administration

IN

The Technological Engineering Total Quality Management

Supervision
Dr. Safwat El Mansi

2020/2021
 ‫بسم هللا الرحمن الرحيم‬
‫والصالة والسالم عىل اكرم الخلق سيدنا‬
‫محمد وعىل الة وصحابته وسلم تسليما‬
‫كثيا‬
‫ر‬
 DECLARATION

I certify that all the material in this thesis that is not my own work has been identified, and that no
material is included for which a degree has previously been conferred on me. The contents of this
thesis reflect my own personal views, and are not necessarily endorsed by the University.

Name: Mostafa Ahmed Sayed Mohamed

Date: 01/03/2022

a
 APPROVAL OF EXAMINING COMMITTEE

We hereby certify that we have read the present work and that in our opinion it is fully adequate in
scope and quality as thesis towards the partial fulfillment of the Doctor Degree requirements in

Specialization

Technological Engineering &Total Quality Management

From

Royal British College (RBC) UK.

Date

2022

Supervisor (s):

Name: Prof. ……………………………………………………………………………………...………………...…………….

Position: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...…………….

Signature: ……………………………………………………………………………………………...………………...…………….

b
 ‫اهداء وشكر وتقدير‬

‫الحمد والشكر هلل سبحانه وتعاىل عىل نعمتة و فضله وكرمه والذي يس ىل إتمام هذه الرسالة المتواضعه ليكون عوننا‬
‫واسهما لتنمية مجتمعنا وتطويرة وازدهاره بالعلم والعلماء‬
‫والصالة والسالم عىل سيدنا محمد االمام االعظم معلمنا وقدوتنا‬

‫العاملي بها الممثل الرسم‬

‫ر‬ ‫أتوجه بجزيل الشكر وعظيم اإلمتنان والتقدير إىل المؤسسة التعليمية ترينوفيشن وجميع‬
‫الييطانية عىل ما قدموه لمساعدت خالل مراعل االعداد وحت اتمام هذه‬ ‫ف مص ر‬
‫والسق االوسط للكلية الملكية ر‬
‫الرسالة‪.‬‬

‫إلشافه عىل هذا الرسالة و الذي لم يبخل عىل بإرشاداته ونصائحه‬ ‫ونخص بالذكر األستاذ الدكتور صفوت المنس ر‬
‫السديدة الت كان لها األثر البالغ عىل إتمام هذا العمل‬

‫والعاملي فيها لتذليلها الصعوبات الت واجهتنا واعطاء البيانات والتقارير‬

‫ر‬ ‫والشكر والتقدير اىل رشكة كواليت سيكريت‬
‫وغي حكومة لتكليل هذه‬ ‫للسكة واىل كل من اعىط لنا الفرصة من وزارات وهيئات حكومية ر‬ ‫اثناء فية التقييم الفعىل ر‬
‫الرسالة بالنجاح واخراج ما فيها اىل النور ولالستفادة المجتمعية‬

‫وال يسعت إال أن أتقدم بخالص الشكر والتقدير إىل أعضاء لجنة المناقشة بقبولهم مناقشة هذه الدراسة المتواضعة‬
‫والقائمي عىل اخراج‬
‫ر‬ ‫والحكم عليها‬

‫وأختص بالشكر والتقدير اىل زوجت الت دفعتت اىل هذا النجاح الذي ينسب اليها ايضا فه نعم السند دعمك‬

‫وتشجيعك ىل ف كل ما مررت به من ازمات وصعوبات حفظك هللا ىل دوما وادام عليك الصحة والعافية واهدي هذا‬
‫العمل اىل الورود الت تفتحت ف حديقت ( بنات االعزاء )‪.‬‬

‫وحت لهم‬
‫الكريمي والذي يعجز القلم عىل وصف عظمتهم وامتنات ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫واخيا وليس اخرا كل الشكر والتقدير لوالدي‬
‫ر‬
‫عليي‪.‬‬
‫واللذين علمت المثابرة والتفات والنجاح ف العمل رحمهم هللا واسكنهم جنة الخلد ف اعىل ر‬

‫مهندس ‪ /‬مصطف احمد سيد محمد‬

‫جمهورية مص العربية‬

‫مارس ‪2022‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
 Summary of the thesis

Sustainability is an integrated methodology to meet all the needs of the present without
compromising the capabilities of generations

Sustainability is one of the most important considerations taken into account by planners
and stakeholders as well as all engineers globally involved in the planning of any urban
gathering, bearing in mind that it There is a very high and growing risk for all modern and old
urban agglomerations. on our planet, knowing that the planet is facing economic challenges
that are increasing exponentially today as the cost of raw materials, energy and construction
equipment has increased dramatically.

In terms of sustainability, planners must design and regulate the essential elements of
sustainability. All the necessities of human life in this place are generally private properties
and their use in all artisanal and professional totalities, so that the property used for
individual purposes (residential complex) or the property used for social (associations,
hospitals, clubs ... etc.) or tertiary (shopping centers - commercial offices ... etc.) or areas
used by the State for public buildings, taking into account green spaces and traffic
possibilities. Applied at all levels, this methodology examines the strategies and all the tools
compatible with the sustainability of urban agglomerations to find solutions to the problems
of urban areas and ensure the sustainability of the projects expected for future generations
in the future. Therefore, we urgently need to change the traditional patterns in the design
and implementation of the urban environment, because therefore, the work proceeds with
an applied analysis of the urban evaluation according to the concepts of sustainability of the
regional scheme and ends with the master plan with a comparative work between the two
ages to see which one comes closest to these concepts. We have used a methodology that
takes into account ecological, social and economic aspects and, in their balanced interaction,
represents the breeding ground for sustainable growth.

At the institutional organization level, sustainability in its simplest sense is a method of

action or a strategy to deliver long-term value by considering how an organization or
institution operates in the environmental, social and economic environment.

d
Sustainability is based on the assumption that the development of such strategies can
prolong the presence and competitiveness of a company or firm among its peers.

Hence the main concern for institutional sustainability or for the sustainability of
organizations, foundations and companies is that the Performance Guarantee Authority,
whether in the public, non-governmental or private sector, play an active and influential role
in achieving sustainable development in general. Without all these settings together, nothing
can be done about it.

The importance of sustainability in its broader form is illustrated by the fact that it is the only
way to survive and extend what is in our hands and that we have limited and
minimal resources, in short strategy, everything survives and expands the chances of life on
earth again, so it's no surprise that 62 % of executives
and senior managers consider sustainability strategies necessary for businesses to be
competitive in today's world. Today, while 22 % say they will be essential in the future.

This means that there is a fundamental advantage of sustainability, which is that it is a

competitive advantage for a company to adopt it and adopt a fundamental strategy. People
now or later can only be accepted by companies that are committed to surviving society,
conserving natural resources, saving the environment, etc.

It can therefore be said that institutional sustainability has important dimensions: strategic
sustainability - sustainability of products and programmers - sustainability of employees -
financial sustainability.

e
 Definitions and terminology

Development

Development is an essential element of human, social, environmental stability and

development and often takes various forms, all aimed at improving human life and stability
in a manner consistent with economic, social, intellectual and ecological needs and capacities
and therefore the process of change and move society towards a better use of change.

Development Sustainable

Sustainable development is a process of development for all sectors of the world provided
that it meets the specific needs of today without compromising the right of future
generations to resources and the conservation of natural resources for future growth and
development. .

Development is either economic, social or environmental, balanced by improving people's

quality of life while protecting the earth's biosystem, which is mainly based on the
development of strategies that reduce the volume of waste, reduce the increasing
consumption of energy and steer the trend towards cleaner energy and reduce the excess of
natural and vital resources.

Structure Planning

It is a social, economic, urban, and ecological system, when planning programmer is

developed, such as the distribution and the various activities of the population and the
organization of their relations. The Structural planning is the link between regional planning
and municipal planning.

Disaster Risk Reduction

Concept and practices to reduce the risk of disasters through systematic efforts to analyze
and manage the causes of disasters, including risk reduction, reduction of the vulnerability of
people and property, sensible land and environmental management, and better
preparedness adverse events.property vulnerability mitigation, prudent land and
environmental management and improved preparedness for adverse events.
f
Economic Development

All actions and strategies undertaken by decision makers in promoting the standard of living,
health and the environment to change the quality of basic infrastructure for competition,
sustainability and inclusiveness in all sectors to ensure economic well-being and social of
people.

Cultural Development

It is one that gives people the ability to think and rationalize in a specific way and mixes with
critical judgment and a sense of moral commitment by discerning values, making choices,
setting goals, prioritizing and towards private and public performance.

Social Development

Constantly seeks to improve to achieve the well-being of each individual in society so that he
can reach maximum potential, energy and make or do the utmost effort for the success of
society and for the fulfillment of dreams with confidence, dignity to achieve self-sufficiency.

Total Quality Management

Total Quality Management is a set of methods, strategies and daily practices that all
departments want to apply and spread to all services and products, with some plans to put
the service or production in the hands of the consumer with the highest quality by relying on
a selection of manpower and task forces trained in the latest methods and techniques to
meet customer needs.

The CQM is also committed to continuously improving and developing products and services
to ensure adequate customer satisfaction.

Total quality is always about the customer and his expectations. This compares the actual
performance of the product or service with the desired expectations from this product or
service and thus can be judged from a quality work perspective.

The personal definition of Total Quality Management is excellence and leadership in product
manufacturing. Excellence means mastery, precision and leadership means rapid response to
customer requests.

g
Sustainable Urban Planning

With civilizations still reliant on building and rebuilding to maintain a life of lust, this in turn
encroaches on the natural environment, acute extravagance and increasing consumption of
natural resources and various energy sources.

It is this planning that builds and creates a healthy, ecological and sustainable urban
environment that benefits society and the many benefits of people and nature together
through the intertwining of human residential areas and the natural environment and
therefore through proper land use and optimal use of building structure. (Small and healthy)
and the lack of excessive use of transport and communications that degrade the
environment and the strong relationships between green apartments and construction
buildings and alleviate sustainable urban planning embraces all aspects of development,
growth and economic, social and environmental expansion in the community

h
Chapter 1: Strategy For Total Quality in Economic Institutions

Introduction

With the acceleration of global change, such as the impact of a significant

international overlap was evident in the liberalization of world trade, in the
facilitation of the circulation of capital goods, services, information and use of
new technologies for the emergence of new concepts in the management of
economic institutions, companies and factories that serve the purpose of survival
and continuity in the world of national and global competition and the adoption
of new managements strategies, methods and procedures for dealing with more
complex and uncertain circumstances in the world today.

A comprehensive concept of Total quality is one of new management concepts

based on a set of principles and procedures that are important in the general
management of economy institutions, companies and factories, so every
institution strive for the best total level its products and customerservices as one
of the platforms success or failure of economic institutions, companies and
factories in the market.

The total quality in economic institutions, companies, factories and systems in

some countries has achieved many significant and high-quality results that have
mode possible dominating the markets and allowing them to build strategies
that adopt a new management style.

The purpose of this Chapter is to emphasize the concepts of total quality of

strategic role played by total quality in economic institutions, companies and
factories by addressing some key issues as follows:

- What is total quality and its historical development?

- Framework conditions and concepts for total quality.

- What is the total quality strategy in economic institutions?

- What is the ISO 9000 standard and its relation to total quality?

-1-
Section1: Generalities about total quality

Quality is an important and strategic weapon for institutions because it achieves a

symmetrical advantage in their field of activity and to knowing what quality we
put foreard the various definitions and concepts involved and provide an
overview of the stages of development of these concepts and determination of
the most important requirements and how they are applied.

Part 1 : Conceptual Quality:

Quality is the basic rule on which many concepts are based. First we have to
recognize the importance of quality before adding inclusivity.
Clause 1 : Definition of Quality

The concept of quality belongs to the Latin word (Qualitas), which means the
nature of the person or the nature of the object and the degree of hardness. The
definitions of quality are varied by different perceptions and by different
evolution of its concepts. Who define it as a set of specifications and
characteristics defined by the organization, incorporated into the product during
the design and manufactue processes.

Definition of W.E Deming

Compatibility between consumer needs and requirements, however, and also

means continuous improvement of all activities and continuous reduction of
losses and costs.

In this definition, we find that Deming focused on increasing outputs provided

they comply with consumer requirements, work to reduce risks, waste time, and
work on how to achieve and reach quality.

Definition Radford University

Quality is a property or set of characteristics that distinguishes something from

other something, or a good commodity made produced by a factory from that

-2-
produced by competitors or the level of production of one product from another
product.

Through this definition, quality is a set of characteristics that distinguish a product

of another and creates competitiveness.

Definition Boeing Aircraft Industry

Quality means provididing customers with goods and services that exceed their
expectations needs.

We note that this definition of quality aims to realize customers wishes needs, we
find that this definition od quality aims to fulfill the wishes and neds os customers
the coach exceeds their expectations.

Definition American Quality Society

Quality is the general characteristics of the product ( service or goods ) that

appears and reflect the ability of the product to satisfy explicit, aggressive and
implicid needs.

We conclude from this definition that quality aims to satisfy the desires of
consumers.

Definition Of The French Society Of Technicians

The definition in the ISO 9000 International Standard Specification (9001-2015)

side is defined as the ability of a set of essential characteristics and features to
satisfy the stated or implied requirements of a customer group.

According to all the previous definitions we can derive a definition of quality term
meanings that have some considerations and can vary depending on rhe entity
used by interested individuals institutions or any sectors concerned.

Researcher David Garvin has collected and identified all the concepts of quality
with five core entries in a book entitled Managing Quality in 1988.

-3-
Depends onSuperiority
Quality for the purposes of this entry means that the product is capable of using
the full capabilities of the product performance to meet specifications providing
better and more accurate performance in the specifications that meet the
consumer's desires.

This definition is consistent with the definition of vegenium (A.V feigenbaum)

Quality is the realization of the consumer's desire.

Depends on Product

This entry requires in the form of accuracy and dimensional accuracy vocabulary
or characteristics of the product suitable to mee the consumer's desires.

It is a concept of the principles of the total quality philosophy which emphasizes

the accuracy and conformity of the established

Depends on the Usage

The quality within this study is the ability of the product to meet the customer's
expectations. It is a subjective personal concept where feedback changes based
on many factors such as the social and cultural level and the level of satisfaction,
as opposed to the previous concept, which is an objective concept.

Quality here is appropriate between product characteristics and customer

expectations.

Depends on manufacturing

Through this entrance, quality is the manufacture of products that are devoid of
imperfect propotions by matching their technical specifications to the desired
design.

This is corresponds to that of Japan's concepts of quality.

-4-
Depends on value

This portal tries to understood quality through its relations with price.

Customers perhaps would like to accept some a kinds of technical specifications in

their product in exchange for a lower price.

That’s why we can look at quality from 3 angles:

1. Quality specifications taking care of product design.

2.Production-related quality specifications or technical specifications

obtained through the production process.

3. Performance quality specifications that appear to the consumer when the

effective use of the product and as focus on quality during its presenting
this product to customers, which is known as customer quality.

Table No. (1) Quality Concepts

Geared to Definition of Quality Quality Pione

Customer Fitness for use Joseph.M Juran
Customer Fitness for a purpose W.E Deming
Customer, supplier Not specific David A.Garvin
supplier Compliance with requirements Philip Crosby
supplier Not specific K. Ishikawa
supplier Customer satisfaction at lowest A.V Feigenbaum
price
supplier Not specific Genichi Taguchi

Clause 2 : Importance of Quality

Due to the dramatic increase in national and global competition between

enterprises and companies and the growing trend towards open and secure
markets efficient and sustainable economy and increased inland invasion of
markets of foreign companies to all countries. This is the result of the large
number of sincere earning opportunities available to many companies worked to

-5-
achieve their goals through development and focused on high-quality attractively
designed products to compete while increasing their market share and improving
profitability.

thus it can be said that attention to quality and its applications can be
achieve significant benefits for institutions including:
- Improve the reputation of the organization, the company.
- Reduce wasted of resources - reduce costs.
- Increased market share.
- Improving profitability.
Quality is also so important that it determines the volume of demand becouse it is
the most fundamental factor and is reflected in the following points:

1- The Reputation of Company's:

The number of jurisdictions dealing with companies, the cases

keep increasing.
We develop and supply products that are not good at production and
sale. This results in each company depending on its type of industrial or
service activity being liable for any damage to the customer as a result of
the use of the product.

2- Quality of Legal Liability: The number of courts dealing with corporate

cases is constantly increasing. We design and provide products that are
not good in terms of production and distribution. This results in each
company depending on its type of industrial or service activity being liable
for any damage to the customer as a result of the use of the product.
3- Global competition: Developments at all political and economic levels
affect how and when products are traded on a large seale in competition
global market. If the quality of the product is of high value, the
enterprises or company to be globally competitive, maximize the product
brand and improve the economy in general.
4- Consumer protection: When quality is applied to all levels of the
enterprise, stanard specifications are developed that contribute to the
protection of the customer against commercial fraud and increasing trust

-6-
 in the enterprise's products. For this reson, consumer protection
associations have beenset up and are guided towards the best products
among the most quality and useful to society.
5- Cost and share of product in the markets: If the required quality of
everything is implemented product stages and production processes
would allow taxation to detect errors and avoid incurring additional costs
to reproduce and also exploit reducing production downtime and
therefore reducting costs and increase profitability ( first- level
production)

Part 2 : Historical Development of Quality

The concept of quality has gone through many stages from antiquity to the past
currently. The idea of concern for quality goes back more than 7 thousand years
and it is reflected in successive human civilizations, notably the Pharaonic
civilization, so that is the case reflected in the drawings on ancient Egyptian
temples and included inspections and control of the construction process and
Pharaonic inscriptions to confirm the quality level in all operations.

Greek and Mesopotamian civilization paid attention to quality through the

worker's search for accuracy and work to provide characteristics that meet the
client's needs. In the past, quality was considered part of human life, culture and
history so that the aforementioned civilizations were interested in quality and
emerged through great engineering and precision in the design we see today.

Even during the industrial revolution and the resulting quality, attention was paid
to quality abundant production and maximization of competition. This is the era
of the greats production, motivation and specialization of jobs have thus emerged
from this revolution prompted institutions and those who want to change the
global vision on production. All these change and competition fueled the quality
revolution, especially in Japan credited with sparking this revolution to be
adopted as a weapon consider competition global markets and achieve customer
satisfaction.

-7-
From the above we can say that the quality levels start with the quality control
stage by the executing worker and then the control stage by the worker's head of
quality and the quality control stage by inspection, the statistical control phase of
stage by quality, the complete quality control stage, the quality assurance stage,
the final stage of total quality management, and we will try to explain each stage
as follows:

Stage 1 : Quality Control ( QC ) by performing worker

This stage emerged from the age until the end of the nineteenth century so that it
was considered the first stage of development in the field of quality and it was
under the one-factor system and was fully responsible for the manufacture of the
product and was to monitor the product perfectly better after the completion of
the production and this method emerged from quality control or control within
the manufacturing system in the small production units and was before the
industrial revolution.

Stage 2 : Chief Worker Control Stage for Quality

This phase began at the beginning of the 20th century as a result of the application
of the factory concept, which includes large production units. Consequently, the
emergence of modern industry and the expansion of production methods have
become difficult to control and control quality by the performing worker. This
lead to the need to entrust the headr of the workers of each group with
monitoring or control quality header of the workers.

Stage 3: Quality Control stage by Inspector

This stage appeared with the outbreak of the first World War, when the
manufacturing system has became more complex and production methods have
diversified, production units expanded and a large number of workers were
placed under the responsibility of a supervisor. The inspection function seemed to
be the most productive for ensuring quality steps. Then there were standard
manufacturing specifications and strict inspections developed and invoked at that
time. Police Control that’s what a lot of managers believed that quality assurance
must accept the inspection of this era as a new idea and this extended until 1940.

-8-
Stage 4: Statistical Quality Adjustment stage

Since the Second World War, when the pace of production has changed,
inspection is not suitable for quality control and assurance. This inspection
method was used int the samples.The control maps are used to determine the
number of defective ones production and predict defects before they occur with
corrective actions at correct time and place. It is worth noting that the
development of methods for statistical quality contro shown by the previous
stepe. (III) Wilson Stewart 1924 Statistical acorrection maps to regulate changes
in the control of the production process. This stage requires that the production
of the product meet the required quality specifications. This is done through the
inspection method that allows for quality assurance and therefore the detail of
statistical adjustment detail through statistical sampling or sampling of
acceptance, process control and variability analysis until 1959.

Stage 5: Complete Quality Control Stage

After the end of the Second World War in 1945, it straddled the fourth stage. This
quality control has been extended to all stage of raw materials through the
production processes to the final product. The total quality control method is
based on the integration of statistical metheds of quality control with
measurement techniques and quality information systems as well as promotion
and stimulating quality becomes an effective system to maintain and improve the
quality of production in all operational stages of the production process.

Then Deming, Goran, Figenum and Ishikawa met and collaborated in valuable
ways improvements in the field of quality statistical control and customer
orientation, continuous improvement, task forces and at this point more precisely
the year 1947 the World organization for Measurement (ISO) based in Geneva,
Switzerland.

-9-
Stage 6: Quality Assurance phase

This phase lasted from 1960 to 1980, the purpose of which was to maintain
preserve and maintain the quality standards achieved through the use of planning
and management of quality systems. This stage saw the development of control
methods and used three types of quality control:

1-Tribal censorship means pursuing work to find flaws before them occur and
work to prevent it.

2-Simultaneous monitoring means checking the product after each production

stage to make sure it meets the specifications. This means detecting errors as
they occur.

3-Dimensional Monitoring stage: it means that the quality of product is

guaranteed after finished its completion production before it reaches the
consumer.

Due to Japan's outstanding and tangible quality achievement through its

effectivency and permanent application of the idea of quality circles as a means of
quality control in the sense of the involvement of everyone in the enterprise or
company in quality control processes, from the worker and supervisor in the
production line to the Chairman of the Board.

Stage 7: Total Quality Management

This stage began in 1980 to date we see that there are quality developments and
related concepts as well as various methods. What characterizes this stage other
steps is that organizations have acknowledged that continuous improvement
cannot be completed without the quality of the management practices used
within the organization. Here, quality has become a key pillar of the managerial
function to enable the organization to obtain excellence whether the product or
employees and make quality accountable to everyone in the organization.

This phase is also characterized by a high focus on the productive process based
on the philosophy of familiarizing the consumer with the product, presenting it,
valuing and partnering in the expression of views on improvements and product

- 10 -
development. This is where the organization works to achieve long-term success
by achieving consumer satisfaction and achieving benefits for all (Employees -
Society) Along with the great interest in the new leadership model and the
development of the required standard specifications for the consumer and come
out with a high level of quality assurance international specifications and call
these specifications (ISO 9000 series) which in turn has become a requirement in
the national or global trade process.

We note here that the quality has moved away from the concept of final product
quality of the quality organizations as a whole and from the philosophy of quality
control to quality management. We cannot stop at this stage, because despite the
progress and evolution that has existed over the centuries in the concept of
quality, we will see developments with the expectation of new methods of quality
assurance due to the developments in technologies and the changing and
different tastes of consumers and customers.

Part 3 : Quality Dimensions:

Business organizations that want to surprise their customers by exploiting

their own the products have expanded the concept of quality and at the same
time the production of products or services with a large number of dimensions of
quality.

Quality management scientists and professionals disagreed quality dimensions.

Perhaps the reason is because of their differing views on quality and the nature
and nature of the entrance in which any researcher or scientist, in addition to the
different qualitative dimensions between the industrial sector and the service
sector, based on the difference between the quality of the goods and the quality
of service.

A. Quality of goods: We find that various scientists and researchers around the
world disagree on this determine the dimensions of the quality of the goods
(gragcky and waterman)
defined the dimensions of quality, based on and sharing customer input

- 11 -
 into five dimensions, while (Stan) divided the quality dimensions into other
functional dimensions.

The definition that has been accepted by those interested in management in

industrialized countries is the one who predicted (Evans) at qulity size up to
eight dimensions:

-Performance: This also represents the professional specifications of the goods

like other specifications that can be measured and varied according to the
wishes and personal tendencies of each. The performance / quality ratio is
reflected in the reactions and satisfaction of the individual.

-Characteristics: They are product improvements and disadvantages. The

significance of these characteristics varies according to the individuals'
assessment. The characteristics of the goods also include other characteristics
added to the commodity.

-Reliability: The likelihood of the product working without failure during a specific
fellowship period according to the characteristics specified in the basic design
of the commodity is the basic dimension of quality that focuses on the
consumer and is measured by the average time spent until the first error or
disruption and also by the average time between breakdowns or the rate of the
breakdown schedule during a specific period of time. This dimension cannot be
defined or detected until after a period of use and accreditation is achieved.

-Conformity: The degree to which the physical characteristics and performance

characteristics of its goods are similar to pre-prepared specifications and the
higher the degree of conformity with quality-level specifications.

-Durability: The duration of use of the eaw material before its performance
deteriorates and performance characteristics are lost.

-Usability: The ability to repair the goods quickly and easily, including the
availability of fault repair, usability measurement or service capability at
average repair time, and the availability and effectiveness of spare parts and
after-sales service.

- 12 -
-Aesthetic: This dimension plays an impoetant role in attracting customers.
including aesthetic customer teste standards that can be verified by market
studies, customer behavior and expectations.

-Quality Improvement Capability: The customer's self-assessment or self-

impression of the goods generated by the reputation of the goods advertising
campaigns and brand.

B. Quality of Services: The service is defined as a primary or supplementary

activity that does not produce a physical product and is the non-commodity
aspect of the move between the buyer and the seller. The service can be as
simple as providing a customer with a meal or as complex as settling mortgages
and includes service organizations on hotels, hospitals, educational institutions,
etc. (i.e., all organizations that do not provide tangible material goods) The
dimensions of the quality of service can be determined by what you arrive at (
barasuman and he's team) to determine the quality of service to the following
dimensions:

Time: How long does the customer look to get the service?

On-time delivery: Is delivery done on time or not? It must be delivered within the
agreed terms time

Completion: which means that all necessary materials are included? They are all
complete or Not?

Handling: Do employees welcome each customer's good handling?

Accuracy: Was customer service done right from the first time?

Response: Can service personnel respond or intervene adequately to solve

unexpected problems?

Ease: Is the service easy to get or not?

Typical: the service provides the same style to all customers fast and precise
time?

- 13 -
We emphasize here that the service dimensions do not refer only to the service
but that it is in connection with the services accompanying the goods and by what
is said about them. the quality of the goods or quality of service interest in all
dimensions of the enterprise whether activated in the industrial or service sector
is the best way to succeed and control the market.
Part 4 : Quality Costs

Each organization is committed to the highest quality of its products (production

of goods and services that correspond as closely as possible to the needs of
customers and consumers any costs). Poor product quality increases some types
of costs incurred by the organizational and quality costs are characterized by:

The 1985 study confirmed that Britain's quality costs range from 10 to 20
percent and the extent of such costs when they arise is not known to most
businessmen, therefore less over 40 percent of companies only collect
information on quality and cost costs most of the costs are related to
bankruptcy and asset valuation. (For more of 80% of companies) Quality cost
savings have positive effects on the results of: the end result, many industrial
or profitable service enterprises use quality types costs and are detailed as
follows:

-Prevention costs:

The costs incurred by the enterprise or company as a result of the efforts in

design and manufacturing and directly to avoid non-conformity with the
specifications and manufacture of production of better and correctly from very
first moment of production processes include the following:

1- Cost of Quality Planning

2-Training Costs

3-Costs associated with technical, official and periodic audits to measure

quality

4-Product Design Cost

- 14 -
 5-Cost of information on building and maintaining the quality information
system.

-Performance costs:

Costs resulting from inspection, testing, inspection and analysis of raw materials
and component parts of the product include the following: -

1-Inspection and inspection costs any inspection and testing of raw materials
purchased

2-Costs of inspection devices (maintenance of equipment responsible for

inspections and fulfillment of required specifications)

3-Operator costs and means the costs of time taken by the operator when
compiling data for quality inspection.

-Internal failure costs:

is the range of costs incurred by the firm in manufacturing the products of poor
quality and detectable before the sales operations i.e. before the product reaches
the consumer and includes the following: -

1-scrap cost and this is the cost of poor and irreparable products.

2-The cost of the returned product is a cost of repairing and identifying

defective products that do not match the required quality specifications.

3-Operation interrupted cost and includes repair cost and change cost.

4-The cost of operation failure includes identifying the process that led to the
emergence of poor quality products.

5-Price loss cost by selling damaged units or products of poor quality.

-External failure costs:

These costs arise after the consumer receives othe poor quality product and often
relate to after-sales services and include the following: -

- 15 -
 1-The cost of intercepting consumers and customers is complaints of poor
quality product.

2-The cost of returning the product is changed to consumers and customers

who returns the product.

3-The cost of the legal matter are the consumers and customers complatints
as a result of the damage suffered by the poor quality product before the
courts or competent counts.

4-The cost of losing sales is consumers and customers dissatisfaction and the
non-purchase of the product.

Figure No. (1) Defective product detection costs

Defective product detection costs

4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
Defective product
2
detection costs
1.5
1
0.5
0
operations last inspection Custumer

From the above, we conclude that the achievement of quality in companies and
their products is associated with a range of costs, the most important of which
are performance costs - prevention costs - external failure costs - internal failure
costs. The company strives to reduce them to the lowest level of optimal quality
(perfect quality), increase its profits and increase its market share.

- 16 -
Section 2: Total Quality Essentials

For more than a decade, as global competition intensified, the idea of quality
was no longer based on product compliance with a specific set of standards,
as it was embodied in the product. It requires access and the achievement of
quality in all tasks and activities that have a direct and indirect impact on the
production process or in particular on the product itself.

Part 1 : From Quality Concept To Total Quality

Economic researchers' interest in global competition has shifted to a greater

interest in overall quality as it encompasses all functions and functions of
the firm. The idea of inclusion in quality is due to the contributions of many
American and Japanese scientists who have conducted long and
implicit research on the topic of quality. (Edward Deming - Joseph Goran - Flip
Crosby - Armand Figunum) We note that the first use of the term inclusiveness
is in quality (Total Quality Control) and it was in one of the articles he
presented to Armand Feigenbaum in the world famous magazine (Harvard
Business Review) said that the focus on quality control is on satisfying customer
and consumer demands so that it is an effective system for integrating the efforts
of all parties and groups within organizations.

Quality encompasses all parts and functions of the business. For the marketing
function, it has a quality score higher than that desired by customers. In terms of
production interest, he has taken care of the quality of the selection
of the appropriate properties that must be present in the product to meet the
needs of customers and consumers.
The concept of quality has attracted the attention of large and small,
but it also encompasses the interests and functions of the organization and
attention at all levels of the organizational structure. (Senior Management -
Middle Management - Executive Management) as well as all product, quality
and duration components. The expansion of interest in quality has reached that
all economic agents acting through the company, which can be divided into

- 17 -
commercial (financial) customers, meet two agents ( workers ) - government
agents (trade unions and the state).

According to the above, we try to give concepts of global quality based on the
contributions and opinions of researchers in the definition of global quality
concepts. As with the other basic concepts, we will give a full definition based on
the following definitions:

Afcero defines it as the facilitation and mastery of the management part of the
organization within a set of principles and part of the organization in the
existence of the overall strategy aimed at satisfying the customer.

It is also defined that the achievement of quality is the direct result of the internal
conditions and processes and structures achieved by the production process
and aims to complete its broadest sense of (complete) products and processes.

It is also known as continuous adaptation to the needs of customers and

consumers and its development by controlling the activities and functions of
the enterprise or company, i.e. the overall quality controls the enterprise or
company as a whole and works to meet the needs of the customers.

It is also known that it can be divided into the concept of quality, i.e. the
determination of customer satisfaction and the level of satisfaction achieved by
the product ( goods ) with respect to the measurement of its
own requirements and general, which represents the engine of the
organization in achieving competitiveness, or in terms of ( total ) transactions
aimed at ensuring that a good customer rating is achieved.

Royal Mail defines it as the general way or way of working that encourages
working within a general way or way of working that encourages work within
a team and creates, creating added value to meet the customers requirements (
This definition is the way to encourage employees ).

For previous definitions, it can be said that the Total Quality is not limited to the
quality of the product specifications and I am expanding further to include the
quality of all processes, activities and stages of work by integrating the efforts of

- 18 -
the enterprise or company staff. It is a strategic entry point for all functions to
fulfill and satisfy the wishes of customers and consumers and work for continuous
improvement.

Table No. (2) Difference between traditional quality and total quality

Traditional quality Total quality

Quality Product Oriented
Focus on identifying errors
Errors with specific causes
Quality of inspectors, experts and
observers' competence
Quality is a specific concept
Solve the quality problem for
which the supervisor is responsible
Quality is standard
Quality oriented to meet
consumer's wishes
Emphasis is placed on the
prevention of errors
The reasons for the errors are
within the system
Quality is the responsibility of all
employees
Quality is a concept for
improvement and unlimited
Everyone contributes to quality
problems
Quality is excellence

Part 1 : Elements and Requirements of Total Quality Applied

The Total Quality encompasses the many foundations on which its strategies are
based.

Total quality also includes the requirements for their application, enabling them
to achieve the desired and required goals. In this requirement, we
will discuss the main policies and components of the total quality, as well as
the main requirements to be respected for their management.

- 19 -
Clause 1 : Total Quality Elements (Essentials)

There are many types of total quality, but most share some customer-
centric elements - continuous improvement process - delegation - teamwork -
actual management - leadership - strategic planning. Each element is discussed in
detail as follows:

1- Customer Focus: The customer is the most important element to

evaluate the quality of the product or service provided by
the company. Therefore, customer requirements and needs should be
understood and the speed of changing market needs should be
closely related to customer needs for strategic planning, product design
and manufacturing process improvement activities. Some customer-
driven companies and institutions measure the factors that lead
to their satisfaction when the company or firm conducts research by
bringing them closer to their customers and how they can serve.
2- Process guidance: Make sure that the process is organized into
several activities aimed at achieving a certain result, so that the
process answers the following question: How does work provide value for
customers? The process involves several processes which consist of the
same production process (capital - resources - input - equipment - energy -
output (product) All this goes into the process.
3- Continuous improvement process: called continuous
improvement (Kaizen) is a word of Japanese origin which consists of the
first two sections. ( kai ) means preventive improvement and (zen) means
good, so the word means change for the better. This concept was adopted
by Japan. Masaki Imai wrote (Kaizen is the key to success of
Japanese organizations) and considers it a comprehensive management
concept as the basis for continuous improvement.
It is also known as a philosophy that strives to improve all factors related to
processes and activities that continuously convert inputs into outputs, also
known as continuous improvement. This process includes equipment-
roads-services- people.
This requires a change in the traditional theory of maintenance and repair
of cases where some come to outages and the need for improvements and

- 20 -
 maintenance is interrupted periodically and continuously before
reaching shut down situations, the concept as a basis for continuous
improvement.
Since the improvement of work processes and management requires the
distinction of quality in work processes, process improvements reduce the
defective product and thus reduce costs.
With regard to education, this is a key issue for total quality,
education is therefore a means of developing the potential of
workers in their jobs and thus achieving optimal performance. It
is particularly important to strengthen workers' knowledge and the weight
of their culture and experience in following regulations
and activities, qualifying them for effective performance and solving
problems related to total quality.
4- Delegation and teamwork: the success of the
institution constantly depends on the knowledge and motivation of
the staff. This is done through delegation and teamwork. The delegation
simply gives people the authority to make decisions based on how they feel
and control their work. Team work can be viewed in three main ways:
Vertical: between senior management and lower-level employees.
Horizontal: working in groups and through functional lines.
Between Regulations: Partnership with suppliers and customers.
5- Real Management: Organizations need to measure performance as this
supports data, information and analytics on all organizations and provides
management with a full set of standards and determinants related
to customer performance requirements. This is to align all the company's
activities with its objectives. True management depends on
decisions made from a strong background of information, facts, factual
studies, good planning, identifying realistic goals and ways to solve
problems by identifying root causes and proposing new systems
to correct the same errors in prevention in the near future.
6- Leadership and Strategic Planning: The leadership of quality management
is the responsibility of senior management and the latter is a great lesson in
achieving total quality through the enterprise performance planning and
auditing process. total quality is a key factor in the processes of strategic
planning and competitive analysis, so strategic planning is a driver of quality

- 21 -
 excellence by the organization and the need to know the expectations of
customers, the investment opportunities; changing business and regulatory
requirements; and competitor strategic changes.

Clause 1 : Requirements For Effective Applied of Total Quality

In order to realize or succeed in apply the above-elements or fundations to the

total quality, the requirements for the actual realization of these elements most
be established. These requirements are:
1- Support senior management and approval of the program for quality
decisions for quality are strategic decisions and therefore the commitment
of senior management in supporting and developing them and in
reviving the movement of program operators is one of the tasks most
important that lead to the success of the system goal.
2- Organizational climate: by providing an appropriate regulatory
environment,considerable success is achieved in total quality
management. The organizational climate implies that senior management
has trained and trained the staff of the institution at its various levels to
psychologically accept and adopt concepts of total quality.
3- Effective facilitation of the institution's human resources:
Considering human resources as one of the most important elements to
ensure the continued success of the total quality,
this should be important. This is done by effectively facilitating the human
resource in all its specific aspects, starting from the definition of the
selection and appointment system, employment, performance evaluation,
training programs, continuous incentive method, building task forces
with its participation, empowerment and collaboration, which is one of the
most important ways to earn the loyalty of the individual within
the institution.
4- Information and Nutrition System: Providing an integrated information
system is an important and essential pillar for overall quality. This is one of
the most important factors for the success of the organization and the
availability of important norms and quality standards has a major impact on
the achievement of objectives.

- 22 -
 a. To study the position of the company in the market over a long period
of time and the contribution of all individuals and elements of
the company to the study of all the problems faced by the company, i.e. .
H hold all individuals accountable at all levels.

b. Do not use additional personal and analytical means to assess and

improve quality, so that the organization fully ensures the
proper application of total quality and achieves maximum satisfaction for
all individuals, consumers and customers. Its elements must be respected
and applied.

c- Failing to focus on some methods and approaches but not others,

this violates the principle of full integration of methods.

d- Senior management interest in program implementation establishes an

organizational structure and reward system with program support.

e- That’s to say. An enterprise must have a comprehensive quality model

that is consistent with its production system and employees. Lack of
compatibility undermines trust in the total quality system.

Because of the above, total quality has become a pursuit of many institutions that
coordinate and guide efforts to achieve it and apply and work all elements to
provide effective requirements that help achieve it and reflect it in institutions.

Part 3 : Total Quality Tools

Total quality tools are just operational and intangible assets that help analyze and
regulate various aspects of total quality work. Using tools leads to better decision
making and better problem solving and improved product productivity.

Decisions based on established facts often lead to efficient and effective results.
For the most part, these resources comprise seven core resources. There could be
other tools, but more used and widespread: the seven basic tools because
they form an integrated system under the umbrella of total quality. These seven
tools can be divided into three main groups according to the subject of the article:

- 23 -
Group 1.

1- Check Sheet: this method is used to collect and record data, in the form of
numbers, units or qualities, specifically and consistently when classifying such
data according to specific classifications to identify the places of dysfunction in
the activities to determine and know and its frequency. It is based on a
standardized data collection model over a period of time and helps to
record that data in an orderly manner. This table is easy to
understand and tries to find solutions to record a series of event-related effects.
a. Identification of the subject to be studied used an idea extraction
methods or other methods

b. Design a model for checklist template to facilitate data download.

c. start the process of collecting information in an orderly and periodic

manner.

The checklist template is also designed based on the basic of:

a. Mistakes definition: Team members should recognize mistakes and use

the brainstorming method.
b. Coding Items: Provide item codes for easy management.
c. Unit of measurement: the unit of measurement must be clear.
d. Time Period: Limitation of the time period during which a repetition of
observations is measured.
2- Fishbone diagram: Developed by intellectual Ishikawa, this diagram is
also known as Iaikawa diagram, which is mainly used to identify the root cause of
a problem or an analysis, and is also used to organize large amounts of
information and to abbreviate it to generate ideas and hypotheses about possible
causes in a given process and help the team to be systematic in their work, e.g.
identifying part of the workflow because of the problem more than others or the
solution is in one.

3- Deployment Chart: It is a drawing of spread points for the purpose

of investigating and diagnosing a possible relationship, while this diagram is
used like other diagrams and is a simple diagram used to clarify the relationship

- 24 -
between two variables and to indicate the existence of a causality determines
the relationship between them, but it is not very important to consider the
following points when dealing with proliferation plans:
a. Reference to data classification to discuss the impact of such classification
on presentation and data patterns, as classifying data in different
ways obscures
patterns of their occurrence.
b. Interpretation of chart formats can be specific to the metric used to plot
the data. If the scale is small, and the points placed on the diagram are
monolithic, the shape and pattern of the connection can be like
this. Therefore, the scale should be adjusted so that the points give full
range to both axes and should be the same length.
c. Spreadsheets show relationships but do not prove that one variable
is one reason for another.
Group 2.

1- Flow Chart: The flow chart is defined as a method to present a map of the
progress of the production process (material-process information) from the
raw materials necessary for the production process to the products in the
hands of the end user. It is the way both the manager and the production
engineers are guided. The value flow diagram includes all the activities,
whether or not they have added value, that the company operates.
This program is useful in many activities related to total quality in order to:
✓ Make the company focus and increase production.
✓ Increase the profit margins of the organization.
✓ Discover the most profitable customers and consumers.
✓ Draw attention to the importance of relations between a
company and its various stakeholders.
✓ Identification of areas for continuous quality improvement.
✓ Generate hypotheses about the causes of various problems.
2- Pareto Chart: Pareto analysis is an analysis created and the Italian
economic class ( Vilfredo Pareto ) is a nineteenth-century economist whose
idea, relied upon by Joseph Goran, is that 80 % of corporate and institutional
problems result only from 20 % of causes. Some of the main factors are

- 25 -
 limited in number, while most large marginal factors result in a relatively
limited number of problems.

✓ Make a list of all the possible reasons.

✓ Monitoring of operations in sufficient time to be able to determine
the frequency of each cause.
✓ Ranking of the causes from the most important to the
least important.
✓ Map the Bareto showing the recurrence of the cause.
This method is based on the use of main columns, where data can be
classified into categories, translated in descending order from left
to right, taking into account that the longest columns are on the left, i.e. say
the vital view on the left and the trivial view on the right of the
chart, helping to show a clear picture of the few most impactful reasons that
need to be considered first.

Group 3.

1- Histograms: The development and organization of the hygrogram dates

back to the French statistical engineer ( A.M CRRY ) . Presenting a new
diagram describing crime analysis in 1833, a graphical summary of
changes in the dataset indicates the frequency of a
phenomenon across the pattern of distribution and the natural picture of
there plicable.
2- Quality control papers or papers are one of the statistical methods of
product quality control which aims to detect deviations from
the product specifications and demonstrate the need to take the
necessary corrective actions. They are therefore diagnostic and non-
therapeutic, in other words the use of these cards to confirm that the
product has reached control Units damaged within the allowable limits
(or outside those limits) have allowed more than a limited number
of units damaged).
The quality Control Charts or cards are also defined as: samples and
a graph that provides a permanent picture of the changing situation in the

- 26 -
 presence of the production process. The vertical axis of the map
represents the quality characteristics. The horizontal axis or specific
sample defines global quality control as the process of comparing
the customers necessary requirements with the test results. To identify
errors and correct them, management relies heavily on feedback to
determine customer satisfaction with the desired product. Control maps
of measurable variables and non-specific maps representing standards or
specifications that cannot be measured are discriminatory criteria
that can be accepted or rejected and other maps adopted in this regard.

Due to the above, total quality tools are numerous, but the most common and
used. These tools are in themselves an integrated system under the umbrella of
total quality. These tools contribute to the continuous improvement of quality, to
the quality control process, helping to solve problems and facilitating the
presentation of information and data. The application of total quality
depends mainly on these tools.

Part 4 : Apply Total Quality And Relationship To SIX SIGMA

Clause 1 : Apply Total Quality

The application of total quality requirement have many steps and methods
which greatly contribute to the success of these stages of the most important of
these methods. The Six-Sigma method is related to total quality. This is what we
will emphasize in this requirements and seek to recognize the application of total
quality in economic environments.

Total Quality Applied Stages

Total quality conformity requires five basic stages.

- 27 -
Stage 1: preparation or preparation: this stage is the understanding of the need to
apply comprehensive quality inputs in economic contexts. It is one of the most
important stages in which the main formatters of their institutions receive
adequate training. Some issues are clarified, including the clarification of the
strategic vision, the identification of the corporate mission, and the identification
of the resources necessary to implement the total quality.

Stage 2: Study and planning: planning is considered the first central

function of the department and is described as the process of focusing on the
future and defining the expected directions of the organization.

It contains all the requirements and resources needed based on the data
collected in the previous stage. If he is encouraged to make the decision to apply
total quality to be planned for the implementation process, set up a committee
called CQC.

Stage 3: Calendar: This process is necessary before starting the application

process, where it works to assess the reality of the settings in terms of:

- Study the current situation of the company and then evaluate it

to determine what can be considered a supporting force and what can be
considered a weakness and an obstacle to the implementation process and
try to avoid them.
- Examine and evaluate consumer views and trends regarding changes in
the business environment of companies, i.e. evaluate the plans
implemented in this sector. Evaluation allows us to understand and try to
address various strengths and weaknesses before applying the total quality.

Stage 4: Implementation: One of the most important stages of implementation of

TQ, some see this as the real start of translating and filing the TQ
requirements on-site. The implementation stage also includes several sub-stages:

A- Creating an environment conducive to total quality: This step or stage

contains a number of programmers and actions to instill a culture of total
quality in the minds of the workers, among which are the following:

- 28 -
 - Education and re-education for managers
- Develop and define a clear vision for the future of the enterprise.
- Establish a management team to lead towards total quality and apply the
14 Deming Principles to overcome interdepartmental barriers.
- Develop and employ all of the company's resources in line with the total
quality philosophy.
- Using scientific input to solve problems and improve processes.
B- Problem-solving tools: in this sub-stage of the implementation
process, problem-solving must be solved by implementing a culture of
continuous improvement, defined according to ISO 9004-4 as a whole
action carried out within establishments to increase the profitability of
activities and routes, to bring many benefits to establishments and
customers. The first action to take to solve the problem is to identify and
analyze it to choose the best solution.

H. United Nations Children's Fund Statistical Process Control: The problem-

solving process identified in the step above requires training of staff in the
use of statistical process control tools and interpretation of results to
improve operational quality.

Stage 5: Sharing of experiences: In light of the implementation of the

previous steps of the experiences made by the TQC Total Quality Committee
and the employees through the application of the TQC, the results are taken up in
a panel of all employees and discussed in the implementation stage by reviewing
the work team and activating its role and discussing the progress of the work
through meetings and regular meetings.

In all these stages, it can be said that overall quality is a collaborative

effort to move the business forward and depends on the skills and abilities of
workers and managers to work towards the achievement of high quality
and productivity. and of course, the application of the whole requires the quality
of different methods.

- 29 -
One of the most important methods for applying and achieving total quality is Six
Sigma. We will come back to this in the next section.

Clause 2 : Total Quality Relationship with Six Sigma

One of the major innovations brought about by total quality is Six Sigma, where it
was created by Motorella Electronics ( Motorola ) 1980.
This approach participates in the application of control in statistical processes
to identify aspects of defective Products and problems and is formulated through
the participation of managerial and strategic elements of the organization as a
whole.
It is a comprehensive approach aimed at improving customer satisfaction,
improving quality and productivity, sources of increased profitability and good
reputation, as well as reducing product defects during the production stages,
improving the use of cameras and machines and increase their effectiveness
and even get a share.
This is also based on six axes that give strength to work on improving human
resources, taking into the account customer expectations and working
for satisfaction to rech the good thinking . It deals with the financial
and communication aspects for the exchange of information, as well as with the
areas of accounting and statistics to support the projects. It is an overall result to
improve the performance and quality of the company. Below we will learn the six
steps to improve the production process:

✓ Recognize the specifications of the goods that customers want.

✓ Classification of these specifications according to their importance
✓ Determine if these specifications are classified by part or process
✓ Define the minimum and maximum error control for each of the
classified specifications.
✓ Determination of process deviations for each of the
classified specifications.
✓ Modify product design, production process or both to achieve Six
Sigma processes.

- 30 -
This approach aims to maintain operational efficiency by relying on statistical
methods in order to spread them to all activities.

The Six Sigma's relationship with total quality is a natural extension, so

its goals are to take the concept of quality and production process to another
level where customer needs are met. It is very important to understand that Total
Quality and Six Sigma are linked. Improving one of them drastically affects
the other, but that does not mean that Six Sigma is a separate stream from total
quality.

Total quality offers precise instructions and six sigma exploits and takes
advantage of this to achieve a good standard of work. Therefore, Total
Quality and Six Sigma overlap and complement each other and share the same
goal of achieving the highest level of work improving performance, and
achieving customer satisfaction.

Section 3: Total Quality Strategy and Economic Institutions

Due to all of the above, we have come to the conclusion that total quality is
an integral approach which consists of many aspects that need to be applied.
His philosophy includes inclusiveness and complementarity. We note that with
increasing competition in both domestic and global markets, businesses need to
adopt overall quality as a strategy to ensure they stay in the markets and gain a
competitive advantage.

Part 1 : Intellectual Entrance

Before moving on to full quality and application, we need a brief overview of the
concept and characteristics of economic institutions. A good knowledge of the
company and its systems allows us to approach the problems to be solved. The
development of the company depends on the development and growth of
society.

Likewise, the development and effcetivenss of the company’s mamagment

system ia an opportunity to achieve development and total quality.

- 31 -
Clause 1 : Economic Enterprise or Company Concept

The organization or company is the beating heart of economic life as an effective,

beating and active part of the system for its business operations and its distinctive
position within the economic society. That is why it needs to be disclosed. The
definition of an economic institution is one of the most diverse concepts in the
economic literature. This is to differentiate the systems and their effectiveness in
each country, in particular the level of economic development which
indicates whether the state belongs to the group of developed or
underdeveloped countries.

A firm or company is defined as a financially independent economic

organizational structure within a specific legal and social framework, designed to
integrate factors of production to produce or to exchange or take over goods and
services with other economic partners (production of + exchange).
Purpose of obtaining an adequate result and this in economic
conditions differentiated by the different spatial and temporal space in which it
exists and by the size and nature of its activity, it is identified as an economic and
social organization quite independent what decisions are made about the use of
human, financial, material and advertising resources to create added value in
accordance with the objectives.

Through these definitions we note that the institution is an economic and social
structure having all the material and human resources to achieve precise
objectives.

We draw your attention to the fact that the term "enterprise" is an economic
term, while the term "company" is the legal term for possible legal forms of
economic activity embodied in documented statutes.

As for the evolution of the definition of a business three centuries

ago, enterprises were historically known as small organizations with small
size, low technological capability, direct and personal relationships between
the business owner and workers, and close relationships between income and

- 32 -
personal contributions. . Ultimately, the definition of an enterprise is a one-way
exit:

The economic institution is an autonomous organization which uses all the human
and material resources at its disposal to produce goods and services intended for
the market or for sale. The definition of institution can be summarized in the
following points
- A productive unit has an important role in the market economy through
sales and purchases.
- A social cell which offers positions to a group of competent and
cultured people and in which each member contributes to the achievement
of common objectives.
- A decision- making center to be considered as the decision center for
the type, quantity, price, volume and quality of raw materials used in the
production process.
- As a system with several interconnected elements, the Foundation is an
open system that interacts with its external environment through inputs
and outputs.

Clause 2 : The importance of economic enterprise

The presence of economic institutions in society causes them to have an
influence and influence during this vulnerability. The importance of economic
institutions in three basic types comes as follows:

Economic importance: an enterprise has an economic interest that allows it to

change the national economy, meet the needs of society, provide the
necessary living structures and influence consumption during the enterprise’s or
company’s sales policy, thus increasing local consumption of society is influenced,
driving competition and low prices with diversification of the goods offered, to
the advantage of the working class.

Social importance: This process aims to provide employment opportunities in

all positions and thus reduce unemployment in society. The opportunities
vary depending on the size of the institution and the type of activity in
which engages in technology, the engine of change and development of all

- 33 -
public entities.

Political Significance: The Foundation strives to link relations between countries

through import and export i.e. the institution is an essential factor in unifying and
opening up international relations. It also plays a role in bridging the distances
between countries and continents through trade operations.

Clause 3 : Characteristics of economic enterprise

The economic institution is characterized by characteristics, whether in the
productive, legal or organizational field, which are summarized below:

• The institution is an independent legal person in terms of rights and powers

or in terms of duties and responsibilities.
• The institution is a center of economic decision and has the capacity to
produce, where it coordinates the factors of production and selects the
goods it wishes to produce.
• The business is exposed to the element of risk associated
with the uncertainty of productivity and economic conditions
and therefore must be able to survive with adequate funding, good
conditions and decent
employment and adapt to the changing global conditions.
• A clear definition of objectives, policies, programs
and working methods Each company sets specific objectives that it tries to
achieve in order to achieve objectives related to the quantity and quality
of production.
• The institution ensures the existence of financial resources to continue its
operations, either by borrowing, or by total revenue, or by borrowing,
or, depending on the case, by a combination of these two elements or
between them.
The institution must be sensitive to the environment in which it is located, the
institution is not isolated if the environmental conditions are good, the institution
can carry out its task smoothly and remove obstacles that can cause the delay of
its operations demands and his goals get ruined.

- 34 -
Part 2: Total Quality Strategy and its Relationship With General Strategy of the
Institution

Achieve a clear and precise level of quality for each establishment in its products
and of adequacy with the strategy it pursues in this area, so that its production,
financing, marketing and human resources management policies are oriented in
the direction that serves this establishment strategy and thus achieve a level of
quality that qualifies them for competition with other institutions and
companies. In this branch, we will examine the concept of strategy in general, and
then we will specialize in the concept of total quality strategy in terms of concept
and objectives and highlighting its relationship with the total strategy of the
institution and making it a key element in the organization's plans.

Clause 1: Definition of Strategy

The concept of strategy is ancient in human thought in ancient Greek

civilization and borrowed the word strategy from the Greek word TR, which
means more general, the specific use of this word in that historical
period when the word general that the Greeks military used it as inclusiveness of
thought or a broad view of the long term then led to the concept of:

Alfred Schonder: Strategy defined as the preparation of the organization's long-

term core objectives and policies, the selection of action plans and the allocation
of the resources necessary to achieve the objectives.

Harvard School: defines it as a set of key decisions for the most important
decisions related to the organization to adapt to change and identify the
basic trends and movements for making crisis decisions, choosing organizational
structure and considering the application of the strategy.

So, as a result of what is mentioned, it turns out that the strategy is a set of
activities and plans that determine the long-term performance of the organization
and allocate the necessary resources to implement these plans and adopt the

- 35 -
best alternatives to achieve the objectives, of the Organization based on
strengths, weaknesses are also addressed.

The Strategy is a flexible and gradual approach to grasping opportunities

and addressing threats and is linked to several concepts that contribute to its
formation and crystallization, including purpose and mission which represent the
unique characteristics of the organization and distinct from the others.

Clause 2: the concept of Total Quality Strategy

The development of the concept of strategic use of quality in institutions in

response to markets, currently characterized by a high level of competition in
which customers emphasize their search for high quality products, so that quality
has become one of the most important variable strategic issues on
which institutions rely to enter the world.

In 1972 (Fortune magazine - Fortune Magazine) agreed with the company

( Erdos & Morgan - Erdos & Morgan ) to conduct a field study involving more than
six thousand directors an financial analysts for the two hundred largest American
companies,

this study aims to be studied to rank the top ten companies based on the ten
qualities included the competitive position and management efficiency, and the
value of investment for the long-term use and optimization of product quality of l
company.

The results of the study showed that product quality and management efficiency
are the most important qualities in this ranking

General Electric Company international (GE) conducted another study involving

around fifty global companies, and this study aimed to find out the
factors influencing the quality of leading companies in Japan, America and Europe
and demonstrated the importance of quality strategy.

- 36 -
Clause 2: Total Quality Strategy Objectives

The contribution of Dr. (Karura Ishikawa) is one of the fundamental and important
contributors in the field of Total Quality Strategy and has outlined his philosophy
through the following strategic objectives:

1- The pursuit of total quality must be done before the pursuit of profit and this
rquirws a fundamental change of the traditional concepts of all employees
in the organization and this requires top management to work on the
following:
✓ Establish long-term overall quality goals as an important element of an
organization's strategy.
✓ Provide continuous quality support.
✓ Maintain and standardize specifications and standards.
✓ Ensure supportive behaviors to improve the quality of all the institution's
activities.
2- Work on the development of employee skills through education, training,
delegation of power and continuous positive support if the success
of the total quality is related to the degree of participation of the employees
in its business.
3- In order to build a long-term relationship with customers by working to
meet customer needs and wants, and to achieve this goal, all the different
activities of the organization must be involved in clarifying and meeting these
needs.
Therefore, the organization must build a bridge of trust and collaboration with
its suppliers when the supplier fits into the concept of total quality and is one of
the true contributors to the quality improvement process.

4- Provide factual and statistical information to all staff of the establishment

and motivate them through the use of measurement tools. The success and
effectiveness of the overall quality system may lie in its ability to identify
issues and ensure that information about them is communicated to everyone
in the factory.
5- Development of a general quality management system to involve all
employees and the existence of an environment conducive to improving

- 37 -
 product quality and familiarizing employees with their duties and the
consequences of non-compliance. compliance and it is deemed necessary to
enable employees to exercise responsibility and decision-
making awareness and ability to work properly and to achieve this, effective
communication channels must be available to exchange information
between different activities of the company in order to increase the chances
of success and to achieve the planned results.
To implement the total quality strategy, there must be a clear timeline that takes
into account not only restructuring in line with the strategy, but also changes in
the organization's culture, its workforce and its training programs in addition to
restructuring in line with the strategy.

Clause 4: Relationship of Total Quality Strategy with the institution general

strategy

The relationship between the organization’s overall strategy and the total quality
strategy can be illustrated as follows:

1 - organizations and companies define the total quality strategy in the context of
their general strategies and the total quality strategy is only part of the
production policy.

2 - it is necessary to take into account the production technology available to the

institution in determining the quality strategy, which is the availability of
equipment, machines and materials necessary to achieve a certain level of
Total Quality.

3 - the total quality strategy most be specific and known to all subject, both
internal and external the institution from the employees, Managers and
suppliers who deal with the institution as well as customers so that the
relationship between them and the institution products can be strengthened.

4 – the need to inform all the parties involved in the production process about
the rules and specifications required for the design of the product, so that the

- 38 -
 operational processes are carried out in the light of these specifications and
so that the specifications and standards are established and qualitative are
the control through control of the inputs necessary for production – control of
production during the actual production process and the different stages of
the production process – control of the final production before delivery to
customers-control of the product during the actual use by of customers.

5 - Need to obtain accurate and rapid feedback data on the outcome of any type
of quality control applied, in order to take corrective action to avoid errors
and problems and to reconsider the strategy for the quality developed and
the adequacy of the resources of the institution.

Figure No. (2)

Relationship between Total Quality and Institutions General Strategy

Requirements and technology

The total quality required to compete
The overall strategy
strategy
of the institutions
The current state of the
The Product Desing organization and its goals

The Crateria Speceficaions

inputs production Final product custumer

process

Part 3: Strategic Planning for Total quality

Strategic planning is the first basic function of management and is described as the
process of focusing on the future and determining the expected directions of the
organization so that strategic planning has become a necessity as a way of thinking and
working in response to the enormous pressures environmental and consequenes for
business organizations.

- 39 -
Clause 1: Definition of Strategic Planning

Many authory and researchers have come across the definition of strategic
planning as:

A specific process to develop the message presented by the organization,

institution or company and its objectives, strategic plans and policies in order to
achieve an orderly escalation from the current position to the future target
position, through this definition, we understand that strategic planning is to rely
on the message of the organization and develop strategic plans to reach the
future situation.

Strategic planning is also defined as the continuous process of making decisions

to systematically organize the work of the present with a great knowledge of the
future of these decisions and organizing the efforts necessary
to systematically implement these decisions and produce results measure these
decisions against expectations through the availability of a feedback system.
Through this definition, we understand that strategic planning should make
systematic decisions and implement them in such a way that future goals are
achieved, with the results of those decisions being monitored and tracked
through feedback.

Clause 2 : strategic planning for Total quality

Strategic planning is part of the total quality in the organization, so that it helps to
plan the operational procedures and gain competitive advantage in the business
world according to the management theory in general which corresponds to the
strategic planning of the total quality strategic planning there are three types of
plans: strategic plans - staged plans - operational plans.

Strategic plans :
Long-term and comprehensive plans that give the organization a competitive
edge in the business world and a full understanding of its current position and
where it can go, while developing effective goals to be achieve the strategy that
achieves them.

- 40 -
Interim plans :
It means many details compared to the first type of plans but it is not in the form
of plans and processes as the intermediate plans define the intermediate goals
and directions related to certain areas of the organization's activities such as
marketing, operations, design and others.

Operational plans :
Short-term and limited spaces are more focused and objective than strategic
plans in the concept of output evaluating.

According to the concept of Jordan and other quality pioneers and researchers,
strategic quality management means the process of establishing long-term quality
goals and determines the potential input or climate to achieve those goals.

Total quality planning helps to increase the focus on the business strategy to be
follow as it is an important and vital element of the process of improving quality
effectively.

Clause 3 : process steps for total quality strategic planning

The total quality strategic planning process includes seven key steps that drive
performance improvement and competitive advantage:

Analysis of the environment: the analysis of the environment requires the

determination of the customers needs and is based on the systematic
examination of the internal and external environment, to achieve this, analysis (
SWAT - strength - weakness - opportunity - threats) is used. the need to apply the
method according to the schemes of the aforementioned plans.

For general strategic issues, it is represented at the macro level and includes long-
term. operational plans should conduct analyzes on short-term environmental
issues, where this requires research on the development of operational
performance and its impact on short-term issues.

Quality mission: this process is not easy for the organization to manage because
this task is entrusted to the organization in particular and to the beneficiariesl INR

- 41 -
Direction in general, the direction that the organization should take and the
mission of quality should be written in a short, clear and understandable words.

Quality Policy Development: the process of development process is one of the

responsibilities of the organization’s of management as it operations with full
commitment and positive conviction in the philosophy of quality and its principles
and applications to the institution to always study they are the customers what
their needs are so why should you focus on the quality task Who is involved in
the development of quality policy Suppliers must contribute to the quality policy

Development of Strategic Objectives: The development of strategic objectives

depends on many ways, including relying on performance data for previous
periods, which are used as the basis for evaluating quality objectives and knowing
the needs and wishes of customers, parallel to the philosophy of the quality and
any change in the environment necessarily leads to a change in the orientation
of the objectives, so that the evaluation of products by competitors is carried out
on the basis of the organization's own processes during the development of
appropriate quality objectives.

Establishment of action plans oriented towards total quality: the formulation of

procedures is carried out in the light of the planned strategies, which
must correspond to the functions of the quality achieved, so the action
plans are intended to link the continuity of the quality plan due These actions
usually directly target implementation issues, and without the existence of action
plans, quality plans lose their ability to guide planning opportunities in
the organization.

Implementation of The Total Quality Strategy: the implementation of the total

quality strategy is one of the most important stages of the quality planning
process and concerns the following topics: training - education - collective
participation - culture - technology - process - authority and responsibility -
structuring of incentives and rewards - and the organizational structures of the
organization.

- 42 -
Monitoring and evaluation of Overall Quality Performance: Strategic planning
for overall quality requires continuous monitoring by management to ensure that
things are proceeding according to the given plan and that the development
of monitoring systems is part of the plan and overall quality monitoring.
Up helps to plan quality in both strategic and operational terms.

Part 4 : The Strategic Dimension Of Total Quality As a Competitive Priority

Global organizations face major challenges that drive them to improve the skills
and capabilities of their employees to improve the quality of their products, and
one of the major pressure points to improve total quality came from
techniques to improve the total quality and gain a competitive advantage.

Clause 1 : Total Quality as a Competitive Advantage

Competitive advantage is defined as the ability of the organization to formulate

and apply strategies that make it in a better position relative to other
organizations operating in the same scope and achieve competitive advantage
through the best use of technical, material, financial, organizational and
informational resources in addition to the aptitudes, skills and other capabilies of
the organization, which allow it to design:

1. perceived customer value.

2. Capacity of the organization to achieve excellence.

Total quality is a key element in the competition between institutions, as the

correct, fast and efficient response to customer needs, which allows achieving
their satisfaction and thus gaining market share.

Excellence in performance is based on the principles and philosophy of total

quality, as stated by the quality expert (Arthur D. littler) According to a
study conducted on a sample of 500 American companies,

the Total Quality Program has a significant impact on their competitiveness. The
core values of achieving total quality, embodied in the principles of

- 43 -
successful management, can lead to positive results in their level of performance
and degree of excellence. Many managers and stakeholders have realized
the numerous advantages that the organization obtains from the adoption
of quality as a competitive strategy. These benefits include customer loyalty to
the product and non-participation in price wars - the ability to make the right
returns without losing customers - the facility incurs no high marketing or other
costs as Apple electronics work for customers and the trust that exists between
them.

Therefore, the strategic management of Total Quality is part of the strategic

management of the company, in which the strategic objectives of Total
Quality are established with the development of long-term plans
for them, and the programs of Total Quality are developed,
controlled and applied in the various areas of the company's marketing,
engineering and production activities to gain competitive advantage in order to:

✓ Senior management is responsible for quality control while the president or

general manager is responsible for managing and controlling all quality
activities.

✓ Intensive quality training, which includes the training of all employees at

all management levels of the establishment, because intensive quality
training leads everyone in the organization to understand the activities
of total quality.

✓ Turkish on customers as organizations seek to focus on customers by

looking their needs and striving and fulfil them.

✓ Total Quality Improvement The quality improvement program aims to

develop processes within the facility that include production planning,
product development, reviews, manufacturing, distribution and others.

✓ Statistical control of global quality, application of statistical methods to

control the quality of production and processes.

Since Total Quality is an essential and important element in the competitive

primacy ( Cost - Time - Flexibility – Creativity ), one of them is the most

- 44 -
important key to the success of the organization through the adoption of Total
Quality with many advantages as a competitive advantage. And improving quality
as a strategic dimension is of great importance for the company as it focuses on
reducing costs and increasing customer satisfaction, since competitive strategies
are fundamental for the organization.

Clause 2 : Quality and Competition Strategies

Total Quality has occupied an important place in the management of

organizations as a factor of success, facing competition as an important element
of the excellence of the organization, giving it the ability to differentiate itself
from its competitors and to grow and move forward, especially with the
high demands of customers.

For this reason, the researcher (Michael Botter-LHR LHR LH) identified the
strength of the organization through three competitive strategies, namely:

1- Cost leadership strategy: In the cost leadership strategy, quality has long
been considered a cost factor and is therefore not compatible with lowest
cost based market share strategies compared to competitors, and is an
important factor in this strategy, especially since it is among
Westerners The combination of high price with high quality is
dominant and the Japanese know how to present their product in
international markets with a high quality and low prices thanks to their
interest in overall quality and their continuous work to improve it, which
helps them acquire a new organization.
2- Strategy of Excellence: In the Strategy of Excellence, quality has
been considered as a differentiating factor between the offers of
competing institutions, the Strategy of Excellence being based on the
concept of creating products that ensure the best satisfaction of the
customer's desires from the products offered by competitors.
3- Concentration strategy: The concentration strategies in which the
institution can reconcile the two previous strategies are the
successful strategies if they can indicate the competitive

- 45 -
 advantages obtained in the field of total quality and can highlight the role
of quality overall competitive strategies in the table below:

Table No. (3 ) The place of total quality in competition strategies

Quality improvement goals Quality impact Competition strategy

-Reduction of total production -Product suitability Cost leadership strategy

costs
-Expand the circle of customers for
Enterprise Products
-Increase the profit margin by
increasing the selling price
-Enter the parts of the market to
which you will return
-Expand customer loyalty and trust
for Enterprise Products
-Track control
-Creations and
manufacturing methods
-Meet the wishes of Excellence strategy
customers
-Deployment of total
quality functions
-Search for new products
-Damaged between the Focus strategy
shape and conformity of
the product

Section 4 : ISO 9000 Standard and its Relation to Total Quality

In view of current trade changes and challenges, including the agreement

(NAFTA), the North American Free Trade Agreement and the agreement (GATT).

The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and subsequent agreements, as well
as the establishment of the World Trade Organization, global trade has
become freer and this has increased has led to an increase in the intensity of
competition between institutions, making it imperative for these institutions
to seek strategies to address competitiveness, including making products that
meet all implicit and stated consumer needs and compete with global products,
not local ones.

The way to achieve this was to adopt new specifications and adopt international
standards in its production and this justifies the importance of ISO 9000

- 46 -
specifications to increase competitiveness and this is what we want to prove in
this section.

Part 1 : ISO 9000 Standard Specifications

Established, Defined and Stages of Obtaining the Certificate

ISO 9000 standards are the standards that organizations rely on to build a total
quality system to provide products of acceptable quality locally and
internationally.

Clause 1 : Origin of ISO 9000 Specifications

During the Second World War, a great event and development in the field
of defense industry and the growing interest in the manufacture of weapons and
military equipment, it was necessary to ensure the quality of these products
and to ensure that they were free from leading to disasters and great losses.

the United States Department of Defense published the military specifications

MIL-Q9858 around the Total Quality Management Program in 1959.

In 1968, defense specifications were incorporated into the so-called Allied

Quality Specifications, which are still used by NATO to verify the quality of war
equipment supplied to Allied countries. Europe was not isolated from these
developments; it was at this time that the British reacted. The Ministry of Defense
published a Military Specification (DS) in 1970. As a result, it was necessary to
establish a system to certify the quality of weapons and equipment supplied
by contractors, and this standard includes quality procedures which must be
adhered to and followed by designers and suppliers of military equipment and
ensure that products conform to specifications conform to this local British
standard version which conforms to the previously mentioned
allied specifications to which this standard was developed by the British Institute
for Standardization to apply to all military aspects equally.

- 47 -
In the late 1970s, the importance of companies, both manufacturing and service
providers, in achieving compliance with these specifications led many European
governments to standardize and issue national specifications for quality systems
to improve the competitiveness of their companies. nationally and enable them
to compete in internationally, especially after the emergence of Japanese and
American industries as a strong competitor,

whose products have achieved considerable superiority in terms of quality and

price over those of European products.

In 1979, the British Standardization Organization issued the British standard 5750,
which included quality assurance requirements for contractual purposes and
conditions for registering companies in accordance with the standard
and developing an accreditation system for entities to that the British government
has described the fundamentals of so-called accreditation and registration bodies
to meet the world and companies.

In 1984 ISO formed the ISO / TC / 176 technical committee from 26 countries to
develop a draft specification for quality management and assurance and was
approved since its final publication in 1987 as the first international standard for
quality systems called ISO 9000, which was based in content on the
British National Standard, 5750, which substantially but at the same time
reflected global requirements.

Several changes were added to the standard in 1994, other changes were
introduced in a new edition in 2000 and the 2000 edition was revised to
be changed and improved in 2008 and the last change was made in 2015 and is
now the following:

- Requirements for the quality management system.

- Quality management system guidelines for performance improvement.

- Principles and terminology of the quality management system.

- 48 -
Clause 2 : Definition of ISO 9000 Standard

The ISO 9000 standard is the most important tool to facilitate and permanently
maintain the production of products or services with the required high quality.

Hence the interpretation of the wars of the initials ISO these first letters of the
world name according to the specifications of the International Organization
for Standardization and are based in Switzerland and founded in 1946.

Member of national organizations dealing with standards and quality in more

than.91 interested countries (one member for each state) and ISO associated with
the International Electro technical Commission, they work together as
a common system to the development part of a global around agreements
on quality standards can then be defined as ISO 9000 standard specifications as
follows:

1- A set of written specifications issued by the International Standards

Organization in 1987 which identify and describe the key elements required
in the quality system that must be adopted by
the organization's management to ensure that its products meet the
needs, wishes and expectations of customers.
2- In the description of human behavior, it is required to follow specific
methods in management and production and observe the conditions
required by the production methods that determine the way and actions to
confirm that the production has a predetermined level of quality.
3- The set of specifications specialized in the management of total quality in
the industrial and service sectors, which is divided into a set
of specifications, vary according to the degree of completeness of each
of them.
From the foregoing it can be concluded that the ISO 9000 standard specification is
a set of specifications consisting of a set of requirements and guidelines necessary
to establish quality management systems in institutions and whose purpose is to
provide products that meet specific requirements.

- 49 -
Related to the specifications of goods and services, but also considered a quality
control system through the quality standards specified in each of
the entity's activities to achieve a high level of performance and quality.

Clause 3 : stages of obtaining a certificate ISO 9000

The dependence of establishments on the ISO 9000 specification allows them

many advantages, the ISO 9000 specification is an excellent means of
facilitating organizational or institutional training, and to obtain this certificate,
the establishment must go through the following three stages:

Preparatory stage for registration: This is the stage during which the preparation
and the technicians fulfill the conditions to meet the requirements of the
certificate to be obtained, which are summarized as follows:

✓ The keen interest of senior management in obtaining the certificate

and motivating employees to qualify and upgrade the institution.
✓ Appoint a director of the general quality department who is responsible for
all quality-related activities.
✓ Prepare and form a working group with the main task of supervision,
coordination and preparation.
✓ Elaboration of an action plan and vision with a timetable for
implementation to be followed.
✓ Reformulate the quality policy and its general objectives in the institution.
✓ Write and document the procedures and work instructions in the company,
the corrective and preventive actions through reporting.
✓ Create a quality guide which is an important reference for everyone in
the establishment.

Certification Stage: This stage includes the following:

✓ Contract with the issuing authority (the company authorized to issue the
certificate)
✓ Study and revise the documents submitted in writing by
the establishment.

- 50 -
 ✓ Plan an actual inspection within the establishment.
✓ Work with the donor agency and make changes requested by them.
✓ The actual review and analysis of issues and gaps by the donor
agency and completion of the detailed report prepared as an
experimentalassessment of the quality management system, and this step
is optional.
✓ The Donor Authority Flour Team conducts the formal Quality
Management System Assessment, during which any violations of
the Quality Management System requirements are identified and these
violations are categorized into three types, what is a basic violation - a
minor violation and defers the issuance of the certificate to fundamental
violations.
✓ Issuance of the certificate on the basis of the recommendations of the
team of the donor agency which carried out the formal evaluation.

Part 2 : ISO 9000 Series components

The technical committee (ISO / TC / 176) has empowered the International

Organization for Standardization
specifications every 6 years to
improvement to meet the new
affecting communities.
Clause 1: ISO 9000 versions
to review the ISO 9000 quality management
maintain the principle of modification and
requirements and to respond any changes

In 1987, the International Standardization Organization (ISO) made a number of

revisions to the current specification, including the following versions:

First edition - 9000 for the year 1987

Which focused on quality control, i.e., the application of activities, methods and
strategies related to ensuring the continuity of monitoring the requirements and
needs of the customer and focusing on the detection and correcting errors in the
first place.

Second edition - 9000 for the year 1994

- 51 -
This version was the first revision of the ISO 9000 series, which took
place in 1994, and the objective behind this change was to further develop the
texts of these specifications by correcting errors discovered during the application
of ISO 9000 in 1987. This change focused on quality assurance and ensuring that
the product will meet customer requirements.
Third edition - 9000 for the year 2000:

The International Organization for Standardization, in response to the inclusion

of the second version of the ISO 9000 specification for the year1994, has
identified some weaknesses, despite the changes made there, through a wide-
ranging global survey of over 1500 institutions and companies to understand the
requirements of customers and beneficiaries of the set of specifications
more accurate and better than the previous specifications -12-2000 which focuses
on the quality system and internal foundations, terminology, requirements and
basic guidelines related to the management of the system Quality.

Fourth edition 9 9000 for the year 2008:

Based on some comments from customers and beneficiaries regarding the lack of
clarity of some items, this version was born as an extension and to improve
the 2000 version by eliminating any ambiguity regarding the requirements of the
quality management system and providing greater clarity to the requirements of
the standard so that the ISO 9000 quality management system consists of a set of
standards and specifications that.
Fifth edition ISO 9000 for the year 2015:

The characteristics of this version of the previous versions of many of the

procedures which in turn support the management and progress of the
system have been the development in the main building structure of the structure
of the high-level high-level Structure by the ten main elements so that the formal
structure of the International Organization for Standardization and for each
specification of Total Quality Management systems issued by the International
Organization (ISO) the agreement on the method of monitoring
the new settings for work and productivity (Process Approach),

- 52 -
which covers the entire cycle is the time cycle (Deming Circle) (plan - do - check -
action) on all processes and on the quality management system as a whole.

From this point of view, the prevention measures have also been extended to
eliminate the possibility of mismatch in the new modified specifications
mentioned in the previous specifications and to risk based thinking (Risl
Thinking) in the operations of companies or institutions from
planning, measurement, implementation and improve quality by identifying the
factors that cause the deterioration of the planned results of quality and
its activities and of the effective quality system in the institution or company by
guiding the development of laws and prevention measures the prevention of
negative effects that affect the requirements and needs of customers
and beneficiaries.

The new international standard also focuses on seven principles in quality

management: :-

1.focus on beneficiary or customer.

2-effective leadership - for senior management and managers.

3-participation of individuals.

4. operations and method of execution.

5. continuous improvement plan.

6 - mak decisions based on clear evidence.

7-management of internal and external relations.

The international standard was also been structured with ten requirements as
follows:

First: general requirements:

1. Scope of the quality management system

- 53 -
 2. Additional references

3. interpretation of terms and expressions in the standard

Second: requirements for the planning process

1 - context of the institution or company

2. compliance and implementation of the quality management system

3. operations planning

4. support to ensure successful completion of operations

Third: implementation requirements

1. ensure effective operation

Fourth: requirements for measurement processes

1. performance evaluation

Fifth: requirements for improvement processes

1. continuous improvement

Clause 2 : ISO 9000 series

In this section we talk about the ISO 9000 series of specifications, expressed in
code (9000 series: 1994) and illustrated in the following specifications below,
which represent a set of guidelines to be followed in the selection and
implementation of the total quality system in the institutions, this is the standard
in which the 8402 standard mentioned above has been incorporated.

ISO 9001

It is the standard for organizations applying total quality systems in the areas of
design, development, manufacturing, installation, inspection, testing and after-

- 54 -
sales services, as this specification is the most comprehensive in the ISO
9000 specification series and contains 20 elements.

ISO 9002

this standard applies to enterprises carrying out the same activities listed in
ISO 9000, with the exception of the design activity, the activity of which is limited
to production, development and sales and includes 18 elements.

ISO 9003

It is a specification of the quality system in manufacturing and installation

and provides only 12 items more fully and is not considered a quality
control system but only covers the requirements of the problem and
defect detection process, which are verified in the final inspection and inspection
stages.

ISO 9004

This standard contains the guidelines that institutions must follow to obtain ISO
9001 and ISO 9002.

ISO 9000:2000

This new standard has been of great benefit to the institutions, namely the
integration of the ISO 9001, 9002 and 9003 standards into a single
standard, namely ISO 9001, to solve the problem of the choice between
institutions among these standards and to confirm that la so 9001 The standard
covers all the activities of the entity, regardless of the type, size or sector to
which they belong, with the possibility and ease of clarification.

- 55 -
Modified series of Quality System 9000: 2000

ISO 9000

It is the standard that explains and presents the fundamentals and

principles of the quality management system, as well as the terminology used in
it.

ISO 9001

It is the standard that establishes the requirements of the quality management

system and obtains the certificate that confirms the ability of the organization to
provide products that meet the requirements and needs of customers, consumers
or beneficiaries, since it includes all the phases and processes related to
the Quality of the product and how to control it, knowing that this standard is
evaluated by an external verification.

ISO 9004

It is Called Performance Improvement Guidelines, it is a comprehensive guide that

provides an overview and guidance for all activities of the organization to improve
performance and aims to increase the satisfaction of customers, consumers and
all-important parts for all their needs to be met. is an additional standard to the
9001 standards, which is a binary file, and the 9004 standard is considered an
illustration of what is contained in the 9001 standards, knowing that this standard
is subject to internal review and self-assessment.

ISO 10011

Includes guidance on quality systems auditing and quality qualification standards.

Series Specification ISO 9000: 2008

This updated series was published and announced in 2008 and has 8 elements in
its structure, in this series the full adoption of the 9000:2000 standards series of
specifications is done by merging ISO 9001, 9002 and 9003 into a single
standard, i.e. ISO 9001, and also to overcome all the obstacles and problems
that plague organizations when choosing between standards.

- 56 -
The 19011 standard completes the 10011 standard which appeared in 2002 and
provides an overview and guidelines for internal and external audits of the quality
management system and the environmental management system.
Specifications to add to the list below:

ISO 10012 for measuring equipment system and quality assurance system.
ISO10013 stands for Preparation Guidelines, Manual Preparation Quality.
ISO 10014 guidelines for the economics of quality management.
ISO 10015 guidelines for continuing education and training.
ISO 10016 is a guideline for quality documentation.

Series Specification ISO 9001: 2015

This updated series was released in 2014 and the elements have been changed
to 10 elements, this series was based on the series of specifications, standard
9001: 2015 through the integration of ISO 9001, 9002 and 9 9003 into a single
standard, it is valid to say ISO 9001 and this to think about the calculation
and assessment of risks and opportunities and this to identify all the internal and
external influences to which the company is bound, such as the laws
and regulations of the country where the company is based or
international law in general.

It aims to identify relevant interested parties such as suppliers, customers,

government agencies and owners ... and determine the requirements of
great importance for these parties and their link with the company and how to
contact and follow these parties to follow up on the performance and efficiency
of the quality management system, which is specialized by senior management
and is considered one of the leaders and dedication of management and no
longer in this version and ISO 31000 standard and risk operations guide.

- 57 -
Part 3 : Relation of ISO 9000 Specifications to Total Quality.

Some confuse the concept of global quality with ISO. ISO standards are basic
procedural requirements represented by compliance with a set of administrative
and technical procedures and documented specifications that control the quality
of performance and various activities.

Hiyoshi Kiyomi (Professor of Engineering, Tokyo, Chairman of the Committee

for the Development of Quality Inspection Systems and Japan Enterprise
Certification Program for ISO) believes that ISO standards represent quality
management from the buyer's point of view, while Japanese quality management
is from the buyer's point of view. suppliers, i.e. H of the manufacturer
or the seller, and that the overall quality, unlike ISO 9000, goes beyond the
expectations of the buyers and seeks to anticipate their needs and expectations in
order to conquer the share of desired market and support the growth of
the organization.
Obtaining ISO certification is not an end in itself, but a means for
the establishment to improve the overall level of performance, to achieve
customer satisfaction and the overall development of its organization,
confirming the concept of global quality and the question that can now arise, is to
determine approximately the nature of the relationship between ISO 9000
and global quality specifications.

Clause 1 : Differences

The elements that define the difference between the ISO specifications and the
total quality System in terms of purpose, benefits, responsibilities and time
required for what comes next:
- ISO standards aim at a level of quality that is global in nature and not
specific to a particular institution, but total quality is a management
approach and organizational philosophy integrated into all areas
of activity within the institution.
- ISO standards only apply total quality standards to its products and
services, have direct contact with customers while total quality is based
on customer orientation through a field study of their needs and desires

- 58 -
 and trying to satisfy them and the highest level of satisfaction to be
achieved while.
- ISO systems can be applied to specific departments and departments and
not necessarily at the general quality level they can be applied to all
departments, departments and organizational levels as every individual
within the organization is responsible for quality.
- ISO standards focus on technical systems and procedures that often lead to
the non-qualification of functions that would limit individual initiatives,
while general quality refers to the focus on concepts, tools and methods.
- The ISO certification is granted for a period of three years with the
possibility of evaluation by the ISO organization. The bodies that have the
certificate are subject to periodic inspection, unlike the body that produces
the overall quality, it is not subject to inspection by anyone.
- Cost is another criterion to distinguish between ISO standards and Total
Quality Management, obtaining ISO certification from the body costs a lot
while Total Quality tries to reduce costs.
Clause 2: Similarities

There are several elements in which both the ISO 9000 specifications and the
total quality are represented by:
✓ The commitment of senior management in the implementation of ISO
standards and the Total Quality System is achieved by making changes at all
organizational levels with the dissemination of the culture of the two
systems among employees and convincing them of the importance
of the commitment in the work of team to achieve the
desired development.
✓ Attention to the processes in which both ISO and Total Quality express that
obtaining the good or service with a high quality is achieved only by
satisfying the requirements of each process and determining the needs and
desires of the customer to obtain the final shape of the product based
on what the customer wants.
✓ Both ISO 9000 and Total Quality are concerned with improving the
organization's relationship with all stakeholders and creating value within
the organization.

- 59 -
The differences between the ISO specifications and the total quality do
not imply that there are particular deficiencies in the ISO system, on the
contrary,this system establishes important standards for the activities and
processes that take place within the institution to ensure quality and in a
way such as to help achieve total quality requirements for institutions that have
comprehensive quality programs, including those that have excelled in their
application for quality and excellence awards. Registration for ISO is
important which helps to add official status to Total Quality Systems as well as
gaining some benefits and profitability.

The table below shows the convergence between Total Quality and ISO 9000
specifications.

Table No. ( 4 ) Convergence Between Total Quality and ISO 9000

ISO 9000 Specification Total Quality

Quality management begins with customer Highly customer-focused and caring

requirements and ends with satisfaction.

It emphasizes the continuous improvement of It focuses on continuous improvement and is

the quality management system through the fundamental to its principles
use of quality policy, objectives, audit results,
data analysis, design and preventive work and
management review

Ensure the identification of procedures, Use statistical and practical methods in quality
devices and measurements of monitoring management and improvement.

Determine the management responsibility for It requires improvement of the quality policy
the quality policy and adhere to it and develop and adherence to it by the management and
a framework to review it and ensure its employees of the organization.
implementation

Defined documentation requirements and The application of the tqs requires the

- 60 -
prepared a quality manual development of a quality manual.

Identify individuals with competencies, It seeks broad and substantial participation of

experience and skill and are aware of the all employees.
importance of their activities in achieving
quality objectives

Ensure to monitor and measure Product Attention to the effective design of goods and
Characteristics to prove that product services to achieve customer satisfaction.
requirements have been met and to maintain
compliance with standards

from this we understand that they are complementary and not alternative
or contradictory.

ISO can be obtained without total quality. The overall quality can be taken
without getting the ISO, or the overall quality can be taken as input to get the ISO.

Finally, from the above, we conclude that the ISO 9000 series of specifications
differ in terms of content, objectives and aspects, but they complement each
other, including the explanation of the basics and requirements,
including explanation of quality management audit methods. System 9 9000, both
of which aim to achieve the overall quality of the establishment in order to meet
the needs and objectives of this system, which seeks the satisfaction of customers
and consumers each other, including what explains the foundations and
requirements, including what explains the review methods of the Quality
Management System 9 9000, both of which are aimed at achieving the total
quality of the institution in order to meet the requirements and objectives of this
system, which aspires to achieve satisfaction for customers and consumers.

- 61 -
 Figure No. ( 3 ) Structure Of ISO 9000 Specifications

Elements of quality management and system ISO 9004

Quality vocabulary and terminology ISO 8402

Guidelines to choose between specifications that suit the nature of the organization's activity ISO 9000

ISO ISO ISO ISO

9004 9003 9002 9001

Model
Model operations
Model operations Model Design
Specifications Final operations Development
Services examination Production Production
Testing Composition Installation
customer service

Clause 3 : ISO 9000 Quality Management System Requirements

ISO 9000 is the standard by which the quality management system is measured,
therefore it is considered as the minimum elements of this system that the body
uses to confirm the quality of its products and their compliance with the needs
and expectations of customers. in which the quality management system can
be used as follows:

The quality management system depends on a number of requirements,

therefore the ISO 9001 standard divides the quality management into five main
requirements, each containing a number of elements in which this standard is
necessary for the organization to identify and manage many related activities in
which each activity uses its own resources and is managed in a way that enables
the Operation.

- 62 -
 Figure No. ( 4 ) Process model for Total Quality Management Process Type

Continuous Improvement for TQM

Clients Customers
Managment
The parties Responsibility and other
Other important
important
parties.
Resource
Measurement
management
Saturation

inputs Product outputs

goods
realization

It starts by identifying customer requirements and this is the responsibility of the

management after which the necessary means are provided to carry out
operations according to the process approach, which is finally measured results
through analysis to reach improvement through the measurement and
improvement element to close the cycle and start again depending on the new
adjustments and improvements by the senior management, which reflects the
methodology of continuous improvement.
The second cycle: in which the customer is the main element by identifying his
requirements that represent the inputs of the processes that reflect and
crystallize his needs and expectations in achieving the product to represent the
outputs that achieve customer satisfaction and then close the cycle depending on
the feedback( reverse feed ) to improve the inputs.

The two courses thus achieve the consistent and coherent model of the process
model based on the requirements of the standard ISO 9000:2015 which achieves
continuous improvement.

- 63 -
Chapter 2 : Integration System Between ISO Standards Related to Sustainability

Introduction

When we talk about sustainability, we have to translate sustainability

into overall quality, so ISO international standards and the breakdown
of their specifications are about sustainability and sustainable relationships
and how these international standards are used and realized in building
international economies and sustainable cities can get the best quality of them by
applying and implementing this article .

In this chapter, we get to know a set of standards whose implementation stages

achieve maximum sustainability, their events and their ability to
change for the benefit of stakeholders, beneficiaries and all those interested
in anything that is sustainable.

Section 1 : ISO Standard Specifications Group

Part 1 : ISO 20121 Sustainable Events

ISO 20121 is a management system standard designed to help organizations in

the events industry and improve the sustainability of their event-related
businesses, activities, products and services.

This standard is designed for companies to succeed financially, , become more

socially responsible and reduce their environmental impact.

The ISO 20121 standard applies to all different types and sizes of facilities and to
all facilities that operate in the events industry, such as: security companies,
restaurants, lighting designers, sound engineers, stage builders, venues,
independent event organizers, event teams, businesses and the public sector.

The standard 20121is a standard that explains how to define community

goals, and desired outcomes based on them.

- 64 -
It is a reference that shows how sustainable development shapes environmental,
economic and social concerns and brings together all potential stakeholders.

The ISO 20121 standard provides institutions with a guideline for

knowing their relationships, , their impact on society and their expectations on
events.

The ISO 20121 standard also measure and evaluates progress and helps reduce
the negative effects of events and capitalize on their positive effects.

This standard applies to all types and sizes of organizations involved in event
planning and delivery and has been prepared to be clearer and
provide broader guidance on sustainable event issues.

Sustainability is about how an organization continues to operate commercially

and how it contributes to a stronger and fairer society and how it reduces its
impact on the environment.

The ISO 20121 standard was inspired by the London 2012 Olympics and was
based on the BS 8901 standard at the time of the Olympics and has been a huge
success in managing sustainability.

Clause 1 : Definition and Benefits of the Standard

This standard can improve efficiency in all areas of coordination and

management and is a flexible application that allows all institutions, companies
and facilities to implement a special, serious and efficient system for event
management. durable. It also benefits from a clear purpose and strategy,
resulting in a more active workforce, stronger membership, more integrated
management, and thoughtful participation, resulting in a improved efficiency and
stronger teamwork.

One of these benefits is that systems and processes become simpler, clearer and
more efficient.

- 65 -
ISO 20121 is particularly useful for small businesses as it provides a
robust governance framework and standardized procedures and processes that
enable rapid onboarding of new employees.

ISO 20121 helps to further motivate employees, attract top talent, improve
retention rates, and improve reputation and relationships with key customers,
suppliers, partners, and other like-minded external stakeholders.

ISO 20121 also offers cost savings in terms of finance, consumption,

waste and energy, reduces carbon emissions in the event supply chain
and improves the image of the establishment in the community.

However, in order to successfully apply this standard in a facility, all individuals

must be subject to and comply with the requirements of this standard.

Some of the benefits for institutions to achieve this standard:

✓ Key public and private sector clients are referenced in ISO 20121 tender
documents as they work to ensure they implement their own sustainability
policies.
✓ It is likely to become the minimum requirement for anyone wishing to work
in the events industry, as event clients, sponsors, local authorities and
other key stakeholders choose to work with organizations that have applied
this standard.
✓ Allows the company to differentiate itself in the market, thus improving
its chances of winning new contracts.

- 66 -
Clause 2 : Standard Items

Scope
Normative references
Terms and definitions
Context of the organization
Understanding of the organization and its context
Understanding the needs and expectations of interested parties
Determining the scope of the event sustainability management system
Event sustainability management system
Sustainable development principles, statement of purpose and values
Leadership
Leadership and commitment
Policy
Organizational roles, responsibilities and authorities
Planning
Actions to address risks and opportunities
Event sustainability objectives, how to achieve them
Support
Resources
Competence
Awareness
Communication
Documented information
Operation
Operational planning and control
Dealing with modified activities, products or services
Supply chain management
Performance evaluation
Performance against governing principles of sustainable development
Monitoring, measurement, analysis and evaluation
Internal audit
Management review
Improvement
Nonconformity and corrective action
Continual Improvement
Table No. ( 5 )

- 67 -
Part 2 : ISO 26000 Social Responsibility

Clause 1 : Definition

Every organizationbusiness or facility most take action to make the world a

better place to live and feel good about.

From this point of view, in 2010, those interested in this idea within the
International Organization for Standardization ( ISO ) began to publish the first
official document agreed in terms of conditions and practices of social
responsibility in order to be just to the evaluation of the performance of each one
that has become establishments. this applies not only to the private sector, but
also to the public sector in developing and industrialized countries as well as
in emerging countries. it is not subject to the ISO 26000 standard for issuing
certificates, like other ISO certificates. It explains social responsibility and explains
the principles needed to work effectively.

This assessment serves as a tool to determine the level of performance of the

organization at the time of assessment and helps to operate in a
socially responsible manner, which is increasingly demanded by society.

This standard is studied and applied in order to use its standards to achieve
sustainable development, and the impact of its application manifests itself
through the company's competitive advantage, its reputation, the acquisition of
customers, the obligations of employees and its relations with others Company
Improve the level of performance in applying the guidelines on social
responsibility.

The ISO 26000 standard clearly shows the positive actions taken by the institution
to help achieve sustainable development and consists of many benefits of the
institution as follows:

✓ Gain a major competitive advantage.

- 68 -
 ✓ Increasing production capacity and the ability to attract and retain
customers positively affect employee behavior inside and outside the
organization and increase loyalty to the organization.
✓ Build relationships with other institutions, formal and
informal organizations, media, competitors and customers.
✓ Change the plan of investors, stocks, sponsors and financial groups for
the better.

Consequently, organizations that fail to incorporate socially responsible behavior

into their strategies expose their systems and practices to competition in
order to win customers.

Boards of directors, interest groups, investors, business partners, governments

and communities are increasingly choosing not to support companies
that don't pay much attention to our planet and the well-being of our planet. to
be of those who live there.

This standard has received wide support from all international organizations at
the time of its publication and in the long run so far, and has been signed and
ratified by many organizations, the most important of which are:

- International Labor Organization (ILO).

- The United Nations Global Compact.
- Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).
Clause 2 : Standard Items

Scope
Terms and definitions
Understanding Social Responsiblity
Principles of social responsibility
Awareness of social responsibility and participation with stakeholders
Core themes of social responsibility
The practices of integrating social responsibility through the facility

Table No. ( 6 )

- 69 -
Part 3 : ISO 50001 Energy Management

Clause 1 : Definition

ISO 50001: 2011 is the requirements to create, implement, maintain and improve
an energy management system that aims to enable an organization to take a
systematic approach to achieve continuous improvement of energy performance,
including efficiency energy, consumption and energy consumption.

ISO 50001: 2011 standards are requirements applicable to energy consumption

and consumption, including measurement, documentation, reporting, design and
procurement practices for equipment, systems, processes and personnel that
contribute to energy performance.

ISO 50001: 2011 applies to all variables affecting energy performance that can be
monitored and influenced by the organization and 50001:2011 does not provide
specific performance standards related to energy.

It also applies to any organization wishing to ensure compliance with its declared
energy policy and demonstrate it to others, by confirming this compliance either
by self-assessment and self-declaration of compliance, or by certification of the
energy management system by an external body.

ISO 50001:2011 is designed to be used on its own, but can be customized or

integrated with other management systems.

ISO 50001: 2011 also provides application information.

Clause 2 : Standard Items

Scope
Energy Management System
Context of the organization

- 70 -
Leadership
Planning
Support
Operation
Performance evaluation
Improvement

Table No. ( 7 )

Clause 3 : Rehabilitation Benefits

The benefits of qualifying for the standard are based on two main areas:
First: internal advantages of the institution:
- reduce energy costs
- reduce CO2 emissions and greenhouse gas emissions
- evidence of compliance with customer requirements and other
requirements.
- Comply with binding energy efficiency targets or laws.
- increase the credibility of customers and stakeholders.
- Support in managing decision-making procedures in banks with all
employees.
- develop for the first time the law of good management –
- provides senior management with an effective mamangment process.
- identifies areas of responsibility across the organization.
- provides continuous assessment, evaluation and improvement .
- more effective risk management.

Second: competitive and marketing benefits:

- sustainability in the competition strongly
- reductions of energy costs.
- environmentally friendly manufacturing ( green manufacturing).
- less polluted, healthier and safer environment.
- High quality products and services.
- Energetic efficiency.
-

- 71 -
Clause 4 : Applied Scope

Scope of energy management systems ISO 50001

ISO 5 50001 is a management system that helps you improve your

company's energy performance and use energy more efficiently. The objective of
this standard is therefore to reduce energy expenditure while improving the
sustainability of the company.

Organizations that have implemented the energy management system have been
able to improve quality and environmental management, although ISO 50001 is
not mandatory, and organizations around the world can reap various benefits by
obtaining this certification

Examples of sectors where the system can be applied for energy-intensive use:
- Oil and gas sector.
- Factory sector.
- Areas of activity -Business sectors of organizations with high use of energy
sources.

Duration of the organization's rehabilitation project

The implementation period of the rehabilitation project varies from 3 months to 6

months depending on the size of the organization and the complexity of the
inteventions.

External Audit Institute ISO Certificate Duration 3 years

First year audit: the audit includes a first phase for the review of documents,
records and scope of the organization second phase of audit covers the
application of the system and ensures the effectiveness of the application,
registering the organization and recommending the issuance of the ISO
certification.

Second year audit: a periodic audit to ensure the continuity of application and the
effectiveness of the system.

- 72 -
Third year audit: a periodic audit to ensure the continuity of the application and
the efficiency of the system, reissuance of the ISO certificate: after the expiry of
the three years, the organization must renew the certificate and the procedure
for reissuing the certificate ISO for a new financial cost.

Part 4 : ISO 14001 Environmental Management

Clause 1 : Definition

The set of international standards 1 14,000 issued by the International

Organization for Standardization in 1996 is the result of a series of international
developments and appeals that began at the United Nations conference on the
Human Environment held in 1972 in Stockholm and which resulted in the
International Commission on the environment and its famous 1987 report ( our
Standardization in 1996 is the result of a series of international developments and
appeals initiated at the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment
held in Stockholm in 1972 and which led to the creation of The International
Commission on the Environment and its famous 1987 report (Our Common
Future - Our Common Future), which included a call to industry for
the development of an environmental management system, is effective
and therefore the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development
(Earth Summit the Summit of Earth) in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, and subsequently
organized the 1993 ISO decision on the establishment of the Technical
Commission No. TC207 to establish a specification for the Development Of An
Environmental Management System According to ISO 14000 covering topics
relevant to:

Environmental management systems.

Environmental audits (environmental audit).
Environmental labels.
Environmental performance assessment, evaluation.
Life cycle analysis.
Environmental terms and definitions.
Relationship between environmental trends and product specifications.

- 73 -
The international standard ISO 14001 is the most important of all and falls under
the title of requirements for environmental management systems, which specifies
the minimum requirements for the Environmental Management System in
enterprises or campany’s tin order o be able to control the Environmental
Performance of their products, services and operations .

Clause 2 : Standard Items

Scope
Normative references
Terms and definitions
Understanding of the organization and its context
Understanding the needs and expectations of interested parties
Determining the scope of the event Environment management system
Event Environment management system
Leadership
Leadership and commitment
Environmental Policy
Organizational roles, responsibilities and authorities
Planning
Actions to address risks and opportunities
General shape
Environmental aspects
Obligations and Compliance
environmental goals
Planning procedures to achieve environmental goals
Support
Resources
Competence
Awareness
Communication
External contact
Intercom
Documented information
Create and update documented information
Documented Information Monitoring
Operation
Operational planning and control
Emergency Preparedness
Performance evaluation

- 74 -
Monitoring, measurement, analysis and evaluation
Conformity assessment
Internal audit
Management review
Improvement
Nonconformity and corrective action
Continual Improvement

Table No. ( 8 )

Clause 3 : Stages, Scope of Application and Rehabilitation Plans

ISO 14001 international standards represent general environmental management

system requirements and can be applied to any institution of any type, size
or affiliation.

These standards represent the most widely used environmental standards

Management System of the World, an international standard issued by an
organization since 1996, the application of which allows the organization
to obtain a certificate confirming the organization's commitment to the
norms of this standard.

In general, an organization wishing to set up an environmental management

system must follow the following steps:

1. Conduct a study of the state environmental laws that apply to

the company, its products, activities and services and establish the
environmental standards necessary to comply with them.
2. Carry out an integrated analysis of the environmental impact of products,
processes and services in operation within the framework of the
environmental aspect and impact analysis.
3. Carry out measurements on the ground of the gap between the existing
environmental impacts and the standards to be respected in order to
establish the environmental objectives and the environmental policy of
the establishment, called preliminary environmental studies.
4. Conduct a gap study between the organization's existing environmental
management situation and the requirements of the environmental

- 75 -
 management system. In general, this study is carried out by specialists in
partnership with the personnel of the establishment and uses
various tools including (audit), (personal interviews) and (questionnaires). i
n the end, a concrete image emerges of the distance or proximity of the
institution in relation to the desired environmental management
system. The main result of this study is to identify the gap between the
existing system in the organization and the targeted environmental
management system.
5. The senior management of the institution in partnership with specialists to
develop an implementation plan of the steps and actions to be taken
to close the gap identified in steps 3 and 4.
6. Adopt and implement in parallel in the establishment a training and
awareness program for all personnel of the establishment on the
requirements of the environmental management system, in order to
prepare the establishment for the required change.
7. By officials and experts, the implementation of
the management plan determined in step 2 and the senior management of
the establishment provides the resources necessary for its implementation.
8. After the introduction of the new system, which must be compatible with
the environmental management system and confirm the stability of the
new system for an appropriate period of time, the management of the
organization assigns specialists with the appropriate experience either to
the within the organization or from outside the organization to carry
out a complete audit of the implementation of the new system in
the organization.
9. The results of the audit are generally non-compliant with the requirements
of the target environmental management system and
the top management of the organization is ready to take appropriate
corrective action to close the "non-compliance".
10.The organization shall implement the processes in points 8 and 9 on a
regular basis in order to maintain a satisfactory level of performance of the
organization and in accordance with the requirements of
the Environmental Management System.

- 76 -
Clause 4 : Rehabilitation benefits

- Customer satisfaction.
- Improve the relationship with the community.
- Investor satisfaction.
- Improve the company's image and market participation.
- Comply with system leave requirements.
- Improved cost control.
- Reduce accidents.
- To show interest.
- Provide inputs and energy.
- Facilitate access to permissions.
- Improve the relationship with the government.

Part 5 : ISO 45001 Occupational Health And Safety

Clause 1 : Definition

Standard ISO 45001: 2018 is a set of requirements that affect virtually all aspects
of the operations of companies, non-profit organizations and government
agencies research has shown that companies generally achieve greater safety at
work and fewer losses due to accidents that can occur through the implementing
the 45001 system.

Using a process approach is an important part of compliance with 4 45001: 2018

compliance. Therefore, a process-based occupational health and safety
management system is a useful tool and ensures continuity across processes and
creates a link between policies, requirements, performance, objectives and
procedures, reducing negative impacts on occupational Safety and health.

The business leaders today often see occupational Safety and health systems as a
means of complying with occupational health and safety legislation and
regulations.
However, this vision can prevent well designed occupational Safety and health
management from reaching its full potential, delivering financial, economic, and
reputational benefits as well as occupational health and safety benefits applied

- 77 -
separately or integrated with a another management system such as ISO 9001
(quality) or 45001 (environmental).

Clause 2 : Standard Items

Scope
Reference documents
Terms and Definitions
Context of the organisation
Leadership
Leadership and commitment
Occupational Safety and Health Policy
Planning
Support
Operation
Performance evaluation
Improvement

Table No. ( 9 )

Section 2 : ISO Quality Function Deployment ( QFD )

It is a function -quality implementation function (quality function

implementation) that ether is classified any other methodology (QFD) is organized
to determine the customer's needs and desires and to translate specific plans for
the production of goods or services which are to this needs and desires and the
true value of satisfaction for the QFD lies in the process of communication
and decision -making development requires the participation of all the
departments and functional relating to the goods or marketing services,
maintenance and financing of production, quality and Design supply and this is
why the active involvement of these departments leads to the balance of needs in
all phases of development services or the dissemination of information between
the different sections and keep out their hand without others.

From this it can be defined as a philosophy and a series of planning and

communication tools that focus on the basic requirements of the customer in the
coordination, design, production and marketing of products or services It can be

- 78 -
defined if the application that leads to practical improvements, so that the
economic unit can exceed customer expectations.
It is a tool to better understand the customer's requirements and divide
the barriers between the functions by integrating them and involving all members
of the production process in the design process, while a database is created for
future projects and encourages communication between team members And
the development time shortens the order to introduce new products on the
market in a shorter time and to obtain better satisfaction of customers due to the
improvement of the product and improvement of quality.

It is a strategy taken by Japanese companies and used for the first time in 1972, in
which Professor Yuji Akwa introduced and defined in 1969 as the transformation
of the demand for consumers into quality characteristics and the development of
product quality by systematically spreading relationships between requests and
characteristics that begins with the quality of each functional component
and expanding the implementation of quality to each part or process.

Japanese companies shown that it is a quick, economic and easy method to

understand it leads to a decrease in the number of changes in the design after
production, because has shown to translate all the requirements of customers
and beneficiaries of the project a language Technician who can be treated that
leads to the right decisions is in the interest of the organization and reflects the
needs of customers.

Clause 2 : The Impact of Integration on Improvement of Economic Units and

Achieving the Value

Companies currently work in an economic environment that is characterized

by growing competition with rapid technological development, as well
as by the multitude and diversity of customers' needs, which led to pressure on
local companies that have not been able to satisfy all Customer needs, as well
as deficiencies in their performance.

The Balanced Mark Card has been adopted and its dimensions (financial - internal
processes - customers - growth - learning) and the implementation function
of the quality function (QFD), one of the tools that includes financial and non-
financial measures to help these companies to promote reality and achieve the

- 79 -
required objectives.
Clause 3 : Function sections

The quality dissemination function consists of two sections:

Quality development: it Works to translate customers needs and desires and turn
them into design requirements for the product and supported by the marketing
department with data competitive capabilities, product measurements and
technical capability of the organization to satisfy the customer's needs, an
important phase on which success depends on other phases.

This is supported by a team of experts and engineers and requires creativity and
innovation in the team's ideas, where product concepts are
formed, parts specifications are documented, and then comes the planning stage
of the process, where the map of flow of the sequence of production processes
and objectives are documented, a team of production engineers is hired in
the company and finally the performance indicators are determined to monitor
production processes, plan maintenance and the skills necessary for operators.
as well as determining which manufacturing processes pose a risk
to manufacturing processes and then establishing control limits to avoid failures.

The process of converting customer requirements and needs into product

specifications can be summarized in Figure 5, which explains how wishes are
converted into technical specifications and technical characteristics and then
these characteristics are converted into operational processes and then into
requirements and specifications of production.

- 80 -
 Figure No. ( 5 )

Part 2 : Quality Houses

It describes the requirements, characteristics, design requirements, target values

and then the order of competition for the products and its final form is as a house
or house.

Figure No. ( 6 )

- 81 -
Clause 1: Quality House Components

The quality house consists of a set of parts collected from certain relationships
in matrices, a set of questions that need to be answered to complete the
construction of the house, and these questions are different:

What - how - who - how much value ... Once you have answered the questions,
you can build the first house and then move it to the next house, and so on.

Figure No. ( 7 )

- 82 -
Clause 2: Steps Building and Quality Houses

The process of building a quality house can be broken down into seven steps as
follows:

The first step: the customer needs

You need to define who the customer is. This can be multiple customers, e.g.,
consumers, manufacturers, traders, and possibly government organizations
affected by the existence of the product or project as environmental
organizations, e.g.

B. Consumers to ensure that the product is not damaged quickly, and that the use
andmaintenance aresimple and attractive, and include modern technology.

Accoing to Kano's model, the information that can be gathered by target

segment survey methods is divided into three levels:
The first level: Quality Basic - level of quality that meets basic expectations
and is not noticed by customers if it is not there.
The Secaend Level: Quality Performance - Is perceived by the customer and
determines the degree of satisfaction the improvement in performance.
The third level: Excitement Quality - is a quality that speaks for itself with
performance quality and specification quality, and shows customer’s
enjoyment when they experience it.
The Secand Step : The importance of the requirement
once the needs have been collected and grouped into proportionate groups, the
needs and requirements are classified according to their level of importance
and then weights are assigned according to their importance and the number 1 is
used for the least important requirement and the number 5 for the most
important requirement and so on.

The Threed Step : Evaluate Competitors

The purpose of this step is to know the extent to which customers rate
existing competing products in the market, and to provide a clear picture of the
new product in its ability to update and evaluate.

- 83 -
The fourth Step: set engineering specifications
The elaboration of the technical specifications the purpose of this step is
to establish technical specifications that meet customer requirements and
rework the design requirements and customer requirements into measurable
elements and each requirement must have at least one
technical specification.

The Fifth Step: relation between specifications and needs

It aims to link customer needs to technical specifications with a numerical
relationship represented by each cell in this section and by assigning a value
and entering an easy-to-read code.

The Sixth Step: the setting goals

Evaluate the competing products available on the market that have the same
characteristics and then compare them with the required technical specifications
and in light of this determine the target values for each specific
request and the units of the technical specifications and then evaluate the degree
of difficulty.

- 84 -
Chapter 3 : The Strategic Importance of Total Quality and its Effect on
Sustainable Development

Introduction

Through the irrational use of natural resources and energy and the misuse of the
environment as a free good and seeing it as a good and a resource to maximize
profits and forgetting that the environment is the only area for our survival and
continuation of future generations and the consequent accumulation of
environmental damage and the concept of sustainable development have
permeated the world of economic institutions, forcing them to adapt and
respond to contemporary needs and developments.

Economic institutions use modern management tools and techniques derived

from the Total Quality strategy and continuously use them in addition to the
methods and techniques of the Total Quality strategy.

There is the importance of international standards and norms issued by ISO and
we will deal with them in this chapter from the economic side and through the
establishment of the ISO 9000 certification, which allows the entity to achieve
economic efficiency, but from the side environmental, adoption and approval
of environmental management specifications ISO 14000 works to improve
environmental performance in terms of overall social performance Sustainable
development and the main supporting specifications can be dealt with in the
following sections:

• Theoretical framework for Sustainable Development.

• The role of the total quality strategy in realizing the economic dimension of
sustainable development.
• The role of the total quality strategy in realizing the social dimension of
sustainable development.
• The role of the total quality strategy in the realization of the environmental
dimension of sustainable development.

- 85 -
Section 1 : Introduction to the Concept of Sustainable Development

The Sustainable Development Stream is one of the most important new

development streams of the 1980s, in which sustainable development at all
levels is of increasing importance, becomes the subject of concern of the
countries of the world and for which many international conferences have been
held and it is a prominent place among the worries and problems of the world.

Part 1 : The Concept of Sustainable Development and Historical Development

Sustainable development is one of the most important developments in modern

development thinking and the most important addition to the development
literature of recent decades, so that this phenomenon has been associated with a
growing awareness of environmental problems and the relationship between man
and environmental development.

Clause 1 : Historical development of sustainable development

In the 1940s and 1950s, development was seen as a high level of income of
individuals and this was synonymous with the concept of economic growth,
where economists saw development as a process in which national income and
average per capita income increase further. achieve high growth rates
in some sectors that reflect progress. It should be noted that the development
during the aforementioned period was focused only on the economic aspect and
therefore the development thinking in this phase treated the development issue
as an economic issue primarily and defined as (the increase of the national
product of goods and services in a certain time).

From the late 1960s to the mid-1970s, the concept of development began to
include social aspects, after being limited to economic issues in the
previous stage, the development process took on social dimensions, the basis of
which was the fight against poverty and the elimination of unemployment and
inequality in distribution within a further growing economy, this phase.

- 86 -
In short, the 1970s redefined economic development in terms of reducing or
eliminating poverty, inequality and unemployment in an economic context
that made the watchword (redistribution of growth) a watchword common
and common at this stage, where development began the social dimension of
what some scholars have called social development, in which economic
development served to serve humanity.

In 1976, the basic needs approach emerged in the call for the basic needs strategy
at the ILO World Employment Conference, which declared that absolute poverty
can only be alleviated by satisfaction of basic needs such as food, health, water
and shelter.

The goal of this approach is a new type of economic growth that enables the
satisfaction of basic needs through the redistribution of resources within societal
sectors, redirecting growth to achieve the empowerment of the globally
disadvantaged.

From the mid-1970s to the mid-1980s of the 20th century, the concept of
comprehensive development emerged, which dealt with all aspects of society
and life, and whose goals were formulated on the basis of
improving living conditions of ordinary people, and not only to increase
economic growth rates. In this type of development, the characteristic of
approaching each aspect of society independently of other aspects
and developing solutions to each problem individually has prevailed. As a
result, this development has not achieved the desired goals in many societies
and has prompted the promotion of the concept of integrated development,
ie various aspects of development within the framework of sectoral and spatial
integration.

The concept of human development, in which the UNDP has taken a leading role
in adopting and promoting it through its human development
reports published since 1990, has defined the latter as the process of expanding
the options available to people, such as a healthy and long life and obtaining the
necessary resources to provide the required standard of living, as well as access to

- 87 -
knowledge to improve the level of education and participation in decision-
making.

Since the early 1980s, the world has begun to wake up to the sound of many
serious environmental problems that have become a threatening life form on
the planet, and this was, of course, in light of
the abandonment of the development of environmental aspects in over time.

Decades past, showing the global environmental perspective that as current

trends in a new development known as sustainable development first appeared
and crystallized in the Brundtlandser THR report and first published in 1987.

Sustainable development starting from environmental considerations for

this reason various conferences were held, the most important of which is
the following: in 1972 he published the club of Rome (Rome conference 1972
where a preparatory committee was formed composed of representatives of 27
countries, including an Arab country, Egypt) during this conference a detailed
report on the development of the environmental community and its
relationship with economic exploitation was presented to a large number of non-
governmental organizations a series of resolutions The conference also developed
a global vision of current and future environmental problems and the call to
work to create environmental awareness among all members of the global
community and to participate in the protection of the environment (the
environment for all and its care affects everyone and the problems concern
everyone).
The Stockholm Conference adopted 26 principles and 109 recommendations to
guide international and national action in this regard. In 1982, the United Nations
Environment Program (UNEP) developed a report on the state of the environment
in the world. The importance of the report was that it was based on scientific
documents and statistical data that identified the danger worldwide and the
United Nations General Assembly approved on October 28 the World Charter for
Nature, which aims to prevent any human activity. that could affect nature, to
guide and evaluate.

- 88 -
In 1986 the Club of Rome was born, the first idea for the emergence
of sustainable development, which brings together scientists, economic thinkers
and businessmen from different countries who ask for research in the field of
scientific development to define the limits of growth in developed countries.

In 1987, the United Nations International Commission on Environment

and Development presented a report entitled The Brundtland Report within the
report of the International Commission on Environment and Development,
chaired by Ms Gro Harlem Brundtland. This report stated that we cannot continue
development unless it is sustainable and without environmental damage.

He also put forward the idea that sustainable development is an alternative

development model and developed a strategy that provides for the possibility of
development that establishes the harmony between economic growth
and environmental protection taking into account human social needs.

While the 1992 Rio de Janeiro Conference was held in Brazil in 1992, this
conference was complemented by the recommendations of the Brundtland
Report, which included the UN General Assembly's invitation to convene an
international conference bringing together all leaders. to discuss environmental
issues, the international community met in Rio de Janeiro to discuss ways to
activate sustainable development.

World leaders endorsed Agenda XXI (Agenda 21) with specific action plans
for sustainable development and the main results of this conference.

1- Agenda 21 for the implementation of the Earth Charter (Agenda 21).

2- Integrate the environment into the general development of states.
3- Investigate the question of the institution overseeing the implementation
process.

Also in 1997, was the Kyoto Protocol adopted in Japan, which aims to
reduce gas emissions, mainly carbon dioxide (CO 2 and increase the use of
new and renewable energy systems)?

- 89 -
Also in 2002, the World Summit on Sustainable Development was held in
Johannesburg, South Africa. The conference was attended by more than 100
heads of state and tens of thousands of environmental and development
specialists. A plan was prepared for the implementation of the outcomes of the
World Summit to build on the results of the Conference on Environment
and Development and accelerate the pace, strengthen international cooperation
and take into account the Rio principles on environment and development.
All these efforts will promote the integration of the three elements of sustainable
economic development - social development - environmental development as
reinforcing pillars.

On December 14, 2007, the Bali conference in Indonesia discussed the issue of
climate change and then, on December 7, 2009, the conference
in Copenhagen (Denmark) on the issue of climate change in connection
with international efforts to combat global warming under the aegis of the
United Nations and on 29 November 2010 the Cancun conference in Mexico on
climate change.

The 27th Climate Conference (COP 27), which Egypt will host this year 2022, will
be a gateway to helping African and Arab countries coordinate climate
action efforts and an opportunity to promote full protection of the environment
and achieve sustainable economic growth and permanent cooperation with the
international community to ensure the prosperity of humanity.

It is worth noting that the next session (agent 28) will be held next year in the UAE
country and this strengthens the leadership of the Arab countries, which have
been in line with the major countries in many fields.

Clause 2 : Sustainable Development Concept

Some see it as an ethical vision, others see it as an alternative development

model or perhaps a method of solving environmental errors and pitfalls, and
there are those who see it as an administrative matter and a set of laws and
decisions that work. to raise awareness and planning for better exploitation of

- 90 -
resources.
Etymologically, the term sustainability refers to ecology where sustainability is
used to express the structure and evolution of dynamic systems subject to
structural changes that lead to a change in the properties and elements of their
relationship.
In the development of the concept, the term sustainability is used to express the
nature of the relationship between science economics, economics and ecology,
ecology, since El Alamein derives from the same original Greek ECO in Arabic with
reference to the linguistic meaning, which is the most important factor which
helps to identify the little flour it has already been mentioned that its roots)
always (the nice things of taking the time to keep things like the English term for
sustainable development there of the translation of sustainable development and
others say sustainable development the term development sustainable
development is far more accurate than the term sustainable development reflects
only the principle of continuity of the development process, while sustainable
development includes the principle of continuity and refers to the self-directed
forces of this development which ensure its continuity, but the term development
sustainable was chosen because it is more commonly used.

Since the official emergence of sustainable development, many international

organizations, writers and researchers in various disciplines have been exposed to
the definition so important and broad that we will try to address the main
definitions as follows:

For the first time, sustainable development was defined as development that
meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs in 1987.

This definition was intended to preserve the future of future generations and to
integrate economic, social and environmental needs into a single definition and
this definition carries within it the concept of need and the idea of constraints

Need: The special and basic needs of the poor which should be given priority.

- 91 -
Restrictions: any environmental restrictions and their ability to meet current and
future requirements.

The definition of the World Conservation Union in 1980 defined sustainable

development as: development that takes into account the environment, society
and the economy in accordance with the third principle decided at the United
Nations Conference on environment and development in Rio de Janeiro in 1992
sustainable development as: the need to realize the right to development where.

Webster's dictionary defines sustainable development as: Development that uses

natural resources without allowing their partial or total depletion or destruction
for any reason, and that must be rationalized.

According to Edward Barbier's definition, sustainable development is: the activity

which leads to the promotion of social well-being, the greatest care of available
natural resources and the least possible damage and harm to the environment,
asserting that sustainable development stems from development distinguishes
from it a more complex and intersecting natural and social development, of which
we can say that sustainable development today is on the one hand a small step
towards man and on the other hand a big one not towards humanity.

From the above, it can be said that sustainable development is development that
achieves balance between economic and social ecosystems and contributes to the
maximum growth of each of these three systems, since sustainable development

must be considered as a process to long term and conscious. which is

comprehensive for all areas and dimensions of human purpose (meeting current
and future needs) as human development. This guarantees ecological, economic,
social, cultural and technological sustainability.

Part 2 : Principles And Goals of Sustainable Development

Sustainable development is based on a set of fundamental principles that it

obtains through its power, mechanisms and contents that it seeks to reach a
range of social, economic and environmental aspects.

- 92 -
Clause 1 : Principles of Sustainable Development

The basic principles underlying sustainable development based on the

relationship between growth and the environment have been identified:

1- Use systems in the preparation and implementation of sustainable

development plans: the systems method or System is a prerequisite for the
preparation and implementation of sustainable development plans and
that the human environment of any society is only a small subsystem of the
cosmic system as a whole and that any changes in the content and
elements of any subsystem of any size directly reflect and affect the
elements and content of Community Life.
2- Popular participation: sustainable development is a charter that recognizes
the participation of all competent authorities in the collective decision-
making process through dialogue, particularly in the areas of sustainable
development planning, development and policy implementation,
development sustainable starts at the local territorial level, eg. the level of
the populations, be they cities or villages, this means that bottom-up
development requires the achievement and implementation of the INL.
Community priorities are modeled according to a certain pattern.

In this context, at the end of the 20th century, the World Bank for Reconstruction
and Development enacted the basic principles on which sustainable development
is based, namely:

1- Careful prioritization The seriousness of environmental problems and the

scarcity of financial resources require rigorous prioritization and
identification of problems in order to be dealt with effectively.
2- Use every dollar, ie H focus on cost-effectiveness so that this focus achieves
many accomplishments with limited resources.
3- Seize win-win opportunities so that some environmental gains come with
costs and trade-offs and others can be realized as by-products of policies to
improve efficiency, reduce poverty and guarantee subsidies for the
reduction of the use of natural resources. obvious win-win policy.

- 93 -
 4- Use market instruments where market-based incentives to reduce tax
disadvantages are best in principle and in practice.
5- Economy in the use of administrative and organizational skills where work
needs to be done to implement better organized and more effective
strategies.
6- Cooperation with the private sector The State must treat the private sector
with seriousness and objectivity as a key element in the investment
process.
7- Full citizen participation, i. H public participation.
8- Deploy a partnership that bears fruit Governments must rely on the triple
commitment: government – private sector – civil society organizations, and
implement concerted action to respond to certain environmental issues.
9- Improve management performance based on efficiency and effectiveness
by using lower cost managers.
10- The integration of the environment in the institutional policies and
strategies of the countries from the outset, as well as the new investments
said to come. We conclude from the above principles that they constitute a
guide to sustainable development and a challenge that requires economists
and all scientists and managers to fully commit
and work towards the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals
so that a new generation of environmental, economic and social leaders in
the world.

Clause 2 : Sustainable Development Goals

In order to establish the concept of sustainable development, it is necessary to

achieve a set of overarching goals for all areas, focusing on five main aspects:

A- People (the welfare of all people ).

B- Planet (protection of the Earth's ecosystems).
C- Prosperity (continuous economic and technological development).
D- Peace (World Peacekeeping).
E- partnership (development of international cooperation).

- 94 -
Therefore, the Sustainable Development Goals are based on integrated thinking
and a comprehensive approach to achieving the goals. From these five objectives,
seventeen statements emerged, which can be detailed as follows:

1- Poverty Eradication:

Poverty eradication is still one of the biggest challenges facing humanity and
knowing that it has declined over the past three years compared to the text,
but it is not possible to achieve sustainable economic growth without
achieving cohesion in society. every individual in society has a role in
achieving development. therefore, laws must be enacted and amended to
ensure benefits and levels of social integration for all members of society in
order to cover the assistance provided by the different groups of society
Governments represent a vision of the future that aims to promote welfare
and social responsibility initiatives and move them towards horizons of
sustainable social development, to promote stability among the groups of
society.

2- End of Hunger:

Coupled with the publication of a global report on rapid economic growth and
productivity gains in previous years, it has resulted in a decrease of nearly half
the number of undernourished people. Achieving food security is a positive
challenge for many aspects of development in any country's economy, such as
economic growth and poverty reduction. In addition to the strategic role that
the food security dossier plays in determining economic trends (foreign trade)
and foreign policy in general, according to FAO reports, care should be taken
to ensure several sustainable.

3- Health:
With the rapid spread of chronic and completely new viruses and diseases
that our ancestors did not manifest, the health performance indicators of
each country must meet the goals of the Global Agenda 2030, as health is one
of the priorities and therefore, we must commit ourselves. to promote the
health of society through the provision of innovative and equitable health

- 95 -
 care, furthermore, we are committed to an integrated global health system
that takes into account all the changes taking place in the global community
and sustainable coordination between states and others to adapt to the latest
developments This will be achieved by coordinating the marketing and
promotion of products related to good nutrition, as well as by providing
adequate information on the protection of their health and by imposing high
taxes on unhealthy products such as tobacco, anken soft drinks and other
energy-related products. ..etc.) launch of information campaigns aimed at
raising awareness to sensitize community members to health risks.

4- Education:

Attention to education is one of the most important goals that place countries
in the ranks of the developed world. You must work with strategic partners to
prepare a strategy built on solid foundations and aimed at realizing the full
potential of human
capital to ensure the highest level of participation in high quality education
and encourage the organization of projects and ensure that leaders are
focused on achieving two key objectives. drivers (equality and quality) from
kindergarten to higher education to bridge the gap between academic and
labor market demands and accelerate performance towards the Sustainable
Development Goal through the inclusion of IT information and communication
(such as but not limited to advanced technologies artificial intelligence -
atomic use of materials - alternative and renewable energies) in its
educational system through the introduction of the intelligent learning
program and centers specialized data.
The quality of education is measured by learning outcomes and student
quality, not quantity, and the International Study of sport and Science
(TIMSS), the International Student Assessment Program, readiness teachers
and professional development should be designed to raise the quality level of
teacher skills, so that all professional development programs shift from a
focus on presentation to a focus on ensuring that teachers use methods
advanced teaching methods and modern methods, such as active education
and effective communication with students, and extract the idea and talk

- 96 -
 about it in innovative ways. Assessment practices that reflect the primary
purpose of curriculum development, student needs, and education system
aspirations for effective education.
This is done within the framework of the pursuit of the goal of sustainable
development, which is clear, coherent and sustainable on a global level.

Despite ongoing efforts to develop a comprehensive monitoring framework,

completing all the elements of a good and robust monitoring framework
involves activating specific objectives and developing indicators, standards
and tools that correspond to the objectives to be achieved by this objective,
which remains a challenge for the whole world.

5- Achieve gender equality:

According to the United Nations Development Program (UNDP), gender

inequality is a major obstacle to human development prospects by following
international laws and conventions, adopting best practices to ensure that the
elements necessary for a worthy are available to all. women in particular, and
to achieve an indicator on gender equality and to work on the preparation
and implementation of the gender balance program in accordance with
Sustainable Development Goal 5, reducing the gender gap in all governmental
and non-governmental sectors. in the area of gender balance and enact
legislation as part of an initiative to achieve gender balance and empower
women's leadership strategy to develop the necessary plans to ensure
women's participation to the society.

6- Clean water and hygiene:

The scarcity of clean (fresh) water, which of course currently affects more
than 40% of the world's population, where nearly 40 countries lack water and
face droughts, has dominated the use of different means and alternatives

- 97 -
 until 2050, which are limited by th current war and the deterioration of the
infrastructures of many countries.

In 2016, the World Economic Forum ranked water crises among the top 10
global risks affecting the entire world, and water security concerns among
states and peoples are on the rise. Therefore, a street card must be developed
to achieve water safety. The strategy is created in cooperation with those of
the water sector.

The strategy aims to use water safety planning and risk management using
tools such as the register of water risk, an integrated hydraulic model for the
water network, a model Emergency water and the creation of a demand
management committee here in relation to water, the shortage of fresh
natural water resources in certain countries, exhaustion of groundwater,
strong demand for water, loss of high water, lack of water, lack of water, lack
of water, lack of water, lack of water, lack of water, lack of water, lack of
water, water systems For flexibility in the treatment of extreme emergencies
(in addition, desalination systems lead to a higher CO2 imprint).

7- Affordable energy price: affordable price:

Some countries now benefit from numerous oil reserves despite current
regional and international conflicts and the crazy increase in fuel prices
caused by the war between the State of Russia and the State of Ukraine.
However, they are not immune to global energy challenges such as high levels
of contamination and exhaustion of oil shares and the increase in demand for
energy resources, we have developed a clean and developed energy index A
strategy with which 50% of our energy needs from clean sources such as the
Pacific nuclei program - Solar - Solar panels - turbine) which make a significant
contribution to the diversification of energy sources and to the realization of
The objective of reducing the CO2 footprint is based on the principle of supply
and demand, increases, increases public awareness and the capacity of
renewable technologies to absorb neologies in new incentives to promote
dependence on This type of energy, which facilitates the process of

- 98 -
 conversion to sector. Transmission and exemption from electrical operating
performance are flexible and include the electricity production system if
necessary, storage, energy needs management and network connectivity.
Further research is needed to ensure the stability of the energy system at a
very high level of clean and renewable energy.

8- Efficient work and economic growth:

Today, some people around the world still live on the equivalent of almost
two dollars a day and in many places do not guarantee jobs that can escape
poverty, so, it takes a lot of thought to resume our policies economic and
social efforts to eradicate poverty through the use of new tools and the
persistent lack of human dignity: the creation of quality jobs will continue to
be a major challenge for all economies in the new year 2022. Sustainable
economic growth requires societies to create conditions for people to obtain
quality jobs that stimulate the economy without harming the environment. it
will also require employment opportunities for all sections of the working-age
population and for all who can work in decent conditions.

9- Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure:

In accordance with the vision and orientation of the modern world aimed at
industrial and technological progress and prosperity, many measures and
actions must be taken to promote the concept of innovation and motivate
everyone to integrate it into their work. The most important of these steps is
to introduce the innovation strategy and promote stimulating environment
for investment and support small and medium-sized enterprises, and protect
consumer rights and intellectual property, as well as respond environmental
and social requirements to achieve economic growth and protect local
products from imports sold below fair market value, with the support of small
and medium enterprises to maintain their competitiveness as part of vigorous
efforts to transform into an economy based on innovation and promoting a
culture of innovation in small and medium-sized enterprises and enterprises.

- 99 -
10- Reduce inequality:

Pursuing progress and innovation in human thinking, reducing social

inequalities and ensuring social integration is the key to achieving stability and
harmony in societies, the inclusion of vulnerable groups such as children, the
elderly, widows, divorced women, people with special needs and all those
who do not have a decision at the center of social policies and strategies and a
different understanding of empowerment and to ensure that they have equal
opportunities in vocational education and training to develop their skills and
increase their awareness that aims to enable everyone to achieve
development. the policy focuses on providing health care, education, housing,
financial and family stability human rights, security and protection, expanding
access to social services, as well as improving the quality of social services and
the well-being of 60-year-old. and increased health insurance coverage
awareness energy investments and civic participation infrastructure and
transport or financial stability safety and quality The initiative aims to
empower people with disabilities to play an effective role in the development
of their state and children's rights - the legal rights of minors such as easy
access to health care, education and basic services without discrimination, as
the law protects minors from physical and emotional abuse.

11- Sustainable Cities and Communities:

Cities are centers of ideas, commerce, culture, science, productivity, social

development and more, and at best, cities have enabled people to make
social and economic progress. however, there are many challenges in
preserving cities in a way that continues to create jobs and wealth. these
include common urban challenges (congestion, lack of resources to provide
basic services, lack of adequate housing, poor wealth and growth, while
improving resource use and reducing pollution and poverty.

We must promote inclusive and sustainable urbanization, the ability to plan

and manage human settlements in all countries, reduce the individual
negative environmental impact of cities, including special attention to air
quality, waste management, '' universal access to safe, inclusive and

- 100 -
 accessible green spaces and public spaces, especially for women, children, the
elderly and people with disabilities, and to support positive economic, social
and environmental links between cities Strengthening national and regional
development planning and significantly increasing the number of cities and
human settlements through the adoption and
implementation of integrated policies and plans for inclusivity, resource
efficiency, climate change mitigation, disaster adaptation and resilience,
development and the implementation of holistic disaster risk management at
all levels and support for least developed countries, too through funding
technical and technical assistance, in the construction of sustainable and
resilient buildings using local materials in a participatory, integrated and
sustainable way by 2030.

12- Sustainable pattern and consumption:

Goal XII of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals aims to

promote sustainable consumption and production patterns taking into
account, inter alia, the development of limited policies and international
agreements authorized to handle substances of great importance to the
environment Promote sustainable management and optimal use of natural
resources and environmentally sound management of chemicals and
recycling, rational reuse and inefficient emissions of fossil fuels, wasteful
consumption through the elimination of market distortions.

13- Climate:

As mentioned earlier on climate conferences and their outcomes and the

current climate change situation was placed at the top of the priority list only
through the climate change dossier of the ministries concerned for the
environment and similarly to the challenges faced from all countries, are
exposed to the effects of climate change unless it is climate change due to the
increasing number of extreme weather events disrupting food and water
supplies due to other countries' exposure to climate change and holding

- 101 -
 account of responsibility by proposing laws, plans, strategies and policies to
mitigate the impact of climate change in softening the country. furthermore,
we should actively participate in international discussions on climate change
through close coordination with all stakeholders to address the challenges of
global climate change and in order to raise awareness of climate change and
the importance of addressing the impacts of climate change, which is at the
heart of the climate change risk-taking standard to facilitate the use of
expertise and the financing of climate change solutions and technologies over
the decade. Shara Kat works with young people, entrepreneurs, innovators
and investors.

Managing greenhouse gas emissions and increasing capacity to respond to

climate change risks, and engaging the private sector and other stakeholders
to support risk mitigation and adaptation efforts.

Work program to assess the adaptability to climate change for four key
sectors (Health - Energy - Infrastructure - Environment) and identify direct and
indirect risks related to climate change, as well as existing or potential and
feasible adaptation solutions, in order to to act on climate change for all
climate change actors in order to facilitate the drafting of a law on climate
change has been announced in future meetings.

The availability of expertise in the field of climate science is a common

challenge for all States and is necessary to ensure the development of
effective policies and to strengthen the capacity of States to adapt to climate
change. To this end, we must collaborate with relevant research institutions
as well as local and international non-governmental and non-profit
organizations to promote their own climate models with an emphasis on
existing work studying socio-economic impacts. of climate change in order to
prepare decisions.
14 - Life under water:

Pollution and climate change have major impacts on the oceans, seas and
rivers, so we must work together to protect the marine environment, and to
achieve this goal, the oceans, seas and marine resources must be conserved.
and used sustainably to achieve sustainable development.

- 102 -
Ocean acidification is one of the biggest changes in the marine environment.
Acidification occurs through the absorption by the oceans of excessive
amounts of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, mainly caused by human
activities, which are estimated to be a quarter of each year. While it is useful
to reduce the negative effects of climate change, it increases the acidity of the
International Oceanographic Commission (IOC) which sponsors the promotion
of international cooperation, the training of scientists and the exchange of
data to advance research on ocean acidification.
Experts are also working closely to use isotopes and other techniques to
detect pollutants such as microplastics, radionuclides and heavy metals and to
understand how these affect marine organisms and ecosystems, as well as
seafood quality and transport of pollutants. through the food chain.
Raising awareness of the state of the marine environment and existing
commitments, as well as measures that can be taken to improve the state of
the oceans, is an important step towards better implementation. increasing
our knowledge of the oceans is a fundamental activity in this sense. marine
scientific research and the exchange of information and data can help build
our understanding of the oceans and contribute to policy orientation and
development.
The first global integrated marine assessment is a clear example of the global
efforts led by the General Assembly to improve the interface between science
and policy and ensure that scientific knowledge can be translated into an
effective policy step for the harmonious management of the oceans.

Emphasis was also placed on the need to increase funding and strengthen
capacity building in developing countries, in particular small island developing
states and least developed countries, which face significant management
constraints. of marine space due to a lack of resources and capacity. In some
cases, ocean-related initiatives are underfunded or underfunded, including
capacity building. innovative methods and effective use of partnerships can
help overcome some of these obstacles.

- 103 -
15- Wild Life:
To sustainably protect and use the world's natural resources, countries must
work with their partners to achieve the goal of protecting and restoring wild
ecosystems, promoting their sustainable use, managing forests, combating
desertification, stopping and reverse land degradation and stop sustainable
biodiversity loss.
Using modern nuclear techniques, certain types of atoms are called isotopes,
such as nitrogen charges and carbon charges. This information helps in the
development of effective methods of soil management and agricultural
production. Cultivating multiple crops and building terraces will help people
continue to grow food crops while conserving soil resources and, in some
cases, reversing erosion and preventing soil from polluting water resources.
With the help of nuclear science, we can also detect pollutants and stop
environmental damage. Isotopes of various pollutants such as chemical
fertilizers or industrial pollutants can be identified to measure their
concentration and trace their origin. This type of data can help decision-
makers understand the impact of pollutants and develop environmental
policies.
The protection of the environment against radioactive contamination is
another area, and in such cases - for example during a nuclear or radiological
accident or incident, or at uranium production sites - experts work with the
IAEA to assess and treat areas safely and effectively. This includes addressing
immediate safety concerns and removing or freezing radionuclides and
modifying their trajectories, with the aim of rehabilitating the affected land
and protecting people.

On the other hand, it is possible to create a global network of important sites

for the conservation of wildlife, the world and others, raise awareness about
protected areas around the world and encourage sustainable tourism to
reduce the impact on biodiversity, including the guide all departments and
departments involved in establishing operational electronic programs of the
Treaty on World Trade in order to provide valuable and limited historical data
on biological diversity in a more systematic and effective way.

- 104 -
 Therefore, we must rely on projects that use recent experience to broaden
historical knowledge about biodiversity through retrospective analysis,
without paying attention to misinformation about species, and therefore the
importance of biodiversity development to raise public awareness of the
environment, and increasing biodiversity, invasive species have been
identified as one of the top five direct factors of biodiversity loss and change
in invasive specifications. These can affect in a variety of ways, including
competition, predation, hybridization, disease transmission, pest, weed,
trampling, and rooting. the results of these impacts lead to the loss of
biodiversity, the degradation of habitats and the loss of environmental
ecosystem services.
16- Peace, justice and strong institutions:
Peoples adhere to the principle of (a people safe and just justice) as one of the
main pillars for maintaining order and eliminating violence and contributing to
a sense of justice and security and intensifying efforts for the establishment
and strengthening of public institutions to ensure the application of security.
therefore, available nations have established a set of assumptions and the
rule of law at the national and international levels, ensuring equal access to
justice for all and significantly reducing non-human flows Promote the
recovery and return of stolen items, all forms organized crime, promote and
enforce non-discriminatory laws and policies to achieve sustainable
development, end abuse, exploitation, trafficking, torture and other forms of
violence against children, while preventing corruption and extortion in all
their forms. compliance with international legislation and agreements
Implement initiatives to reduce the death rate from accidents and develop a
common drug framework aimed at preventing and detecting drug trafficking.
With a focus on developing an integrated system for monitoring fire
emergencies and public safety through the use of intelligent technologies
through the application of artificial intelligence, major technological
developments to achieve safety require changes in legislation and in policies
to respond to changing work environments.

- 105 -
17- Company contract for the achievement of the objectives:

Based on the above objectives, all states should strengthen the means of
implementation and activate global enterprises to achieve sustainable
development and strategic direction to support the eradication of poverty in
all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty. , the promotion of
world peace, the empowerment of women, the protection of girls, the
improvement of infrastructure, transport, the effectiveness of a shared vision
of sustainable development shared by countries and communities and a
strong commitment to providing technological and financial resources to
meet the financial and technological needs of this transformation will be at
the center of all development considerations. public, private, national and
global funding must be substantial to meet the demands of this new agenda.
equally important will be the ability to make science and technology work for
the poor and for sustainable development.

At the same time, the global partnership must rely on internal and external
investments and innovative financing to ensure sustainable levels, build skills
and competencies, improve access and availability of free trade and empower
countries the freedom to define their own economic policies.
The revitalization of the global partnership must also involve a wide range of
actors from the public and private sectors and civil society.
The partnership must take into account the interests of all key stakeholders,
including those with limited access to national and global decision-making
forums.
The partnership must be entirely managed and led by the countries and
communities in need of development.

- 106 -
 Figure no. ( 8 ) Comprehensive sustainable development goals

These goals and principles of sustainable development are part of a space or

dimension of the dimensions of sustainable development and are based on
indicators to measure the level we have reached in achieving the set of goals and
this will be discussed in the next part.

Part 3: Dimensions and indicators of sustainable development

Definitions that deal with sustainable development include specific, diverse and
interrelated dimensions, and the interaction between these dimensions would
help to achieve remarkable development in modern development. Sustainable
development involves a set of questions expressing indicators to measure the
level achieved through sustainable development. this will be discussed in detail.

Clause 1: Dimensions of sustainable development

Sustainable development is characterized by multiple and distinct dimensions

that intersect and therefore focusing on them will enable progress towards
achieving sustainable development around the economic, human, environmental,
technological and political dimensions.

We will address them as follows:

1- Economic Dimension:
It aims to improve the standard of living of individuals by meeting their
needs for goods and services, and the Economic Dimension of Sustainable
Development focuses on the current and future impact of the economy on
the environment, as posed by the selection, financing and improvement of
industrial techniques in the field of natural resources:
2- Consumption of natural resources per capita:
- Stop wasting natural resources by changing consumption patterns that
threaten biodiversity.
- The responsibility of developed countries for pollution and how to deal
with it, as global pollution problems fall on the shoulders of developed
countries.

- 107 -
 - Natural resources must be devoted to the sustained improvement of
living standards, where there are strong links between poverty,
environmental degradation, rapid population growth, underdevelopment
resulting from colonial history and the absolute dependence on modern
capitalist forces.
- Reduce income inequality and thus equalize the distribution of resources
and reduce military spending.
3- Social dimension:
In this area, the idea of Sustainable Development arises from the rejection
of poverty, unemployment and discrimination that limit women's rights and
the wide gap between rich and poor, and here the social dimension is
manifest as the basis of sustainability through social justice and are the
main elements of the social dimension.
4- Environmental dimension:
The environmental dimension of sustainable development is of great
importance, since it aims to address the relationship between development
and the environment, laying the foundations on which rest the limits that
must not exceed this dimension. , around natural limits conserve and make
optimal use of resources in a sustainable manner and anticipate what may
happen to ecosystems as a result of the development of thermal and
rational use of energy resources (oil – gas – renewable energies and
minerals).
5- Technological dimension:
Technological sustainability can be achieved by the following
considerations: introduction of improved technologies and legislation,
efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and protection against the
depletion of the ozone layer.
6- Political dimension:
The absence of the political dimension of sustainable development,
crystallized by the concept of good governance, has serious repercussions
on all the other economic, social and environmental dimensions in a way
that hinders sustainable development. The political dimension is the main
pillar for achieving sustainable development by embodying the principles of
good governance and the conduct of political life.

- 108 -
 political
dimension

Environmental economic
dimension dimension

social
dimension

Figure no. ( 9 ) Dimensions of Sustainable Development

Clause 2: Sustainable Development Indicators

Decision makers need information to move towards sustainable development, at

present we need to establish good sustainable development indicators to
evaluate monitoring activities and influence decisions for the best, balancing
economic activities, social well-being and environmental needs in decision-making
models development for processes and changes require indicators to reach
standards of sustainable development of good preparation, the main criteria are
the following:

1- Reflect and be in the long term the health of the economic, social or
environmental community.
2- To be clear and feasible, that is, only that society can understand and
accept.
3- Be measurable and predictable.
4- Limit values available.
5- Clarify whether the variables are invertible and controllable or not. The
methods used in the construction of an indicator must be clearly defined,
applied with precision, socially and scientifically acceptable and easily
reproducible.
6- Time sensitivity, i.e. the indicator shows typical trends when used
annually.

- 109 -
Sustainable development indicators reflect the success of countries in achieving
sustainable development and these indicators can be presented as follows:

1- Economic indicators: Sustainable economic indicators reflect the impact of

economic policies on natural resources, the most important of these
indicators.
2- Social Indicators: These indicators are poverty reduction, education rate,
public awareness and education, protection and promotion of human
health, housing index, social security and protection of citizens against
crime.
3- Environmental indicators: Environmental indicators are an integral part of
sustainable development indicators and are of particular importance. By
monitoring the status quo and monitoring changes in the environment and
natural resources, whether positive or negative.
4- Technological indicators: the measurement of technological capabilities at
the service of sustainable development is based on composite indicators
which allow comparisons between countries of the world in terms of
technological capabilities an which determine the success of policies, taken
at specific periods in the improvement and development of technological
capabilities.
5- Political indicators: Are these indicators linked to indicators measuring good
governance which can be expressed by levels.

Part 4: Role of Sustainable Development in Increasing Profits

Many believe that in the face of economic difficulties, the search for sustainable
development is not an option for economic institutions and, moreover, an option
that will be imposed on them.

The adoption of sustainable development is considered for the institution as one

of the means that allows it to redefine its long-term strategies and is also one of
the means of achieving excellence vis-à-vis others and Improving its
competitiveness is thus one of the elements of the strategic expectation of
integrating sustainable development in the medium and short term:

1- Sustainable development is an element of performance, i. H the integration

of sustainable development into the modes and methods of the

- 110 -
 organization enables it to control and monitor the continuous improvement
process and enables it to obtain positive effects over time, making it
possible to achieve and respond to all requirements to meet customer
needs without compromising productivity improvement while respecting
the social dimension.
2- Rely on the principle of continuous improvement in the pursuit of
sustainable development, which is based on global and long-term
management based on the principle of continuous improvement.
3- Evaluate all the resources of the establishment when, in general, one
cannot count on the continuous improvement of the management, without
a unified project for all the efforts within the establishment for all the
resources, so that 'there is a revelation that is able to assess value them
and give them value.
4- Sustainable development is one of the factors to ensure the survival of the
institution, some institutions try to pay attention to the application of
sustainable development in any form they strive to ensure their survival in
an environment volatile and the environment assures, among the factors
which the institution must take into account.
5- Good production through environmental efficiency, the latter is a
management method that encourages the company to be more
competitive, innovative and environmentally responsible, promoting
environmental efficiency by producing more with fewer resources and by
incorporating an element called waste reuse early on in product design
while avoiding resource waste and pollution.
6- Cost control An organization that has implemented environmental
efficiency is one that controls its environmental costs. Cost control goes
beyond the environmental aspect. An organization that is committed to the
sustainable development approach can control the social cost of the fight
against workplace accidents by focusing on continuous improvement.
7- Sustainable development is an element of production: the aspirations of
civil society are constantly evolving and the institution must act as an
effective element of this society and must therefore be economically,
socially and ecologically responsible towards all stakeholders.
8- Reinforcement and strengthening of social support, the latter obliges the
institution to assume its social responsibility and contribute to community
life, being a place of social integration.

- 111 -
For the integration of sustainable development, economic institutions resort to
the use of a series of tools, which serve as a reference to demonstrate with these
tools in international initiatives, which can be limited as follows:

The first : is the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), established by the United
Nations in 1997, which requires institutions to submit a consolidated report on
sustainable development that addresses environmental, social and economic
issues.

The second : principles define a set of sustainable development principles

relevant to multinational companies and applicable at the level of economic
institutions.

The Third : the Global compact Initiative It is an effort to support the global
economy as well as the equitable distribution of world wealth among all
inhabitants of the world in the context of globalization. The initiative is based on 7
principles and includes the universal principles of human rights.

Section 2 : The Role of the total quality strategy for achieving the economic
dimension of sustainable development

Achieving sustainable development in the economic institution requires attention

to achieve sustainable economic performance and the achievement of the latter
depends on certain tools related to the total quality strategy, in which the
objectives and policies that will develop the productivity or the disbursement of
services and will be renewed in accordance with sustainable development
requirements.

Part 1 : Total quality and sustainable economic performance

Climate protection, sustainable use of natural and environmental resources,

product design and future growth are all goals and objectives pursued by the
economic institution and thus embodies sustainable development in all its
dimensions. In this context, 1996 proposed the total quality strategy, in which
both researchers sought to explain the role of total quality in achieving

- 112 -
sustainability through economic ethics and behaviors called business ethics and
through which society thrives.

According to Ishikawa 1984, global quality cannot be considered an innovation

and a set of values that ensure the sustainability of an organization based on
ethics, principles and respect for people, as different activities require the
creation of an organizational environment based on ethics. value. It was made in
this place.

The international certificate of compliance with technical standards in the

production of goods and services implies the recognition of an important ethical
and social content demonstrated by the business organization, since it leads to
the improvement of the performance of the organization and its maintenance
and performance with the achievement of excellence and sustainability and the
latter is only achieved when the commitment to overall quality is the basis for
continuous improvement and improved performance.

The role of the institution in achieving sustainable economic performance by

creating sustainable economic added value for all the players concerned,
combined with the economic rationalization of the energies and resources used,
through the excellence of its human resources and the effective role played by
the overall Quality Strategy in achieving economic performance and thus
achieving sustainable economic development at the macro level, economic
integration, rationalization of production and rationalization of the use of
resources.
Economic value is a term developed by Stewart & Co as a brand. It is defined as
the profit or loss remaining after deducting charges on invested funds. It is given
by the following relation.

EVA=NOPAT-(CI*WACC)
CI : Invested funds
WACC : Weighted average cost of capital during the period ( t )
NOPAT : It is the result of exploitation after Tax and before financial expenses and
is called net profit exploitation after tax ( t )

- 113 -
The Economic Value-Added Index is an indicator used to measure performance
over a financial period or from period to period. the importance of using
economic value Based on the above, the same question arises as to how to create
sustainable economic value. To answer this question, it is necessary to adopt the
concept and principles of Total Quality, which is a tool for achieving excellence
and creating sustainable economic value and therefore obtaining sustainable
organizational performance, the cardinal principles of total quality as a tool to
achieve excellence and creating sustainable economic added value can be
summarized as follows:

1. customer focus
2. focus on operations
3. avoid mistakes before they happen
4. fact-based decision-making

In conclusion, achieving positive and sustainable economic added value requires

companies to be more efficient and economical, obtaining high quality goods and
services at lower prices and costs.

Part 2 : The role of Total Quality Strategy in activating the functions of

sustainable production and marketing

Total Quality has become a goal for all ambitious institutions that raise their eyes
and look to the bright future from the perspective of the Times and the dynamics
of the modern world economy. It is certain that the attention to Total Quality and
to the strategic role it plays is aimed at the concept of survival, stability and
development by foreseeing the prospects of the future rather than rapid profits.
The reality and the experience have shown that the total quality in the concept, in
the dimensions and in the professional and scientific heritage is the weapon to
face the developments of the time and thus achieve sustainable development,
environmental protection and profit at long term for the organization.

To achieve this, the organization must adopt total quality policies and strategies,
including relying on cleaner production and green marketing policies, since total
quality encompasses all internal and external processes of the organization. to
keep up with developments and achieve sustainable development.

- 114 -
Clause 1 : Total Quality Strategy with the Concept of Cleaner Production

The incorporation of the cleaner production policy within the functions and
activities of the institution in the light of the needs of sustainable development is
essential for the continuity and sustainability of its activity and allows it to achieve
total quality.

The Cleaner Manufacturing Concept Benefits of a cleaner manufacturing

application.
Advantages of cleaner production application.
Strategies for implementing cleaner production.

From the above, we decide that the policy of pure production helps to achieve
the quality of products given by the Society Fund and helps improve the quality of
life, financial income and adding gas emissions.

Clause 2 : Effect Total Quality in Activating Green Marketing

In recent decades, humanity has directly threatened the events of the

environment and humanity, fighting environmental danger and focusing on the
role of business organizations in maintaining environmental risks. Wearing
colorful clothes here expresses the concept of green marketing.
It is not against the fact that the management of many companies around the world has once again
revealed the importance of overall quality, although customer satisfaction is responsible for marketing,
so the relationship between the overall quality of green marketing is associated with the following key
variables:
- Total quality relation to green promotion
- Total quality relation to green product
- Total quality relationship with green distribution
Using this above, the strategic role of overall quality allows the green marketing
process to implement and improve the quality of life and community.

The application of comprehensive sustainable economic quality in the

organization requires widely used methods and techniques in which these
methods help to continuously improve the various administrative activities and

- 115 -
their level of performance and to achieve sustainability in the economic
institution.

Clause 1 : Takuchi Function

The method used by Takeuchi is based on the simple principle that the process is
adjusted to ensure that I get the quality and that it is better to design the product
or service to achieve the required level of quality despite the existence deviations
during the production process. or during the service delivery system.

Takuchi is known for two important quality concepts: loss function and design
features. These two concepts therefore play an important role in improving and
achieving sustainable performance and reducing costs.

Loss function: The loss function depends on the cost calculation. It is an organized
process and precise calculations to calculate the gap and the deviation from the
target values and the costs to be measured here are the social costs and under
this criterion If the product fully conforms to the target value (check the product
design), it means that the loss cost is very low. Takuchi initiated and took shape
on the concept of social cost at the cost of loss of cost in terms of loss of quality
and function.

L = D2 C
L : Loss of society
D : Square deviation from the value
C : The cost of avoiding deviation or the cost of good quality

This function serves to satisfy the wishes and satisfaction of customers.

design characteristics: The design characteristic are about overall quality control
charts and process customization and this is what is called linear quality control.
Where has added process and product design as a quality control and
improvement activity and this method helps to develop a system that develops
process specifications and their design and product. the takuchi method also
includes the following points:

- 116 -
 1- Good process and product design effectively contribute to production
quality and reduce costs.
2- Quality improvement process requires a continuous reduction of deviations
from the process or product performance.
3- Process and product statistics can be determined using statistical
experiments.
4- Performance variations can be reduced by exploiting the non-linear effects
between process or product metrics and product performance
characteristics.
Part 4 : ISO 9000 Specifications for Sustainable Economic Development

The main benefits of ISO 9000 can be summarized in the following elements:

1- The possibility of obtaining a balanced market share of the size of the

establishment, reflecting the whole of the local and global market, since
the certificate of ISO conformity would offer the establishment new market
prospects, thanks to which a increase in sales volume can be obtained,
which affects profitability and mainly due to reputation.
2- Improvement of the quality of products or services.
3- contribute to increasing the competitiveness of the company, which helps it
to export its products to international markets, especially since the latter
considers obtaining a certificate of conformity as a prerequisite for entering
the its products on the market.
4- contribute to the rationalization of the use of resources and energy.
5- Obtain a competitive advantage which can affect the profitability and the
value of the company's or enterprise.
6- Reduce costs by reducing the percentage of errors and waste and reducing
maintenance costs and costs arising from expectations and others.
7- Better performance in the decision-making process where the quality
system is an information system, internal references and evaluations of
administrative performance and good documentation of data and control
are essential components of ISO 9000 provides the management of the
organization with the information referred to needs to make the right
decisions.

- 117 -
 8- Achieve and maintain the trust and satisfaction of clients or clients in the
institution by focusing on their requirements and continuously satisfying
their needs and providing high quality ecological products.
9- Obtain an increase in profits thanks to the increase in sales, the
improvement of production processes, the reduction of costs and therefore
the rationalization of the use of resources and energy.

For the above, it is necessary to link the total quality to the economic content so
as to make the product or commodity comfortable for the factory on the one
hand and keep the price affordable for the purchasing power on the other.
It is also necessary to link Total Quality to the needs of society in terms of health,
safety and safety concerning people and the environment, making every effort to
achieve sustainable development from a social point of view and this will be
discussed in the next section.
Section 3 : Role of Total Quality Strategy in Achieving the Social Dimension of
Sustainable Development

Based on the fact that the human resource has now become the capital of
companies, managing their business, which is represented in the social aspects of
the company, as well as contributing to the well-being of society. Human resource
plays an important role in achieving total quality both in terms of service and
delivered goods. The role of both intelligent and external customers will be
discussed and the relationship between social responsibility and total quality will
be emphasized while highlighting the achievement mechanism is addressed
sustainability.

Identify customers or internal customers requirements

In the traditional quality framework, organizations see internal customers in the

organization as staff or employees of the organization itself, i.e. we can formulate
the sense of the consumer in dealing with consumers (in the context of total
quality, internal customers work to produce).

The definition of customers from the traditional point of view that organizations
use specific processes for the production of their goods, so that the people with

- 118 -
whom the organization does business before the completion of this process are
the suppliers and the people with whom the 'organization trades after the
completion of this process are consumers, that is, from this traditional point of
view, customers and suppliers are groups outside the scope of the organization.

In the context of Total Quality, the customer and the supplier can be within the
organization, i.e. each employee preceding the other is considered a supplier of
that employee, for example if we assume that the employee (A) adds some pieces
to a certain edge and then hands them to the employee (B) to connect these
pieces together.

Through this relationship, we see that the employee (A) is a supplier of the
employee (B) and the employee (B) is a customer of the employee (A) and, due to
this relationship, it will sometimes also lead to treating the employee of the
employee. organization as a customer and other times as a supplier.

Part 1 : Qualifying internal customers of the economic institution to achieve

sustainability

Sustainable social development can be achieved within the organization by following

different strategies covering the following areas :

1- motivation strategy: motivation is one of the main pillars of orientation and

leadership and takes various forms in which motivation can be seen as a
process of searching for external factors that guide the individual and
motivate him to perform certain behaviors or to change its course. the
motivation acts on the key and on the employee's participation in the
management of the organization and the achievement of its objectives
through his contribution to the decision-making process and spreading the
spirit of collaboration and teamwork and falls within the objectives and
elements of overall quality, such as most pioneers of Total Quality note in
the principles they attach to importance.
2- Training strategy: training is the most important element for the successful
application of the Total Quality approach, the application of this approach

- 119 -
 depends on the development of new skills that were previously neglected.
Training is one of the means of improving the behavioral patterns of
individuals within organizations so that the provision of skills and abilities to
trainees allows human behavior to be consistent with the general changes
applied by training in the context of business processes of the efficiency
and effectiveness of organizations.

From the above, we conclude that human resources are the backbone to bring
about change towards development, which is the most important factor for
development, and investing in human resources is one of the most important
investments to meet the challenges, because the development process is based
on human resources it is necessary to identify concepts of the role of human
resources in managing change and to know the main challenges faced by change,
the mechanisms, tools and norms of change, and that the overall quality
programs they are based on improving performance and improving the
environment and attention to human resources.

In summary, attention to human resources is the basis of sustainable

development, it is necessary to provide methods to develop resources, provide
transfers, experts and follow-ups to be applied in the field, interest in sectors and
a culture of total dissemination of quality in the organization.

Part 2 : Role of External Clients of Economic Institution in Achieving Social

Sustainability

The economic systems of the world are characterized by a common format based
on respect for the consumer and the pursuit of satisfaction, based on the
protection of competition as an important determinant of the position of each
project in the market and therefore makes it more capable of competitors to
satisfy consumers. The idea of meeting customer needs has now become the
secret of excellence and excellence for most companies as all stages of total
quality are linked taking into account the needs of customers, such as:
determining their wishes and state the products and services needed to satisfy

- 120 -
those desires. Total quality primarily means consumer satisfaction, regardless of
whether this consumer is the external consumer who trades the good or service.

Traditionally, customers have been excluded from product development

processes, meaning the manufacturing process alone can satisfy the consumer,
but in a competitive business environment, such behavior would be seen as
destructive to organizations' goals in the face of fierce competition. in the market.
satisfaction is one of the main criteria that allows the institution to guarantee the
quality of its goods and services and many definitions of customer satisfaction.

Before satisfying its customers and external customers, the institution must
develop strategies and models to identify all needs and external consumers,
regardless of whether or not they offer products and these strategies as follows:

Clause 1 : Schulte’s Strategy

Schulte's recommends the use of a six-step strategy in order to identify the needs and
requirements of consumers and the following figure shows us this strategy.

Investigation of
expected results

Planning how Information

to collect gathering
information phase

Analysis of results Checking the truthfulness

of the results

Making the right decision

Figure no. ( 10 ) schulte’s strategy

- 121 -
Each element is analyzed as follows:

1- Investigation of the expected results: before starting to collect data and

information on customer requests, it is necessary to examine some of the
expected results, as the organization strives to write down what it believes
is required of customers, then compare it to reality. The objective of this
step is to determine if the representatives of the organization are in touch
with the needs of the customers.
2- Develop an Information Gathering Plan: Information gathering needs to be
organized and organized, and this is only done by developing a plan that
includes information such as the type of information required and the
category to which they are addressed with the determination of the
temporality of the means used, whether telephone, interviews or
questionnaires.
3- Information Gathering: Before collecting information, it may be best to do
a simple test with a small number of clients and this will help identify
potential problems in the information gathering methodology with a focus
on the delay.
4- Analysis of the results: The results must be analyzed with precision and
objectivity by asking questions such as: B: Are these results in agreement
with the first expected results? * And how do these results differ or agree?
What issues have customers identified?
5- Confirmation of the validity and stability of the results: Testing a certain
number of customers and their participation in these results and asking if
they agree or not.
6- Take the appropriate actions: based on the final results, you should
develop the idea of the changes to be made and how to make them and
prioritize them if necessary, preferably take long-term corrective actions
and that these changes are in line with the priorities established by
customers.

Clause 2 : Servqual

- 122 -
It originated in the 1980s thanks to studies conducted by Zerlhmal and Berry. To
be used to identify and analyze the sources of quality problems and to help them
improve and evaluate them. (i.e. the degree to which the expected service
corresponds to the actual service) and can be expressed by the relationship
( Quality of service = perception – expectation ) That is, the main axis in
evaluating the quality of service according to this model is the gap between the of
the customer's actual level of service performance and his expectations in this
regard, and this gap depends on the nature of the gaps associated with the
design, marketing and delivery of the service

Clause 3 : Servperf:

It appeared in 1992 as a result of studies conducted by taylor and chronom

Quality according to this model is defined as a concept relating to the perception
by the customer of the actual performance of the service provided and the trend
is defined as the evaluation of performance based on a set of dimensions relating
to the service provided.

The model works on the basis of the rejection of the idea of a gap in the
evaluation of the quality of the service provided and focuses on the evaluation of
the actual performance of the service provided, i.e. focusing only on the
perception of the customer, because the quality of the Service is expressed as a
sort of trend, depending on the past perceptions of customers, experience and
experience in dealing with the organization and the level of satisfaction with the
current provision of the service.

And satisfaction according to this model is considered an intermediary factor

between the past performance of the service and its current performance and the
process of assessing the quality of the service provided by the customer is part of
this framework with specific indicators of the level of service, which will be
mentioned below (reliability - response - empathy-security - tangible) Being an
important pillar for servperf's service level assessment.

- 123 -
Reliability: it is the ability to provide a service consistent with the promises made
by the organization to customers, so that it is reliable and has a high degree of
accuracy.

Responsiveness: related to the ability of the service provider to be permanently

ready to provide the service to the customer and to his ability to provide the
service when the customer needs it, as well as to the sense of happiness and
enthusiasm of the service provider.

security: expresses the degree of security from the customer to the service
provider or institution.

Tangible: These are the tangible physical facilities available in the service facility,
such as the general appearance of service providers, equipment, tools, and means
of communication with customers.

customer's needs: the degree of understanding by the service provider (passion)

this indicator works to understand, identify and pay attention to the customer's
needs with the utmost care and concern.

From the above, we conclude that the achievement of the required quality levels
and the guarantee of their continuity depend on the improvement and
sustainable development processes carried out by the organization internally, by
adapting the management systems and developing the working procedures. Train
and introduce a culture of sustainable development in all the different
departments.

Part 3 : Relationship of Social Responsibility to the Total Quality Strategy in the

Economic Institution

With attention to the human element as the engine and creator of the institution,
economic thought in the 1990 witnessed a great and new transformation that had
to be considered simultaneously and in the eyes as the means and the end of the
production process. trends adopted by sustainable development in the world In
achieving social justice and improving human well-being, respecting the
preservation of human rights, the appearance of these and other obligations has

- 124 -
led to the growing social responsibility of the economic institution, not the hope
of achieve a sustainable development, but responding to it in an ethical and
voluntary way as a prerequisite for the sustainability and development of the
institution.

Clause 1 : Occupational Health and Safety

One of the main goals that business organizations are trying to achieve today is to
preserve human resources and provide them with health, industrial and
occupational safety requirements, especially since it directly affects the
performance of their human resources.

Occupational Safety is: protection of all production elements against damage

caused by accidents at work and in the forefront of these elements (the human
element).

Occupational health: protection of human resources from potential physical and

mental illnesses in the workplace.

Therefore, occupational health and safety is understood as: achieving safe

performance in the working environment, ensuring that accidents do not occur
during work or are minimized as much as possible and to a minimum, and must
ensure a working environment free from harmful effects on the work and health
of workers such as air pollutants - noise - heat - humidity and others.

The concept of health and safety at work therefore requires, in addition to making
environmental references, the knowledge and mitigation of environmental and
human health risks related to industrial waste and the preparation of social
reports on violations of environment, training and learning courses on various
materials and their harm to the environment and For this reason, many leading
economic institutions have set up an administration to deal with this aspect, the
so-called Department of Occupational Health and Safety, which has the
responsibility and duties to facilitate, plan, direct, implement and monitor all
matters related to occupational health and safety in the establishment.
There is no doubt that for the application of occupational safety and health
management programs aimed at protecting workers from work-related accidents
and injuries, several requirements must be met, perhaps the most important of
which are - be the following:

- 125 -
 1- Management's belief in the importance of occupational health and safety
programs and support.

2- Provide the necessary resources for the development and implementation

of such programs.
3- Cooperation of all employees to implement all procedures and regulations
adopted in safety programs. 4- Continuous training of workers on the use
of existing machines and equipment.
4- Raising awareness and education in occupational health and safety through
guidelines, publications and posters.
5- Monitoring and follow-up to verify the application of the instructions and
ensure that the workers agree to wear protective equipment during the
work.
6- carry out regular maintenance of the establishment's machines and
equipment to prevent accidents.
7- Provide decent working conditions and create a suitable work environment.
8- Monitoring reports and specialist occupational health and safety research
to keep abreast of global developments in this area.
Companies also have safety standards systems of international standards such as
PSM and OSHA process safety management standards and other standards
systems developed or adopted by companies and we will discuss these in the next
section.

Clause 2 : Consumer Rights

The Declaration of Consumer Rights presented by US President John F. Kennedy

to the US Congress on March 15, 1962 is the main form of reference in
determining consumer rights internationally in our time, Kennedy then
announced four consumer rights which are the following:

1- The right to safety: This right means protection and safety against harmful
goods and services which pose a risk to the life of the consumer, therefore
the products must be examined and tested in the establishment to ensure
safety defects before being offered on the market.

- 126 -
 2- The right to obtain information about the product: To obtain information
about the products that the consumer intends to buy, so that the consumer
has a complete picture and can make the decision whether to buy it or not,
without exposing themselves to fraud or scam being and false advertising.
3- The right to hear the consumer's opinion: The consumer's right to open a
banner on the degree of satisfaction of the products with respect to his
needs, as this is the strongest and most fundamental link in the production
process, therefore the institutions have need to achieve consumer
satisfaction and long-term relationships with him to win his loyalty by
developing and innovating modern products to meet his needs.
4- The right of choice: The consumer has the right to choose the products he
wants from among several products at competitive prices with a guarantee
of quality.
On April 9, 1985, the United Nations General Assembly added four more rights:

1- The right to compensation: Guarantees the consumer's right to fair

compensation in the event of damage caused by the goods or services,
provided that he has received as compensation the incorrect information
provided by the institution, the institutions must ensure that this it will
increase consumer confidence in dealing with the market over a period of
time and provide stability.
2- The right to know the products: Consumers should acquire the skills and
knowledge necessary to allow them a conscious and correct choice
between goods and services provided, to make them aware of their
fundamental rights and responsibilities and of the methods of use.
3- The right to meet the basic requirements: This right emphasizes the need
to obtain the basic requirements, namely food, clothing, housing, health,
education, safety, water, energy, work and other basic services. Some
studies have referred to this right as the right to opportunity, which limits
the individual's right to basic needs, a job and a dignified life without
pressure.
4- The right to live in a healthy environment: This right guarantees to live and
work in a risk-free environment, even in the long term.
The Consumer Protection Research and Training Center of India has added
another right to the website (CART):

- 127 -
 5- The right to boycott: It means the right of the consumer to agree not to use
and buy the products of a particular institution if it is shown that the
institution does not respect the wishes and the requirements of the
consumers. Indian leader Mahatma Gandhi On the British boycott of
products during the British occupation of India and also during the Arab
boycott of American products and the products of the Zionist enemy as a
result of the violations of Arab issues committed by these governments,
they have tried to take control of it.

From the above, we conclude that institutions must believe in these rights and
put this confidence in genuine consumer protection into practice in their various
policies and activities, and identify, consider and nurture these rights, which
reflect the level of respect for human rights in general.

Clause 3 : Incentives and Remuneration Policy

The realization of social justice in the incentive systems according to the

qualification and advancement systems according to experience and the salary
system according to the efforts in the levels and the integration of the theory of
justice with the historical development of economic institutions.

Salaries and wages constitute the main part of the financial compensation
received by the personnel of the establishment, generally the salary is monthly
and the wages are hourly, daily or weekly.

This system aims to meet employee demands and needs, job security and status
as it motivates employees to increase productivity levels and balance the financial
institution's ability to bear costs and reach the level of competition in attracting
and hiring qualified individuals as well as engaging in government audits and
legislation and achieving the required level of social justice among employees.

From the above, most major institutions have adopted the social aspects
management specifications issued by the ISO standards of the International
Organization for the Conservation of Its Human Resources, including ISO 18000

- 128 -
for the management of occupational safety and health and ISO 26000 Social
responsibility specifications addressed in the following:

Part 4 : ISO 26000 & OHASA 18000 for Sustainable Development of Enterprises

( social point )

To keep pace with developments in the world, the International Standards

Organization is starting to develop social responsibility and occupational health
and safety, it has started preparing international standards (International
Standard for Social Responsibility ISO 26000 and occupational health and safety
slandered at work.18000) The main objective of the elaboration of these
standards is exclusively the achievement of sustainable development.

Clause 1 : ISO 26000 Iternational Standard of Social Responsibility

ISO provides (added value) to all current social responsibility initiatives by

providing integrated guidelines focusing on global agreement between experts
representing different stakeholders and by promoting best practices in social
responsibility in the world.

This standard went through a long period of preparation, discussions and

meetings where the idea for the ISO 26000 project started in 2001 from consumer
rights organizations where these organizations were concerned about the
attitudes of certain companies multinationals and worried about their potential
impact, companies on their activities, their working conditions and their standard
of living.

The COPOLCO committee was responsible for consumer relations during this
period where a feasibility study to develop a social responsibility standard
specification was initiated and this committee ended up drafting international
social responsibility standards, so the activation of this project has been launched.

In early 2003, ISO formed a Strategic Social Responsibility Advisory Group to

determine whether this ISO project could add value to existing social
responsibility initiatives and programs. The Strategic Advisory group concluded

- 129 -
that the development of the standard needed to move forward and a new
working group was formed to develop an international standard providing
guidance on social accountability.

In January 2005, 37 ISO members voted to propose a new clause (a proposal to

prepare a new standard specification) on social responsibility. the draft of the
international standard was published in September 2008 and will be published on
November 1, 2010. the concept consists of a preface, an introduction, seven
entries and some appendices with a number of 109 articles.

The adoption of this specification by economic institutions brings them many

important advantages by highlighting:

1- Encourage decision making based on an advanced understanding of

community aspirations and opportunities related to social responsibility.
2- Strengthen the reputation of the institution and increase public trust by
enhancing and improving the social performance of the institution.
3- Improve and organize the relationship with the interested parties.
4- Increase employee loyalty and morale, improve employee safety and health
and pay attention to their various rights.
5- Improve the reliability and integrity of operations through responsible
political participation, fair competition and the absence of corruption.
6- Improve relationships with companies, governments, media, suppliers,
customers and the communities in which they operate.
7- Improve the relationship with stakeholders.
8- Integrate, implement and promote social behaviors within the organization.

Clause 2 : OHASA 18000

The Occupational Health and Safety are associated with all areas of life and their
great importance in the protection of life and environmental property, leadership,
guidance, guidance, rule making, dissemination of preventive awareness and
provision of technical instructions and all these features of this department make
it so important that it should occupy an important place in all works.

- 130 -
In this context, the ISO OHSAS 18000 for health and safety at work has introduced
a unified management system within the institution. These standards were
developed in 1999 and developed in 2002 to take their final form in May 2005.

The achievement of the objectives of health and safety in the workplace

necessarily entails a high degree of job satisfaction on the part of the employee as
a result of the great attention and care that the institution offers to ensure the
health of the psycho-physical-social environment. leads to the achievement of
continuous improvement:

1- Reduction of remuneration and penalties in the field of occupational health

and safety in the workplace.
2- Increase productivity, improve the quality of work performance and
improve the conditions of employees.
3- Possible reduction in the number of accidents, reduction of lost time and
minimization of costs.
4- Increases the chances of acquiring new customers and business partners.
5- Better management of occupational health and safety risks, today and in
the future.
6- Maintain the reputation of the entity towards its employees and the public
of its customers.
7- Increases the sense of belonging of employees to the body that works to
keep them and thus achieve a high level of performance.

We conclude from the above that the 18000 standard is a recognized

occupational health and safety assessment specification developed by a group of
leading commercial entities and that occupational safety can be adopted by any
organization wishing to implement formal procedures for the risks associated
with occupational health and safety in a workplace for employees and customers.
Therefore, this standard contributes to achieving the safety, protection and well-
being of individuals within the organization, which is part of the priorities of
sustainable development.

- 131 -
Section 4: Role of the Total Quality Strategy to Achieving the Environmental
Dimension of Sustainable Development

With the irrational use of Natural Resources and energy and the misuse of the
environment as a free goods and considering it as a commodity and a source of
profit maximization and forgetting that the environment is the only domain of our
survival and the continued existence of future generations due to the resulting
accumulation of environmental damage, many economic institutions have
adopted a modern management philosophy, stemming from total quality
management, which is the new face of environmental management, called total
environmental quality management. In this section we will look at Total Quality
policies to achieve the environmental dimension of sustainability and overall
environmental quality management and ISO 14000 for environmental
management and ISO 20121 for sustainable events.

Part 1 : Total Quality Policies to Reflect the Environmental Dimension in

Economic Institutions

Total quality includes a set of policies derived from management policies in

general, aimed at achieving environmental performance and monitoring the
environmental aspects of the organization. Many of these guidelines and
techniques are widely used and applied in major organizations in developed
countries.

These techniques also work on the principle of continuous and sustainable

improvement. The main techniques covered in the following sections are: PDCA
Demining Course and UDSO Exclusion Sequence Model.

Clause 1 : PDCA demining

Proposed Edwards Deming model of Business Process Improvement in 1950 that

should be analyzed and measured to identify product sourcing and cause
variations that deviate from customer requirements and recommended that
business processes be placed in a continuous loop so that managers can identify
and change parts of the process improvements they need.

- 132 -
Demieng used the cycle prepared by SHEWART for the purpose of continuous
improvements in product quality then came up with the cycle called PDCA.

PLAN

ACT PDCA DO

CHECK

Figure No. (12 ) Deming cycle and relationship environmental management

The Demieng cycle is the basis for the continuous improvement of total quality
and combines the concept of design, production, distribution and market
research. In general, the Demieng cycle related to the environment and the
achievement of the environmental performance of the business institution
includes: ACT – CHECK – DO - PLAN.

The use of this circle as a tool to clarify those functions or steps, which in terms of
content bear the character of continuous and unlimited change, is based on the
problem-solving methodology and the following brief clarification of the content
of these functions :

1- Plan - in this context, planning means determining the objectives and

processes that will enable the institution to implement environmental
policies. Within this framework, from international standards or reference
specifications adopted by international organizations such as the
International Organization for Standardization and the American
Organization for Testing and Materials. Environmental planning should be

- 133 -
 comprehensive for all of the organization's supply, production and
marketing activities.
2- DO - It is the function of implementing environmental processes and
policies as planned and including all activities of the institution.
3- CHECK - this is a function of monitoring, tracking and testing production
processes against legal and operational procedures and environmental
policy objectives with work on environmental performance assessment, the
evaluation of the success obtained by the environmental measures and the
measures of the institution and within this framework is the control of the
so-called environmental control.
4- ACT – this function calls, if necessary, to correct and evaluate the
processes, since the ISO 14001 standard includes the continuous
improvement of the processes, ie permanent work to ensure their
effectiveness.
Clause 2 : Exclusion Sequence UDSO

This pattern represents the removal and exclusion of anything that would waste
or loss the idea or application. Perhaps the model of the sequence of exclusions,
which is a constructive contribution to the continuous improvement of the
process to maximize it, which differs from the input to automatic problem solving.

A root cause analysis of problems can be done to find out why they are happening
and how to counter them.

And at all levels, processes and departments and using the Deming cycle for each
stage of transmission of existing exclusions and indicated bahha in the letters U
and continuously without interruption, which means abbreviated.

UNDERSTSND – DOCUMENT – SIMPLIFY - OPTIMIZE

In any case, the model must take into account the importance of the activities
that make up each process, there are high-level activities and other routine and
other checks, and always these models are a means or a technology for achieving
environmental performance within the economic framework. The institution and
embodiment of the environmental dimension of sustainable development

- 134 -
Business institutions have not escaped these developments because the demand
has become important and positive to integrate environmental considerations
into their strategic vision and their political priorities - their objectives - their
managerial interests by adopting modern management practices aimed at
protecting the Serving the environment and preserving its resources and
providing high quality products while being respectful of the environment are
part of the management practices (Total Environmental Quality Management )
that are addressed.

Part 2 : Total Environmental Quality Management to Achieve Environmental

Performance

Nowadays, organizations not only use the principle of continuity based on the
concepts of product or service quality according to their cost management, but
also address the environmental problem and its management to ensure the
survival of the resources they use and reduce social spending, straining the
capacity of the institution. budget, and everyone wonders about the origin of the
product, whether or not it falls under the clean manufacturing policy.

The quality of the products was therefore not limited to traditional criteria such
as: leadership role - training - design of the product or service – employment
relationship.

A new dimension has been added to these standards within the concept of
sustainable development, namely the environmental dimension.

Clause 1 : An Intellectual Introduction to the Concept Environmental

Management

The environmental management system is one of the most important systems

relied on to achieve the objectives of reducing pollution, improving the internal
and external environment of companies and raising awareness among employees
of the company. company, because it leads to the reduction of material losses at
the time of production, water and energy, and the waste of other available
resources.

- 135 -
 Table No. (10 )

The first stage Senior management understands that environmental

management is a necessary function and should not interfere
with it, there are no programs for environmental management
or ensure its protection

The second stage Designing environmental management programs to solve

problems and whenever they occur they are protected with
Fire extinguishing
little protection

Third stage Environmental management programs provide moderate

protection
Nationals concerned
Environmental management programs define the
responsibilities of the organization

Environmental management programs are a high-value job

and senior management is theoretically wrapped up in them

Fourth stage Environmental management programs provide moderate

protection
Interested citizens
Environmental management programs define the
responsibilities of the organization

Environmental management software is a highly valued

function

Environmental management programs reduce negative

impacts by using resources very efficiently and senior
management is practically blamed for them.

Fifth stage Environmental management programs ensure maximum

protection of the environment and is an essential element of
Activists
the senior management and supported indefinitely

From the previous table it is clear that environmental management has gone
through five stages in which in the first stage it was an unnecessary function in
the organization, then in the second stage it began to be addressed partly by

- 136 -
designing environmental management programs, but in the third stage was
determined theoretically, but in the fourth stage this commitment became
concrete to reduce negative impacts on the environment, and in the fifth stage it
became an essential element for senior management, and we can summarize the
development stages as follows:

1- The interest in environmental management has arisen since the rise of the
first civilizations.
2- The interest in environmental management began to increase steadily with
the increase in pollution.
3- The environmental legislation phase did not work due to the resistance
organizations face in adapting and responding.
4- Then find a management system in the organization specializing in the
management of the environment and its pollution, and this is what many
organizations have been looking for, as demonstrated by the UN ISO 12000
report published in 1999.
5- The emergence of various management systems, the most acceptable and
effective, which correspond to the specifications of the ISO 14000 series
adopted in most international companies.
With the emergence of the term environmental management of light, many
scholars have diverged in the definition of this term, with some defining it as
(management of the organization to remain aware of the interactions of its assets
and activities with the environment, purpose to achieve and continuously
improve the desired levels of performance), this concept emphasizes
understanding the integration between the different management systems and
takes the current systems like the quality system as an example and makes it the
basis construction of the environmental control system.

As stated in the report of the United Nations on environmental programs, the

concept of environmental management within the framework of industrial
enterprises is mainly based on the development of environmental plans and
policies to monitor and assess the impact environmental of the industrial
company provided the stages of production from the supply of raw materials to
the final product and the associated environmental aspects. It is also based on the

- 137 -
implementation of the most effective control procedures, taking into account the
costs and the environmental impact of these procedures, as well as the use of
resources. the instruments and methods for the prevention of pollution and the
rational use of resources must be clarified.

Environmental management is also defined as (the functional structure of the

institution) planning - responsibilities - scientific practices - procedures -
processes and means to develop, implement, complete, review and follow the
institution's environmental policies in order to improve environmental
performance and reduce negative impacts on the environment and try to prevent
their occurrence.

You know the ICFC International Chamber of Commerce environmental

management as the process of researching and designing a comprehensive
mechanism to ensure that the company's products have no negative impact on
the environment at all stages, from planning and design to the final product.

Based on the above, environmental management can be defined as part of the

organizational structure of the institution through which it manages its internal
activities in order to rationalize the use of resources and minimize their negative
impact on the environment. internal environment and surrounding area.

Clause 2 : Total Quality Environmental Management concept

Although the term Total Quality Management is common and colloquial, the term
comprehensive Environmental Quality Management is one of the contemporary
terms that has been widely used in recent years, and studies of Comprehensive
environmental quality management since 1991, scholars of this aspect point out
that organizations emphasize that The application of the philosophy must take
into account the ethical orientation associated with the production of goods and
the provision of services that do not harm the environment and the public health
of the citizens of society, if it is unavoidable, they must strive to minimize this
damage and get rid of the inevitable.

- 138 -
In 1992, the Council of Large Industries, symbolized by CGI, set itself the task of
developing this portal by integrating the concept of environmental and quality
management, by exploiting the similarities between them, by applying it in 1995
and by treating the concepts from the award standard (- Malcolm Baldridge) who
explained the concept of total environmental quality management as an
application of environmental management principles, concepts and practices that
can be described as sustainable development and the way of thinking about the
environment in the organization.

This means that sustainable development means development that meets the
needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to
meet theirs, and that is also concerned with the continuous improvement of the
economy, the environment and the well - social being of individuals.

In 2001, the professor experienced Total Environmental Quality Management It is

a holistic way of organizing environmental thinking and development and means
taking full responsibility for the environment in all operational processes, plus
than looking for certified certificates, specifications and accreditations. In this
regard, many economic institutions have adopted a modern administrative
philosophy that is born and derives from Total Quality Management is the new
face of environmental management and is called (global management of
environmental quality) where the objectives and economic policies of the entity
are negotiated. with those objectives related to the conservation of the
environment and this through the development of an integrated:

Management: is the planning, organization, direction and control of all activities

and resources connected to the implementation of the environmental policy and
to the objectives of the entity. Environmental quality is achieving the protection
requirements of society and nature by contributing to the reduction and
prevention of negative impacts on the environment and by providing a product
that does not negatively affect the consumer and is respectful of the
environment, the word fully requires participation and the integration of all
employees of the institution and therefore effective mutual coordination for

- 139 -
environmental issues and continuous improvement.

Total environmental management is based on a series of pillars that have taken

up the principles of total quality management from an environmental point of
view, namely:

1- Commitment of management: here the management must commit to the

environmental aspects that are most important because it is the basis for
building an environmental management system that embodies the
environmental policy and objectives of the institution and prepares the
organization necessary to achieve them.
2- Attention to the customer and his satisfaction: here the customer are the
people or entities linked to the entity that influence and are influenced by
his work and activities, and have been called stakeholders. For example,
financial institutions and banks that in terms of their loans to
environmental institutions and related issues, but the final consumer is
looking for environmentally friendly products, regardless of their price.
3- Teamwork within the organization: the number of participation of
employees and some other external parties is an important factor to help
implement procedures and requirements to achieve the declared and
expected environmental objectives and to comply with prevention
applications pollution.
4- Continuous improvement: the foundation of the institution's environmental
policy is its continuous improvement, which includes all the activities
undertaken in the institution to achieve institutional excellence in its
environmental performance through efficiency and effectiveness in
addressing all environmental issues of the environment.
From the above, we conclude that world experiences have proven that
institutions should adopt the concept of comprehensive management of
environmental quality, because it brings many advantages and benefits to the
institution, it helps to reduce costs and improve the reputation of the institution
and the environment. Improve its performance by adopting clear strategies
regarding its environmental performance and the optimal application of
environmental legal obligations by taking all actions and measures to ensure the

- 140 -
application of legal obligations and laws. A specific specification for
Environmental Management has been published which is (ISO 14001) which we
will discuss next.

Part 3 : ISO 14001 Total Environmental Quality Management in the Economic

Enterprise or Company

In this part, we will talk about the environmental management system (ISO
14000) and its development as a global standard which serves the field of
environment and identifies the structure of the specification, the concept of the
system and its requirements..

Clause 1 : Devaluing ISO 14000 Environmental Management System

The global community began ecosystem in the middle of the 20th century in 1955
after serious damage and diseases that were previously unknown, occurred by
nuclear explosions, the United Nations General Assembly in 1968, a conference to
investigate problems Environmental and for example, the Conference (Stockholm
Joan, Sweden) in 1972, to consolidate previous concerns, was an important
turning point in the international interest in the environment to build an
international environmental management system worldwide, Due to the
recommendation of the International Organization for Standardization in order to
determine and issue standard specifications for environmental management
according to the success of the organization of success in the field of ISO quality
management 9000 and its inclusions, which the organization founded in 1992
(Strategic Advisory Group in the surroundings).

At the end of 1992, the group called for the creation of a new Technical
Committee (TC 207) to develop the Special Authority for the Advocate to develop
the series of international standards in environmental management, which must
be subject to The end of 1996 to ensure coordination and maintain the link The
ISO specifications series for quality systems and the committee assigned to it (TC
176).

The composition of the committee is made up of official representatives of the

industrial sector, standardization organizations and certain public organizations in

- 141 -
industrialized countries in Western Europe, Canada and the United States and has
emerged from this committee. focuses on seven main areas:

1- Environmental management system

2- Environmental evaluation
3- Environmental sticker
4- Evaluation of environmental performance
5- Estimation of the life cycle
6- Terminology
7- Environmental aspects in the metrics of products.

The British standardization organization was the first edition of a specification

involved in 1992 in environmental management. It is a BS7750 and in 1994, it was
changed and reissued in February of the same year to comply with the European
Union environmental management system.

In 1995, the standard international conceptions of environmental management

were provided by all ISO members and finally approved with some minor changes,
and the final standard of ISO 14000 was published and exposed in 1996, Then the
rest of the standards concerning its directives and requirements published during
the following periods.

In 2004, the standard was updated and improved according to global

environmental events and published by the World Organization for
Standardization because this standard was considered essential for the protection
of the environment and the organization required that organizations wishing
adopting the standard define a clear protection policy. and preserve the
environment and to rely on and effectively apply the ISO 14001 Environmental
Management System, which proves to its customers that it invests heavily in the
protection and preservation of the environment.

- 142 -
Clause 2 : ( ISO 14000 ) Concept of the Environmental Management System

It is considered as the main rule of the environmental management system.

Many commercial organizations, industrial organizations and production

organizations know the importance of their compliance with the requirements of
the standard and their understanding of these systems. Many organizations were
practicing and applying them even before they were adopted. Documented
specifications require the organization to contribute to the maintenance of the
use of raw materials, as well as treatment and disposal of hazardous waste, which
lead to significant barriers. It is a set of twenty-three standards developed by the
ISO TC 207 committee aimed at providing organizations with a structure for
managing and controlling environmental impacts.

ISO 14001 is defined as an environmental management system standard that not

only sets requirements for environmental performance but also defines a
framework that a company or organization can follow to establish an effective
system that can be used by any organization seeking to improve resource
efficiency. waste and lower costs. the use of ISO 14001 can ensure the
management of the company and its employees In addition to external
stakeholders that the environmental impact is measured and improved, ISO
14001 can also be integrated with other management functions and help
companies achieve their environmental and economic objectives with a primary
objective of helping companies to continuously improve their environmental
performance and comply with all applicable laws so that the organization can
define its objectives and performance measures, the standard emphasizes what
the organization must do to achieve these objectives and monitor and control the
situation to be measured.

The standard does not focus on measures and objectives for environmental
performance, but for an organization the standard can be applied at various levels
of the company, from the organizational level to the product and service level.

As a definition of ISO 14001, we can say that it is a general management system,

- 143 -
which means that it is suitable for any organization that wants to improve and
manage resources more effectively.

The basic principles and methodology of the 14001 standard can be published
and discussed as follows:

Plan: Define goals and required processes ISO 14001 implementation

recommends an initial review or gap analysis of the organization's processes and
products to help identify all elements of the current process and, if possible,
future processes that may interact with the organization. environment, referred
to as "environmental aspects", to identify. Environmental aspects can include
both direct aspects such as those used during manufacturing and indirect aspects
such as raw materials. This audit helps the organization to establish its
environmental objectives and objectives (which should ideally be measurable)
and helps to develop monitoring and management procedures and processes and
serves to highlight any relevant legal requirements that may be included in
politics.

Do: Perform the required operations.

Check: measure and control processes and report results.

Work: work to improve the performance of Environmental Management based

on results and continuous improvement.

Expansion: increase in the coverage of commercial areas by their establishment.

Enrichment: activities, products, processes, emissions, resources. Etc.more and

more.

Upgrading: Improving the structural and organizational framework of the

environmental management system In addition to accumulating knowledge in the
treatment of operational environmental problems in general, the organization
must gradually move from purely operational environmental measures to a more
strategic approach to face environmental challenges and implement them.

- 144 -
Clause 3 : ISO 14000 Series of Specifications

- ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems-indicative requirements

for use
- ISO 14004 Environmental Management Systems-general guidelines on
implementation
- ISO 14006 environmental management systems-guidelines for integrating
ecodesign.
- ISO 14015 Environmental Management-Environment-site assessment of
organizations (EASO).
- ISO 14020 to 14025 environmental-posters and advertisements.
- ISO / NP 14030 green documents-Environmental Performance nomination
of projects and assets discusses post-production environmental
assessment.
- ISO 14031 environmental management-environmental performance
assessment-guidelines.
- ISO 14040 to 14049 Environmental Management-Life Cycle Assessment
discusses pre-production planning and the environment in goal setting.
- 14046 Environmental Management-Water Footprint-guiding principles and
requirements.
- ISO 14050 Environmental Management - vocabulary terms and definitions.
- ISO / TR 14062 environmental management-integration of environmental
aspects in product design and development.
- ISO 14063 environmental management-environmental communication -
guidelines examples.
- ISO 14064 greenhouse gases; measure, measure, and reduce greenhouse
gas emissions.
- ISO 19011 systems management review guidelines define protocol review
for both 14000 and 9000 series standards together.

- 145 -
Clause 3 : ISO 14000 Series of Specifications Achieving Sustainable Development

Obtaining an ISO 14000 series certificate allows the business institution to

establish an integrated management system to control processes and increase
the chances of continuous improvement of the institution's environmental
management system. this standard also offers many advantages and advantages,
namely:

1- Driving the ability to participate in achieving export requirements to foreign

countries, especially the countries of the European common market.
2- Rationalization of energy consumption and natural resources.
3- Reduce waste, reduce pollution and increase operational efficiency by
reducing gaps, resulting in reduced waste and cost through recycling.
4- Integrate environmental considerations into management and comply with
environmental laws and regulations.
5- Improve communication channels between specialized government
agencies and institutions.
6- Obtain the esteem and recognition of the institution's international bodies,
which allows the opening of export markets.
7- Raising environmental awareness and sensitization of all employees of the
establishment.
8- Improve the image of the institution, thus strengthening its notoriety.
9- Avoid material and economic losses due to environmental influences.
The ISO 14000 standard also supports the protection of natural ecosystems, the
rational and efficient use of natural resources such as land, water, energy, etc.,
the reduction of the amount of waste and the reuse of materials, which
contributes to mitigating the increase in environmental pollution according to
environmental management the adoption of ISO 14000 compliance at the
Foundation also contributes to responding to the problem of global warming and
the ozone hole, which has become a threat to the future of future generations,
providing the foundation to support these efforts, and also works to reduce risks
to reduce human health and safety resulting from emissions and industrial
emissions, and to prevent diseases associated with environmental pollution

- 146 -
internal to the institution. This leads to a reduction in the cost of treating
employees for these illnesses and improves the institution's overall image with its
consumer and environmental protection community, enabling it to gain their
backing and support, and thus to obtain an attestation of conformity from the
institution by specifying that its products or services are not harmful to the
environment and this tends to its competitive advantage because it shows the
extent of its interest in the environmental aspects which leads the consumers to
accept the organization's products, and this increases or gives it the largest
market share and strives to provide benefits and benefits through the
development of environmental policies, objectives and targets capable of protect
the organization through processes of adaptation, measurement and evaluation
until Audit used to improve and develop improvement of the environmental
performance of the o organization.

From the above, we conclude that the overall iso14000 environmental quality
management system is part of a holistic management, since this system depends
on a number of modern and environmentally friendly technologies, since the
inclusion of environmental standards in global quality standards leads to the
emergence of a new economy that depends on clean technologies involves
achieving excellence for the consumer. Obtaining 14,000 standard certificates is
excellent support for achieving sustainable development and environmental
performance.

- 147 -
Chapter 4: Practical and Field Study

Introduction

After having discussed in the previous paragraphs the theoretical foundations of

the concept of total quality and how to integrate the total quality strategy into
the overall strategy of the institution and clarified the great importance that
institutions attribute to the need to adopt ISO standards and norms available in
all versions and the possibility of using them to differentiate themselves from the
competition, the strategic role that total quality plays in achieving sustainable
development in economic institutions, the main ISO standards for achieving the
dimensions of sustainable development and their role in increasing the market
share and gaining an important competitive position.

This chapter aims to present and discuss the applied and practical aspects of the
study topic by abandoning the previous theoretical foundations to identify the
reality of the practical practices of the total quality strategy within the global and
sustainable framework, and we will also do the analysis and the presentation of a
series of proposals and opens new horizons for research to reach:

A company (Quality Secret) has been selected to present the practical, applied
and executive side, which is a public limited company, and we present it in the
entry as follows:

1- Presentation on the secret of quality for trade, production and general

contracting in the Arab Republic of Egypt.
2- The importance of total quality for the company.
3- Field study methodology.
4- Analysis of the axes of the questionnaire.

- 148 -
Section 1 : Field Study

Part 1 : About the Quality Secret Company (Field case ).

Company name: quality secret is an Egyptian company in its legal form deals with
the laws, regulations and regulations of Joint Stock Companies as an Egyptian
Joint Stock Company consisting of several activities

Date of establishment: the company was established by a decision of the

Egyptian Investment Authority

Headquarters: Arab Republic of Egypt - Cairo - Nasr City district

Capital: the company was established with a capital of EGP 750,000,000 million
paid and distributed in the form of dedicated shares

Activities:

first: the trade and manufacturing

Second: general contracting, development and real estate investment

Third: engineering and consulting services

Fourth: training in the fields of engineering, Total Quality Management,

qualification certificates, standard specifications and ISO

Fifth: import and export

It is a leading company in these fields and has distinctive shares in the

Renaissance, construction, development and education that the country is
witnessing these days, and from here the company launches its development
work through projects with distinctive, modern and more comprehensive
specifications that keep pace with the requirements of the industrial and real
estate market and combine the specificity of the Egyptian society with the
modernity of architectural design and the highest efficiency in engineering
training needed by the industrial and commercial complex .

- 149 -
Quality secret company is considered one of the distinctive companies that have
followed well-thought-out policies since its opening, and those policies were
based on scientific bases and realistic solutions through the experiences and
cadres existing within the company. the company is unique in having an ambition
that is growing significantly to achieve major achievements and proceed with a
flexible business strategy through which it seeks to achieve comprehensive
leadership in the various sectors that the company focused on and the growing
interest in the global goals of continuous development in all sectors, which leads
to the need to maintain a distinctive footprint in the management and
implementation of important projects in the Egyptian state, both with the
concerned parties from government agencies and interested parties from
customers and suppliers.

Clause 1 : Strategy and Development

The main strategy of Quality Secret Company is to position itself in a distinctive

position in its core businesses, particularly in manufacturing, training,
construction, procurement and architectural finishing in order to maintain the
level achieved by continuing to grow and develop continuously.

Regarding the development, growth and expansion of the company, it is a basic

concept of the company based on the principle of transferring the scientific
accumulation that the company possesses and the experiences deriving from the
projects that the company has developed in the years. completed in all vital work
areas with local growth opportunities, bringing his vision from successful
planning, careful implementation, innovation, creativity, institutional
discrimination, transparency and clarity to the first and last goal, which is
customer satisfaction. These criteria reinforce the leadership of the company to
become the best to provide integrated services in the area of specialization of the
company.

Therefore, it can be said that the main task of the company is to create an
integrated work environment in which we invest the highest human skills and

- 150 -
competences and improve it with the latest technical-scientific technologies
applied worldwide to keep up with the needs. and market requirements in
general. Through the company's integrated systems policy, it supports the
productivity of the company and its employees and the level of customer service
in the areas of quality, assignments, consulting and development.

Clause 2 : General Objectives of the Company

The company pursues the continuous achievement of profits as an overall goal

that all organizations, businesses and economic institutions pursue for survival -
To occupy an important and prestigious position in the sectors in which the
company operates, especially with the current economic conditions with an
increase in business volume and strong competition between related companies.

• Increase national income, leading to a revival of the economy.

• Work to provide superior services in the best conditions and at the lowest
cost.
• Assist national companies in training, rehabilitation, export and import.
• Service improvement and continuous quality improvement.
• Work to increase market share.

Clause 3 : The Main Tasks

Administrative Organization: Attention to the administrative structure that

achieves the company's objectives and preserves the rights of the company and
its customers.

Continuous Improvement: focus on continuous improvement, focus on training

and improvement of equipment performance.

Work Environment: Provide a stimulating work environment for company

employees for fruitful collaboration between them and customers, suppliers and
contractors Excellence and Excellence: Management and execution of projects
that provide excellent customer service.

- 151 -
Employees: Rewarding creative people who are committed to business
development for the best and who love team spirit.

Relationships: Strengthen relationships with existing and new partners and

customers and build long-term strategic relationships with them.

Time: Always consider the value of time to complete the required tasks.

Environmental Protection: We will always strive to protect the environment from

harm caused by the business by developing policies that encourage management
to respect the work environment, local environment, general environment,
conservation and optimal use to pay attention to.

Occupational Health and Safety: We are all responsible for the safety of our
employees, contractors, and equipment by following occupational health and
safety laws, performing preventive maintenance, and preventing the many and
varied hazards of fire and pollution.

Part 2 : The Legal and Regulatory Aspect of the Company

The company has a legal aspect, which consists of avoiding the problems it may
face legally and identifying the main materials in which it operates according to
the charter of organization of companies and the regulations applicable to them
and the articles of the Constitution used to apply and defines its relations with
third parties and is subject to the laws and regulations in force in the Arab
Republic of Egypt. Its objective is to participate in the national economic
development under the best economic conditions and to contribute effectively to
it, as well as to carry out all the commercial, industrial and financial work related
to the activity of the company, in helping to fit into the overall objectives and
within the framework of development within the specified timeframe and
organizational framework with the highest possible quality.

While the organizational aspect brings out the most important interests and
regulates all transactions, it is like a constitution and a program which regulates
the institution which is the organizational structure of the business which
expresses the services as in the figure below:

- 152 -
 Figure No. ( 13 )

Clause 1 : How to Apply Quality in the Company

In recent years, the company's ambition seemed to be a well-known market

operator for its effectiveness and the skills and abilities that enable and qualify it
for professionalism in the provision of services related to the above activities, the
ambition translates in the degree of the company's will and ability to satisfy
customer requests, satisfy them and work to improve services.

We noticed during the important operations during this study and after reviewing
some internal documents and documents that it has two forms of strategies, a
general strategy based on the principles of quality and overall quality, and also
has three certificates according to the requirements of the ISO System, namely
(ISO 9001: 2015 - ISO 18001: 2018 - ISO 14001: 2018), and this qualifies it to
establish three basic quality principles as follows:
- Satisfy the company's customers by communicating with them and
constantly listening to them and providing appropriate services to them
while ensuring continuous improvement of their quality and working to
increase their satisfaction, and this makes continuity exist.

- 153 -
 - Company performance: through the optimal exploitation of the company's
establishment and the development of a system for Quality Management,
Work Development and forecasting improvement.
- Professionalism of the company: through efficiency in carrying out tasks,
improving the capabilities of employees and teamwork.

The comprehensive and Integrated Quality Policy Project should be a project for
all managers, including all employees, voting interests and individuals, this leads
to improving quality management methods, and the person responsible for this
project should follow the following:

- Develop a program to assess the current situation and the applied

procedures in the company and the reports related to global standards.
- Extract all the differences and make plans to work with them.
- Proper follow-up to the submission of the project as seminars for everyone
every two weeks at the latest to educate them about the project and
developments.
- Solve problems according to the priority every week.
- Accomplish everything related to the daily work of all managers.

Since the work of the quality management system is considered new to

companies, but the company contracted with the international consulting office
to establish an effective system for Total Quality Management that matches the
services and works provided by the company to be applied in the company and its
various sectors.the situation was assessed beforehand to determine what
specifications were selected, implement, train and improve the company's
policies, and help self-evaluate the Total Quality Management Systems before
making the final precision. the requirements and needs of customers were taken
into account by the company customer requirements and needs.

- Participation of the quality management system in the creation and

definition of a quality policy, as well as setting goals.
- Developing quality approaches and tools to avoid making mistakes related
to the processes within the integrated system.
- Work on coordination between the various departments and clients.
- Writing reports on operations, reviewing the rules of the system and
distributing them in the form of a quality manual.

- 154 -
 - Propose an annual program for quality control and organization of
operations.
- Detect and follow up errors within the processes and correct them.
- Prepare all the basic files and records in the meetings.
- Call all concerned and submit reports on the application of operations or
not.
- Provision of means and equipment permanently and in a timely manner.
- Work to improve the competencies of employees in order to reduce the
duration of industrial and production processes.
- Developing and measuring the percentage of customer satisfaction and
conducting research in order to know their needs, desire and satisfaction.
Develop an element of trust with customers.
- Increase the company's market share among competitors.

Clause 2 : Methodological Procedures of the Field Study

Through this section we will learn the organizational aspect of the field survey,
how to plan and design the conduct of the field survey, highlighting the sample,
the type of performance, the statistical processing methods used to collect and
analyze the data. data, as well as trends related to the study, and finally a test of
the study tool to ensure its veracity.

First: data collection tools:

Based on what was discussed in the theoretical chapter of research, we wanted to

get closer to the scope of application of these concepts in quality secret
companies, where we were chosen for the company to obtain certificates ISO and
its interest in providing high quality services.

1. sample study

The subject of our study, the role of total quality strategy in achieving sustainable
development, requires us to have the study in the management of the company,
since the strategy is carried out at the management level, which we also wanted
the sample for the study is intended to include all frameworks and general

- 155 -
administration documents, and this after consultation with a few specialists for
the sampling, which according to the monthly staff report published in December
2021, comprises 60 employees and breaks down as follows:

Categories: 5

Observation: 10

Execution: 45

Total: 60

The time scope of the study began on August 1, 2021 and ended at the end of
December 2021, which deals with the overall quality strategy mentioned in the
theoretical part with its practice, of which we try to measure the strategic role of
quality in the incarnation of dimensions of sustainable development in the
company, and therefore the emphasis was placed on the economic, social and
ecological dimensions.

2-Information Collection Tools

Based on the nature of the data to be collected, related to the Total Quality
Strategy and the role it plays in activating the dimensions of sustainable
development, and in order to obtain accurate results, we have used different
types of tools that are interested in data collection. , which in turn help us achieve
the required results, including:

A- Simple observation: as a tool focused on ongoing research paths, going to

the field to form ideas or collect information relating to the research
phenomenon, such as identifying the nature of the company and the
departments connected to it, through posters, banners and prominent
logos in every corner of the company, as well as identifying employees in
their various jobs and the nature of their work. our reliance on simple
observation to obtain information and data in the field serves the subject to
understand the attitudes, behaviors and relationships that exist in the
company.

- 156 -
 B- Interview: this tool was used to collect data and information to link the
different dimensions, to which ordinary employees cannot respond, but
rather the functions and control personnel of the company. It is worth
noting that those who were treated distinguished themselves by
experience and knowledge of the work, which helped to adapt the
conceptual and theoretical framework of the study.
C- The form is considered the most suitable form for achieving the objectives
of this research, due to the lack of basic information relating to the topic,
such as disseminated data or addition of data, and this through personal
interviews or field visits, for this reason we felt that the questionnaire was
the most appropriate and effective tool to achieve the objectives of the
study.
3-Study form

Based on the theoretical study and after consulting the specialized teachers, we
were able to develop a study model containing two variables, the first is an
independent variable of the Total Quality Strategy and the second is a dependent
variable of sustainable development in its dimensions. as shown in the following
image:

Figure No. ( 14 ) The strategy of the independent and dependent variable of

sustainable development

The Dependent variable The independent variable

Sustainable development Total Quality Strategy
The economic dimension Continuous improvement
The social dimension Customer focus
The Environmental dimension Intensive quality training

This figure shows that:

- The Independent Variable: is the Total Quality Strategy, which means that it is
an integrated approach to obtain a competitive advantage in the company's

- 157 -
 core business, surpass and surpass its competitors and maintain continuity in
the markets, as in the previous sections, and therefore this variable has been
identified in three sub variables:

- continuous quality improvement: and the pursuit of continuous development of

processes within the company, including planning for optimal production,
product development, procurement, production, distribution and other
processes to reduce dependence of the company by means and techniques of
continuous improvement.

- focus on customers: and commit to studying and understanding the needs and
requirements of customers and conducting market research to study the
characteristics of customers, their resources and their current and future
declared and undeclared business needs.

- Intensive quality training: covers all company sectors and at all levels to ensure
that everyone in the company understands and pays attention to total quality
activities and work in order to cultivate and cultivate a culture of quality.

- Dependent Variable: depends on the total quality in achieving sustainable

development in terms of the focus of this study in the following three
dimensions:

- Economic dimension: this dimension refers to the role of the general strategy for
quality in achieving the economic sustainability of the company, based, for
example, on methods of sustainable economic quality (SIX SIGMA).

- Social dimension: It concerns aspects aimed at meeting the needs of society -

Justice - Empowerment - Principles of labor protection and social responsibility.

- Environmental dimension: This dimension concerns aspects aimed at reducing

pollution and awareness programs to protect the environment and the
composition of the environment.

- 158 -
4-Development of a Measurement Tool (Questionnaire )

Depending on the type of data to be collected and the total quality strategy and
its role in activating the dimensions of sustainable development, we have found
that the most appropriate and effective tool to achieve the objectives of the study
is the (Questionnaire) and from there is We say that the questionnaire plays an
effective role and is explained as follows:

The questionnaire will be carried out using the data provided in the
questionnaire, namely gender, gender, age group, university degree, profession,
country of residence and some questions that determine the title of the
questionnaire, which are , but not limited to:

1- Do you have confidence in the ability of the company and management to

achieve the Sustainable Development Goals by 2030?
2- Do you think that sustainable development is a priority for the company
and management?
3- Will the company be able to provide a timeline for the 2030 Agenda for
Sustainable Development?
4- Are management and employees sufficiently attentive to the environment?
5- the management of another institution supports the company's sustainable
development dossier.
6- Do you think the company will be affected by climate change if it does not
take care of internal environmental management?
7- Does the excessive use of water affect the challenges of the sustainability
goals? 8- are you satisfied with the level of education of the company?
8- what actions has the company taken to announce the Sustainable
Development Goals?
9- Is the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals within the
company beneficial to the company?
10- at its sole discretion, what are the steps to follow to achieve sustainable
development?
11- Braik what are the ways to involve employees in achieving the Sustainable
Development Goals?

- 159 -
 This scale is considered the most expressive opinion, as it accurately
reflects the degree of approval of the research on the sentences presented,
and also includes 5 sentences for the answer, ranked by 1: 5, as follows:
agree - strongly agree - somewhat agree-disagree completely.

5-The Reliability and Stability of the Tool :

The veracity of the representation ensures that the form contains, on the one
hand, all the elements to be included in the analysis and, on the other, the clarity
of the paragraphs and of the vocabulary so that it is understandable to all those
who use it. of the questionnaire the reliability range was set at 95%.

To measure the stability of the research tool (questionnaire), the alpha coefficient
Krupnach Alpha Cronbach (a coefficient for measuring the stability of scientific
research questionnaires and calculating the reliability coefficients of the research
tools using response groups) was used. to measure the stability of the research
tools to ensure the stability of the study, as this measure is good and appropriate
if the value of Alpha Cronbach is greater than 60%, and is therefore acceptable if
the results are presented as follows:

The questionnaire Sustainable Total Quality Variable name

as a whole development Strategy coefficient of
constancy (Alpha
cronbach)
0.933 0.882 0.910

6- statistical methods and measures used:

To achieve the objectives of the research and analysis of the data collected, the
Programs of the Statistical Package of Social Sciences, abbreviated to SPSS
(Statistical Package for Social Sciences), were used, a program that contains a
large number of statistical tests that they fall within the scope of descriptive
statistics such as repetitions, means, standard deviations, and so on, and within
the heuristic statistics such as correlation coefficients, a certain variance.

- 160 -
Taking into account the study model, the most appropriate measures required for
the study are the arithmetic mean and standard deviation, as well as the
correlation coefficients. The main measures are the regression coefficients to
measure the statistical significance of the role of the total quality strategy in
achieving the dimensions of sustainable development.

A- Arithmetic means: this test helps to sort sentences according to their

arithmetic mean. This study was used to measure the magnitude of
respondents' responses at the level of the company's overall quality
strategy as well as sustainable development practices in the company and
the fact that the five-point Likert (Likert) scale, means which are higher
than the individual average, estimated in (3) for the neutral degree of the
scale and therefore what exceeds it is OK or completely OK (it should be
noted that if the average value is between 01 and 2.49 the level is between
2 , 5 and 3.49, the level is strong, and if it is between 3.5 and 5, the level is
very strong.
B- Standard deviation: is one of the most important measures of dispersion,
because this measure was used to find out how well the members of the
study group responded to each sentence of the study variables and to each
of the main and sub-axes of the study deviated from the arithmetic mean.
C- Correlation coefficient: use this coefficient to find out to what extent the
axes of the total quality strategy are linked to the dimensions of sustainable
development. It is also used to find out the correlation of dependent
subvariables with independent subvariables.
D- Equations and Regression Models: These models and equations express the
existence of the statistical significance of the role of quality strategy in
achieving the dimensions of sustainable development and it is one of the
most important measures on which we focus. are supported because it
shows us precisely which independent variables most influence the
dependent variable.
E- Coefficient of determination: This coefficient tells us the ratio in which the
independent variable influences the dependent variable, where the higher
this ratio, the greater the contribution.

- 161 -
7- Presentation and Analysis of Survey Results:

After the questionnaires have been retrieved and emptied with the statistical
program SPSS and the corresponding statistical tests have been performed, and
after we have specified their axes. In this point we will discuss the resolution data
obtained, where we analyze and measure the level of overall quality and
sustainability in a quality secret enterprise, highlighting the correlation
relationship between the variables and the magnitude of the contribution of the
independent and the dependent. by correlation coefficients and reference models
after verification of their validity.

A- Presentation and analysis of the Cal level of Total Quality Strategy and
Sustainable Development.
First: The level of total quality strategy: In a secret quality company, measuring
the level of total quality strategy requires measuring the arithmetic means and
standard deviations, and since we use the Likart scale in the questionnaire, the
means must measure the value exceeds (3) because the scale starts at the value
(1) and ends at the value (5), which means that the value (3) is a neutral value at
which the arithmetic mean and the standard deviation of each subvariable are
independently measured variables (total quality strategy) and the results were as
follows:

A-the level and data of continuous improvement in the company.

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance decision
The company's mission 3.10 0,787 2 Average
includes the basic principles of
Total Quality
The management is working to 3.00 1.357 3 Average
integrate the total quality
strategy within the overall
strategy of the company
The company's keenness to 2.82 1.120 6 Weak
create effective means of

- 162 -
communication on an ongoing
basis
Provide adequate equipment 2.94 1.212 4 Weak
to carry out activities of
comprehensive quality
Management's interest in 2.92 1.212 5 Weak
continuous improvements to
the company's administrative
processes
Pay attention to the 2.71 1.212 7 Weak
application of total quality to
reduce costs and evaluate the
performance of each
department

The continuous improvement level data table shows that there is a low level and
an overall average of 2.94, which is a lower value than the hypothetical average of
(3) considering that we use in most sentences the five-point Likert scale, and
some sentences reflect weakness, including the third, fourth, fifth and sixth
sentences, respectively, although average scores were recorded in other
sentences, but the overall average is affected by low scores, because the standard
deviations recorded in the data were relatively high, and therefore the tabular
data indicates a low level of continuous improvement practices in the company in
question.

Second: the degree of customer orientation: We will also use the measures of
central tendency and the same hypothetical mean to express the weakness or
strength of customer orientation in the company, and the table below presents
the data in detail.

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance decision
Customer data analysis 3.23 0,930 4 Average

- 163 -
Receiving complaints regarding 3.48 0,942 6 Average
the services provided
Good treatment for customers 3.12 0,570 7 Average
Commitment to provide 2.84 0,779 8 Strong
services on time
Possess sufficient knowledge 3.17 0,683 3 Average
to respond to customers
Putting the best interests of 3.23 0.667 4 Average
customers at the forefront

The Customer Focus data showed average levels in most of the statements, and
this is reflected in the overall average, which reached a value of 3.21 with a value
above the chaotic mean and a weak level standard deviation, which means that
there are no significant differences in respondents' responses and we conclude
that there is some degree of customer focus in the company.

Third: the level of quality intensive training: to complete the analysis of the
questionnaire data, we measured the quality intensive training in the company as
a sub-variable of the independent variable, we used the measures of the central
trend to calculate the mean sentences and the rate based on the average value
(3). the table shows the data of the level of quality intensive training in a quality
secret company.

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance decision
Organizing awareness 3.58 0,637 1 Average
workshops on Total Quality
activities
Training programs aimed at 3.48 0,643 2 Average
preventing mistakes
Specialized quality training 3.17 0,555 6 Average
programs to compete with
competitors

- 164 -
Formation of special working 2.28 0,7648 4 Average
teams to solve problems
Evaluation of the impact of 3.23 0.958 5 Average
training courses on the
performance of the company's
employees

The table shows that there is a level of quality intensive training in the company
where the average values are 3.58 higher than the value of the hypothetical
average, there are small differences from the strong average, because the results
recorded in the standard deviations confirmed that there are small differences in
the answers of the researchers, which means that their answers agree on the
whole, and therefore it can be said that there is an average level of training
practices quality intensive in quality secret enterprises.

Fourth: the level of aggregate data for the total quality strategy: the table below
highlights them as follows:

decision Standard Arithmetic mean Number of forms

deviation
Average 0.546 3.15 39

The table summarizes the results of the sub variables in an independent macro
variable and it is noted that there is an average level of the total quality strategy
in a quality secret society, where the average value was 3.15, which is greater
than the value of the hypothetical average, and the standard deviation recorded a
weak result, that is, there are weak differences in the answers of the researchers,
and it can be said that there is an average of the total quality strategy in a quality
secret company.

- 165 -
Clause 3 : The Sustainable Development Level in Quality Secret Company

Using the same measures and connotations, we measured the levels of the
dimensions of sustainable development based on the responses of the
researchers and were as follows:

1-Economic Dimension Data analysis: we analyze the data as in the following

table:

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance Decision
The company makes profits by using 3.38 0.543 2 Average
less resources
The company is working to provide 3.35 0.706 3 Average
services at lower costs
The company adopts economic 3.58 1.140 8 Weak
models to achieve sustainability
The company is keen to rationalize 2.56 0.718 9 Weak
energy consumption
The company adopts comprehensive 3.15 0.844 4 Average
quality strategies that support the
functions of cleaner production and
green marketing
The company is working on the 2,56 0.718 9 Weak
sustainable improvement of its
services
The company takes into account the 3.07 1.085 6 Average
comprehensive quality standards in
its services
ISO 9000 certification verifies the 3.97 0.706 1 Average
company's sustainable
competitiveness

This table shows the economic level of the company that was the subject of the
study. The average there was 3.35, much higher than the assumed average. This
value increases the average number of sentences in the researchers' responses,

- 166 -
where the mean varies and we can see weakness in the third, fourth and sixth
groups, respectively.

Considering the standard deviation, we can see that the mean level is defined.
That is, there is an average level difference in the answers of economic
researchers, and therefore there is an average level in the company's economic
practices.

2-analysis of social dimension data: the data came as shown in the following
table:

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance Decision
The company seeks to meet the 3.17 0.601 3 Average
needs of society
Permanent research and 3.07 0.706 3 Average
development to supply customers '
wishes
The company develops strategies to 2.97 0.532 5 Weak
qualify employees
The company develops training 3.07 0.670 5 Average
programs to empower employees
regarding sustainable development
The company takes into account 2.84 0.640 6 Average
fairness in the distribution of wages
The company provides professional 3.10 1.159 4 Weak
toxic requirements for employees
The company seeks to implement the 3.84 0.883 5 Average
Occupational Health and safety
system in accordance with the ISO
18000 standard
The company seeks to implement the 1.46 0.883 7 Weak
ISO 26000 Social Responsibility
System

This table of social dimension data shows an average level, where the value

- 167 -
of the averages was estimated to be greater than the value of the
hypothetical average, although average levels were recorded in the first,
second, fourth, sixth and seventh statements, but we see weak levels in the
third, fifth and eighth statements, respectively.
Also, the standard deviations were relatively low compared to the
deviations recorded in the Economic Dimension Data, from which the table
data indicate an average level of the social dimension level in quality secret.

3-analytical environmental dimension: we highlight these data in the following

table :

Arithmetic Standard Relative

mean deviation importance Decision
The company adopts a 2.53 1.253 6 Weak
comprehensive quality policy to
support environmental performance
Taking measures to control emissions 2.76 1.037 3 Weak
from the production process
The company develops special 2.56 0.967 5 Weak
programs for activities with serious
environmental impacts
Directing human resources to ensure 2.41 0.938 7 Weak
sound environmental management
The company works to reduce 2.82 1.166 2 Weak
pollution by using clean materials
The company adheres to the 2.97 1.347 1 Weak
Environmental Management System
in accordance with ISO 14000
standard specifications

Based on the results in the table above, it is clear that the degree of
environmental dimension is low in most sentences, and this is reflected in the
mean below the assumed mean, mean sentences. The staggered mean and
standard deviation are recorded as mean in the answers of the interviewees

- 168 -
therefore we conclude that there is a low level of environmental dimension
practices in quality secret.

4-The Level of Macro Data for Sustainable Development:

using the same methodology used in the analysis of data on aspects of
sustainable development, we measure the total extent of sustainable
development in companies using the central trend and the same hypothesis of
representing weakness or strength as shown in the table below:

Decision Standard deviation Arithmetic mean Number of forms

Average 0.474 3.01 22

This table summarizes the overall results of the level of sustainable development
in the company, where the value of the averages was greater than the value of
the hypothetical average, and the standard deviation recorded a weak result, that
is, there are weak differences in the answers of the researchers, from which it can
be said that there is an average level of sustainable development practices in
quality secret.

Part 3 : Relationship between Total Quality Strategy And Dimension Of

Sustainable Development

After review and Sustainable Development, the results of quality secret company
we will test the relationship between the Total Quality Strategy and the practices
of the Sustainable Development thru correlation coefficient when trust

Clause 1: Correlation Coefficient

To test the relationship between the Total Quality Strategy and the practices of
the Sustainable Development Dimensions of the institution, we analyze the
correlation coefficients at the level of trust. The following table shows this
analysis:

- 169 -
Total Quality Strategy Pearson correlation
Semantic level Decisions
Sustainable development strategy coefficient
The economic dimension 0.480 ** 0.002 D
Social dimension 0.821 ** 0.000 D
Environmental dimension 0.639 ** 0.000 D

The table shows a weak correlation in the relationship between the Total Quality
Strategy and the economic dimension, where the coefficient was 1.481, as for the
social dimension, we find a strong and positive correlation of 1.800, but it showed
an average in the relationship with the environmental dimension of 1.011, and all
these coefficients were a function of the error level of 1.10.

Clause 2 : Regression models of Total Quality Strategy and dimensions of

sustainable development
Before starting to apply the model, it is necessary to emphasize the moderation of
the probability distribution and make sure that the conditions are correct, since
the form of the moderation of the distribution as follows:

Figure No. ( 15 ) modularity of distribution

- 170 -
 modularity of distribution with different mothods

The figure shows that the values are evenly distributed around the regression
line, which confirms that the model is valid for the application and satisfies all the
conditions, and therefore the validity of the results is stable, and after
confirmation of the moderation of the probability distribution, we proceed to the
application of the model and try to trace the partial meaning of it as well as its
own.
The model and the regression coefficients of the Total Quality Strategy and the
dimensions of sustainable development.

Value
Non-standard Standard Semantic
t
Dependent Determination equations equations level
The model Calculated
variable coefficient
Equation error is Coefficient
coefficients Standard Beta
economic 0.20 fixed part 1.629 0.454 3.587 0.001
dimension variable 0.472 0.142 0.480 3.327 0.002
social 0.66 fixed part 1.422 0.213 6.676 0.000
dimension variable 0.582 0.066 0.821 8.760 0.000
Environmental 0.39 fixed part -0.940 0.728 -1.292 0.204
dimension variable 1.147 0.227 0.639 5.47 0.000

- 171 -
From the table, the results of the regression models were positive, where the
calculated value of t being less than its tabular value for all three dimensions:
1.101, 0.010, and 0.141, the function values at the significance level of 1, 10,
which means that the partial significance of the models is for the independent
variable, which is the overall quality strategy, since the fitted square we used
showed 01%, 00%, and 11% interpretability. That is, 01% of the changes that
occur in the practices of the economic dimension, 00% of the changes that occur
in the practices of the social dimension and 11% of the changes that occur in the
practices of the environmental dimension concern the independent variable, the
total quality strategy. The direct regression equations were of the form: where
the variables economic dimension-social dimension-environment symbols are
symbolized:

ysocial – yeconomie – yenvironnement – Respectively

We symbolize the total quality strategy with the symbol: X

Yeconomie = 0.472 x+1.629

Ysocial = 1.422 x+0.582
Yenvironnement = 1.147 x-0.940

In summary, in the models, there is a moral indication of the role of the total
quality strategy in order to achieve the dimensions of sustainable development in
the company concerned.

Clause 3 : Testing the Validity of Hypotheses:

After analyzing the study data using various tools, we are now testing the study
results against the assumptions made at the start of the study.

The main hypothesis stating: There is a statistically significant role of the total
quality strategy in achieving the dimensions of sustainable development in the

- 172 -
mystery of quality, this hypothesis led us to sub-hypotheses which we discuss as
follows :

1- The First Sub-Hypothesis: The first sub-hypothesis states that: there is a low
level of Total Quality Strategy in the company, to test the validity of this sub-
hypothesis, we measured both the level of continuous improvement and
customer orientation level of intensive Quality training, the results were as
follows:

A- That there is a low level of continuous improvement in the company,

according to the results obtained, the average responses for this industry
were low, ranging from 1.00 to 0.10, the overall average for this
independent subvariable being estimated at 0.11, i.e. higher than the
hypothetical average, and therefore there is a low level of continuous
improvement in the company concerned, and although there are mid-level
averages, the overall average has been affected by low values.
B- that the company focuses on the average on the customer, the results
obtained in the table indicate that the average values vary from 1.48 to
0.84, and the value of the general average reaches: 0.00.1, which is higher
than the hypothetical average. Although the majority of the average ratings
are at an average level, the level related to the company's commitment to
serving the customer on time is low.
C- The company has an average level of quality intensive training, where the
overall average value is 10.1, higher than the hypothetical average, while
the other averages are between 08.1 and 01.1.
D- there is an average level of quality intensive training in the company, the
total average value is 00.1, which is above the standard average, while the
other averages range from 1.08 to 1.01.
2 - The Second Sub-Hypothesis: the second sub-hypothesis states that: there is a
weak level of practices of Sustainable Development Dimensions in the company
and to test the validity of this hypothesis, we measured the level of each
dimension of sustainable development (economic dimension - environmental
dimension-environmental dimension) and the results were as follows:

- 173 -
 A. that there is an average level of economic dimension practices in the
company, it is clear from the results that the average economic dimension
in the company in question was 00.1, greater than the hypothetical
average, which indicates the existence of an average level of practices of
this dimension. The average of the ferries ranged between 10.0 and 00.1,
although most of the levels are average, but we feel weakness in terms of
energy rationalization, relying on economic models to achieve the our
sustainability, as well as sustainable improvement of its services, but the
overall average was not affected by these weak values.
B. there is an average level of social dimension practices in the port city of
Skikda. This is clearly shown in the statistical results related to the social
Dimension Data table, where the overall average value was 0.1, which is
higher than the hypothetical average, while the other averages ranged
from 1.84 to 1.01.
C. There is a weak level of environmental dimension practices in the company,
where the results indicate a weakness in the averages of the questionnaire
of this dimension, where the values of the averages were between 00.1 and
84.1 and 40.0 reflected on the general average of this dimension, where
the value was 11.0 and 40.0, which is lower than the hypothetical average.
Through the results of the study related to sustainable development in the second
part of the overall questionnaire, we find that the overall overall average of the
dependent variable (sustainable development ) was 1.10, which is greater than
the hypothetical average, and therefore the level of sustainable development in
the company under study is average, and therefore we reject the second sub-
hypothesis and replace:

3 - The Third Sub-Hypothesis: This hypothesis cam as follows: there is a

statistically significant role in the overall quality strategy in Achieving the
Economic Dimension of Sustainable Development Through The Results of the
Regression Models of the Questionnaire of this dimension, we festival the The
latter met the conditions of application, and according to partial morality, it
turned out that the calculated value (t) has a statistical meaning lower than the
error rate than the tabular values at indicative levels.

- 174 -
Given the field of confidence, the scope of the study, including random errors, is
10% and due to the determination coefficient (adapted RSCPEE), which was
estimated at 10%, and therefore there is a A statistically significant role in
carrying out the realization of the economic dimension of the company, of which
we accept the third sub-hypothesis.

Considering the field of confidence is 10% and through the coefficient of

determination ( Adjusted Rsquare ), which was estimated at 10 %, the partial
significance in the model is for the independent variable by 01%, as the remaining
ratios are for other variables outside the scope of the study, including random
error, and therefore there is a statistically significant role for the total quality
strategy in achieving the economic dimension in the company, from which we
accept the third sub-hypothesis.

4 -The Fourth Sub-Hypothesis: There is a statistically important role

in the realization of the social dimension of sustainable development in the
examination of the models of regression of this dimension and after having tested
its validity, since the calculated value ( T) () t) (t) was (t) less than tabularly lower
than the error rate at the level, but the partially significant model in the model is
the independent variable of 00%, and the remaining percentage is other variables
Apart from the scope of the study, including accidental errors, there is therefore a
statistically important role in the overall quality strategy in carrying out the
economic dimension of sustainable development in the company, which confirms
the validity of the fourth sub-hypothesis.

5 - The Fifth Sub-Hypothesis: this hypothesis has come as follows: there is a

statistically important role in the realization of the environmental dimension of
sustainable development through the results of the regression model in relation
to the questionnaire of this dimension, then in All conditions the fact that this
meaning of the independent variable with a significant value level is lower than
the authorized error levels and with an explanatory capacity of 11%, during the
percentage remaining for the variables outside the field of application of study.
The inclusion of random errors, and therefore it plays a statistically significant role

- 175 -
in the total quality strategy when carrying out the environmental dimension of
sustainable development in the company, which confirms the fifth sub-
hypothesis.

By analyzing the regression models in the overall questionnaire data, the validity
of which was also tested, we found that the model for the independent variable,
total quality strategy, is partially significant, with lower calculated values (t) to
their tabular values, and the explanatory power came with coefficients: 01%, 00%
and 11% for the sustainable development dimensions, we accept the main
hypothesis that:

The Total Quality Strategy plays a statistically significant role in achieving the
sustainability dimensions of quality secrecy.

- 176 -
Chapter 5: All About The Concept and Methodology of Planning

Introduction

In this chapter, we will discuss in detail the overall objective of contributing to a

balanced and sustainable development and succession process in the Arab
Republic of Egypt through modified planning procedures and practices that invite
all who are interested and not interested in sustainability through
a series of items as following:

o Establish and develop an effective urban planning processes at regional

and local level.
o Developing capacities among the different regulatory bodies responsible
for managing urban planning processes at national, regional and local
level.
o Improve coordination and cooperation between regulatory authorities
responsible for urban planning and partner institutions and the mutual
organization of the urban planning process.

With the use of the following specific purposes:

o Establish and develop an applied approach to improve the quality and
content of urban planning.
o Provide a step-by-step guide for preparing modified physical diagrams
with applied examples
o Identify and clarify the expected results for each planning phase.
o Provide practical and applied references and tools for all phases of
planning.
Furthermore, given the long-term time horizon and the actual creation of the
urban planning manual, the government can adopt the approach and concept to
develop a practical and sustainable framework for directing and monitoring urban
planning at the local level.
This study aims to develop the urban planning process in cities and towns that
have suffered from shortcomings in this area due to weak practices and
procedures in recent decades that have hindered the urban development and

- 177 -
planning process in the Arab Republic of Egypt. the government has contributed
to the completion of a range of development issues, from structural plans to
neighborhoods across the republic, but has not prepared these plans directly
or provided technical assistance and oversight of their preparation for
Sustainable Development.
Despite the provision of structural plans aimed at assisting and supporting
agencies and communities in regulating land use and issuing building permits,
these plans still do not meet the requirements of the sustainable urban
development process and this may be due to many factors which can be
summarized as follows:
o The existence of different and old laws and legislations that need to be
updated and adapted to the current reality.
o The lack of a legal basis for spatial and urban planning at the level of
Greater Cairo and some towns and villages and its lack of correlation with
the legal status of regional plans, leading to an overall weakness in the
relationship and targeting of planning at the local level for the population.
o The absence of clear boundaries for the competent bodies and the
resulting lack of clarity as to the areas to be covered by urban planning.
o Barriers put in place by some offenders and their stakeholders by
building without permits and housing for neighborhoods and properties
that violate technical and building specifications to empower those
responsible for the sustainable development and planning process Impose
policies, in particular the zoning and allocation of land according to the
priorities of the ministries concerned in the regulations.
As a result of these gaps and contradictions, the current practice of the Egyptian
state for urban planning faces several problems and disadvantages that have
hindered it, namely the following:

o Separating the determination of the boundaries of the planning area from

the actual planning phase and restricting the planning to what is known as
(the boundaries of the regulatory area) without covering the rest of the
boundaries of the communal area, in particular with regard to
infrastructure services outside regulatory limits, for example, but not
limited to (electricity, water, gas, communications, sewage treatment,

- 178 -
 solid waste landfills and recycling of ordinary waste).
o A Lack of clarity of the powers and tasks of local authorities regarding the
boundaries of the areas they can plan.
o The long-term duration (typically up to 20 years) of zooning plans without
specifying any stages leads to a rigid understanding of planning as a one-
time practice that does not repeat, favoring excessive land use divisions,
scattered and dispersed development, as well as a mechanical practice of
planning without sufficient awareness of urban planning as a negotiation
and finding a balance and consensus between private and public interests.
o Focusing when planning on collecting information and data and conducting
a survey only, without making an adequate and detailed analysis of this
information and without identifying development issues and challenges
and the absence of a reference for comprehensive development goals and
strategies, especially at the local level.
o Limiting structural planning to land uses and zoning without sufficient
considerations of the implications of infrastructure development and the
provision of services and without determining the stage of required
investments and programming, and the impact on the budgets of local
bodies.
o Limited attention to environmental considerations and issues
(environmental impact assessment for planning protection of Natural
Resources landscape and cultural heritage).
o Limiting planning to independent local bodies without taking into account
the overlap and communication between adjacent communities, due to
the presence of large areas of target areas for sustainable environmental
use.
o Not consulting or involving the public in the preparation of the planning,
but their role is limited only at the stage of publishing the plan for
objections or approvalof some items only.
o Lack of national references and cadres ( interested in the development of
the Egyptian state ) and standards and procedures related to the
preparation ofurban plans.
o Lack of awareness among many responsible bodies, starting from the
heads of districts and municipalities, consultants, engineers, employees
and citizens about the importance of urban planning, which led to the

- 179 -
 predominance of individual private interests over common public
interests.
o Lengthy procedures for the approval and validation of the organization
chart (Usually takes a period of 1 to 4 years and sometimes more, while if
people start building without the necessary building procedures and
permits, ownership usually takes a full period of 5 to 14 months).
o Changes and adjustments that always occur in structural plans without
adequate monitoring and follow-up of the consequences and
complications of such changes on the long-term global urban
environment.
o The general disparity and overlap in the application of different levels of
planning, especially as regards the replacement of structural plans with
detailed plans, the issuing of building permits without any approved
building plan and the setting up of development projects outside the floor
areas.
o The lack of tools, resources and procedures, as well as the limited design
experience of local authorities, which have no areas for future expansion.
o Strong involvement of responsible authorities in the actual preparation of
plans rather than taking a stronger role in formulating, monitoring or
guiding policies and not activating the role of the private sector in
preparing the plans.

Section 1 : Plans Preparation for the Planning Process Model (urban planning )

In this chapter, we comprehensively present how the procedures for creating a

model for the development of a land use master plan and the phases of urban
planning and selection of development areas, whether through the submission of
plans, are developed by the relevant ministry by engineering spatial maps or
aerial photographs used for planning and against the standards used, whether
local or international, through joint cooperation between the relevant ministries,
municipalities and civil society organizations, including the selection of the team
responsible for it, the preparation of a work schedule with specific objectives, the
preparation of the strategic development plan and all its activities, work
methodology and mechanisms for participation in strategic development planning
processes in coordination with those responsible for u Strategic E Development
Planning Committee for the following:

- 180 -
Part 1 : The Main Elements and Procedures

The concept, approach and procedures proposed in the manual offer a number of
new elements not found in current planning practice, which are largely limited to
use and classification schemes. lands. And in most cases, these plans are
developed separately for individual clusters, without sufficiently considering other
important aspects of spatial development, such as:

o National and regional general statutes, location of agglomerations within

the hierarchy of urban centers in relation to the coverage and accessibility
of regional infrastructure services.
o Sub-regional roads connecting neighboring communities and their rural
environment.

Sectoral development aspects related to the coverage and quality of

infrastructure and social services and the potential and opportunities for future
expansion of these services to meet the future needs of the population due to
high natural population growth and constant migration of urban centers.

Part 2 : Preparation Steps for the Outline of the Guiding Framework for Spatial
Development

The figure details the important and joint steps between the agencies, ministries
and civil society organizations involved and the specific responsibilities of each of
them in order to outline the spatial development vision.

Figure No. ( 16 ) modularity of distribution

- 181 -
Part 3 : The Stages of Urban Planning

Stages of urban planning and how to organize.

Figure No. ( 17 ) modularity of distribution

Section 2 : Planning Areas and Unified Agreements for Joint Planning

Part 1 : The Definition of the Joint Planning Area

Clause 1 : Responsibility
The definition of the planning area is a very important initial step in urban
planning, since the creation of the planning directive will provide strategic
guidance for all subsequent planning stages and all joint planning areas will be
determined by the ministry. planning. joint planning for the creation of the
common urban planning model can be done on the serious initiative of the
neighboring municipalities of the cities according to their decisions and priorities
B. in the form of a combined development plan, then it is up to the municipalities
to continue their joint planning to the next stage in order to create and classify
the optimal land use plan, or the will of each region or city to do it individually,
respecting the general development guidance.

- 182 -
Clause 2 : Choose the Determination of Joint Planning Areas

To determine the areas of joint planning, the following criteria must be used:

o Establishing links and functional relationships between neighboring

bodies such as (employment opportunities - schools - health care - markets
and shopping areas). Etc.
o The ease of access to regional roads, such as local communities that share
access to major regional roads through traffic and roads.
o Provide connectivity and accessibility to local and regional service centers -
such as clusters of local authorities that receive services from the same
local and regional service centers.
o The availability of at least one municipality with administrative capacity
and professional staff furthermore can promote joint planning in the
following cases:
• When the local government area is fully integrated into the existing
structure scheme and future expansion can only take place in
adjacent local government areas.
• It takes place in areas where the inhabited centers of local authorities
are strongly intertwined with services, transport infrastructures and
the economy). etc. inhabited areas).
• For new contiguous communities, joint planning based on the
administrative boundaries between them is possible.
• In general, joint planning areas should be defined to include (4 to 6)
local council bodies. For practical reasons, such as overcoming
difficulties and challenges for many stakeholders and interests,
planning areas with more than 8 local authorities
should be avoided. the area within the territorial boundaries of the
participating municipal councils is generally considered a planning
area. authorities that do not know their own borders can participate
in planning with local authorities bordering their administrative
borders.

- 183 -
Part 2 : Launching the Planning Process

Clause 1 : Cooperation Procedures

After the selection of plan areas and participating municipalities, it is important to

conclude effective cooperation agreements between all parties and stakeholders
in the planning processes.
As a first important step, it is necessary to establish transparency rules regarding
the role and contribution of each of the stakeholders. this phase involves the
preparation of a general agreement between the ministries concerned and the
local authorities, as well as a cooperation agreement between the local
authorities involved in the design, which can be clarified as follows:
- The Directorate General of Organization and Planning of the Ministry of
Planning provided general supervision and guidance on the principle and
process of joint planning at the local level.
- Provide technical and financial assistance, in particular with regard to
consultancy services, purchase of basic cards and training (on the job).
- Monitoring and distribution of the process as a whole.

Directorates of local councils or sub-committees:

- Facilitate cooperation and coordination between local authorities involved

in each planning area.
- Comprehensive technical support for planning processes in areas that fall
within the competence of each council.

Participating local (in each planning area):

- Coordinate and cooperate in the field of joint planning between them, in

particular the organization of the participation of local actors.
- Assignment and designation of the technical and administrative staff of the
local planning team.

- 184 -
 - Provide consulting services and contract with them as needed in the
planning process.
- Manage and direct the advisory bodies / planning offices or the individual
competences contracted with them.

Cooperation agreements between local authorities:

The framework agreement mentioned above must be transcribed into a

combined detailed agreement of all the municipalities of the chosen planning
area, taking into account the following points:

- Define other roles and contributions such as providing an art collection and
funding or participating in planning activities.
- Carry out the management of planning processes.

For this reason, agreements reached for all local organizations must be ratified by
each local organization.

Local technical working group:

Once a contractual agreement has been reached between all the local authorities
involved, a joint working group should be formed to manage and coordinate the
local planning process, communicate with stakeholders and supervise private
sector planners and consultants., responsible for all technical contributions to
prepare the city to become a development guideline. The working group should
consist of the following teams:
- Members of municipal authorities (to guide the process).
- A graduate civil engineer as a consultant.
- An architect or a town planner is appointed coordinator of the working
group by the municipal authorities which have taken on the administrative
management.
- Technical expert or administrative staff from each municipality concerned
- (depending on existing qualifications and the number of employees).

- 185 -
If necessary, a local steering committee, involving the heads of relevant local
councils and other relevant groups, can join and support the technical working
groups.

The local technical working group can use the planning services of the Ministry of
Planning for technical help and support.

Clause 2 : Professional Planning Team

General Considerations

In most cases, a professional planning team with sufficient experience in various

forms of urban planning is hired, and these services can be provided by engaging
private sector planning offices or independent experts, depending on the choices.
office facilities and expertise of their city, and on the other hand, as the laws of
the departments and agencies concerned allow it.

In general, private sector procurement should be based on the cooperation

agreement between the relevant ministries and the General Syndicate of
Engineers in the area of the roles and qualifications required of private sector
planners in local planning processes, in which the construction and development
of the context becomes a particular challenge. The professional qualification of
town planners and their development.

The quality and level of expertise that will be contracted depends on the type and
stage of design undertaken, in addition to the details and complexities associated
with the design area and the work in the two phases of structural design, the
general composition of the design team can be explained below:

The First Stage: The Formation of the Planning Team

In the first stage of preparing the Urban Development Framework guideline, the
qualifications of the planning team include:

- 186 -
 - The senior city planner with a clear experience in urban planning, with 2
trained junior planners, 2 Architects and 3 engineers, and this is the
main planning team.
- Additional technical experts/planners for more specialized inputs such
as:

o Infrastructure (water and energy sources – solid and liquid

wastemanagement-environmental protection).
o Traffic and transportation.
o Include utilities, community services and health.
o Development of the local economy.
o To preserve all cultural and natural heritage.

Therefore, the central planning team of urban planners will be involved in all
phases of preparing the draft guiding framework for urban spatial development,
while the contribution of specialized technical experts will be in the phase of
developing sectoral assessments and at least in the compilation phase
assessments as part of an overall urban development strategy.

Therefore, the core planning team of city planners will participate in all stages of
preparing the outline of the guiding framework for spatial urban development,
while the input of specialized technical experts will be at the stage of developing
sectoral assessments and, at a minimum, at the stage of compiling these
assessments within a comprehensive urban development strategy.

The Second Stage: The Land Use Regulation and Further Sector Regulations

Returning to the framework and inputs for the development of the land use plan,
land classification systems and construction according to the reliability of the area
(zoning), the second phase of the structural plan will be based on the information
obtained in the previous one, hence the need for input will be limited and more
accurate and will require more participation from the main planning team and as
this is an independent planning phase, some or all local authorities can complete
planning separately in the joint planning area. In return, a technical team may be
needed to prepare additional studies. In these cases, an independent consultant

- 187 -
is usually hired with an independent consultant, depending on the priorities set
out in the Urban Development Guidelines or the next step in drawing up an urban
plan.

Clause 3 : Business Plan

The purpose of the work plan or (planning) another important preparatory work
phase is to prepare the work plan and planning as an essential tool for managing
and coordinating the planning process. in more detail the work plan:

- Estimate the time required for each planning stage and the various
practical steps.
- Identify and coordinate all inputs and contributions from the local
Technical Working Group and the professional planning team.
- Coordinate interaction and cooperation with all concerned parties
and stakeholders who will be involved in the planning process.
- Clarify all the expected outputs for all planning steps and stages.
- To identify the main steps of the public consultation and open the
door for comment on the interim and final results of the scheme.
Clause 4 : The Time Ceiling

The time required for all working groups depends on the area of the plan, but the
most important element is the number of inhabitants, the quality of the
population, the climate of economic activities carried out in the area of the plan
and the jobs available. ... etc.

Therefore, they can be imposed roughly within the general framework of a typical
planning and should be specific in terms of the scope and location of each
planning area. in turn, the time requirements for the two phases of the master
plan can be clarified according to the following work plan:
In most cases, there is the possibility of preparing an action plan for the urban
development guideline that shows the limits of urban growth with a time limit of
up to 1 to 3 months, which is divided into a number of main work steps.

- The determination of the regional situation and its determinants and the
identification of working groups for all stages is about 30 days.

- 188 -
 - Sectoral assessments are valid from 30: 60 days.
- The deadline for compiling developmental conditions and formulating
development alternatives is from 30 : 60 days .
- A phased consultation presentation and coordination of development
alternatives from 10 : 20 a.m. including the decisions of the local council
on the preferred alternatives for development ( community participation ).
- In order to formulate a guideline for Urban Development and determine
the future limits of expansion of 45 : 70 days .
- Final consultation : presentation and clarification of the development
framework for public comments and community discussion from 15 : 30 a
day.
- Approval of the scheme 10: 15 day.

Group / days 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Preparation and development of the Regional

Planning Framework

Sector Assessment counter

Urban analysis, setting goals, alternatives and

choosing the best

Preparation of the guiding framework for Urban

Development

Presentation, consultation and feedback

Approval of the outline of the guiding framework

Table No. ( 11 ) Action Plan of the urban development guideline Phase 1

Land Use Scheme Construction Provisions Sectoral Plans

Since the guideline for Urban Development has been adopted and it has the limits
of most important criteria and development directions for the planning area, the
preparation of the optimal land use plan within a similar time limit of 3 : 6 months
is divided into the following main work steps, as in Figure No. 4.

- 189 -
 - The determination of the future built-up area based on a cadastral map
is about30 days.
- Preparation of draft land uses is 30: 60 days (can be completed in
parallel with 1group ).
- A phased consultation presentation and coordination of the draft
land uses of
60 : 90 days, including the decisions of the local council on the
preferred alternatives for development.
- To prepare a land use plan from 60: 90 days .
- The terms of construction and qualifying zones (can be simultaneously
with Group No. 3) will be drawn up from 60 : 90 a day .
- Final consultation: presentation and clarification of the land use plan
and building provisions to obtain a decision Province or neighborhood
with the approval of the scheme from 30: 60 a day.
- Official project approval period: 30: 60 days.

It should be noted that it is necessary to create or update the land use plan within
a tight timeframe to reflect the actual needs and developments within the
timeframe on which the land use model is based.

Group / days 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Identification of areas for future urban growth

Preparation of a draft concept of land use

Preparation of a draft concept of land use

Development of construction & ground use

provisions

Preparation of supplementary sectoral plans

Consultation & preparation the scheme for

objections

Table No. (12) Action plan Land Use Plan construction provisions

sectoral plans phase 2

- 190 -
Part 3 : Basic planning Information

Clause 1: Basic Maps

The types of maps needed at different stages and steps of planning show
that different forms of basic map information are needed:
Basic maps at a scale of 1: 50,000 or 1: 100,000 (depending on the area of the
plan) are often available to document and provide information on regional
situations and determinants and can provide the following basic information:

- Indicate topographic features: elevation levels in a specific color/ valleys

and rivers/ major elevations/ valleys and lowlands expressed by elevation
points.
- It borders large contiguous built-up areas (urban and rural).
- The main rural regional road network is the regional or local association.
- A geographical reference network (the network distance is 2 km for maps
with a scale of 1: 50.000 and according to the coordinate system of the
Arab Republic of Egypt
- Use the seismic Hazard Map – Micro zoning Map for the seismic Hazard
site and use this map to map the seismic zone.
- The map of active terrestrial fault zones Macro zoning Map shows the
active terrestrial fault zones, their distribution places and lengths.

Clause 2: Sectoral Assessment Schemes and Spatial Development Guideline

Framework Scheme

- The scale of the drawing of maps required for the proposed first stage of
structural planning largely depends on the area of the Planning Area and
the characteristics of local bodies included in the planning area:
- For zones with a small area that includes a few contiguous local authorities
and small (4 – 6) bodies, a scale of 1: 10.000 can be suitable
- For zones with a large area that includes (5 – 6) bodies or more, 1:20.000
can be used.
- In addition, the maps that will be used in the preparation of the urban

- 191 -
 development- guideline will provide the following basic information.
- Plot contour topographic features at a distance of 10: 20 miles depending
on the terrain.
- Building of especially important landmarks for public use such as mosques,
churches, historical monuments, government and administrative centers
Etc.).
- The boundaries of the range shown are small, such as (residential
communities and farms).
- The main or secondary streets in the built-up area.
- A 1000-mile georeferencing network for maps of 1: 20.000 or 1: 150.00
depending on the coordinates for the Arab Republic of Egypt
- Geological maps of the sites and soil quality, where the maps show the
tourism education of each region
- Detailed maps of fault zones and landslides
- Maps of areas that distinguish sandy soils
- Map the parameters of seismic inflation, the speed of seismic shear waves
VS and the prevailing periodic time of the soil TS.

Clause 3: Land Use Schemes and Zoning Classification

At the second stage of structural planning, the scale of the main maps will be 1:
50,000 or 1:100,000, depending on the parameters and area of the planning area,
with a distinction between:

- The plans of large local authorities specify the details of land uses and the
classification conditions of built-up areas only, while in the new areas of
future expansion they will be roughly covered by the concepts of zoning
classifications that show the main land use and classification of the main
road network, leaving the details of the division to the detailed planning
later.
- Make schemes for small local bodies in the form of detailed structural
schemes (according to the law) without the need to make detailed
schemes.

- 192 -
Type and scope of the required information
(in addition to the previous information in other maps )

- Geographical reference network (distance 500-250 m )

- Have sorted spatial boundaries (where available)
- Mark the boundaries/landmarks of buildings and their locations on the
map.
- Other important topographic features such as retaining walls, main
infrastructure services, etc.

Clause 4: Source For Obtaining Other Maps

Aerial photography

It is an expensive and long-lasting resource for obtaining territorial information,

which is now carried out by the Egyptian Armed Forces (the Engineering
Authority) in collaboration with the Ministry of Planning, Governments,
Neighborhoods, Municipalities and Local Authorities, therefore it is not available
for most local authorities and these maps are needed in the preparation of the
structural plan and for any other planning purpose (such as detailed planning) or
urban development control.
To save time and cost, it is worth distinguishing between the two stages of
drawing up structural schemes as follows:

- In the first stage of preparing the spatial development framework

guideline, which is usually done at a scale of 1:50.000 or 1:100.00 for the
Planning Framework and a scale of 1:100.000 or 1:20.00 for sectoral
assessments and the guideline framework outline, aerial images
processed at the same scale, which are usually issued by the Ministry of
planning, can be used, noting that the latest available aerial images date
back to 2022.
- The second stage of more detailed land use planning needs aerial
photographs with a larger drawing scale in the areas identified by the
Urban Development Framework Directive scheme and these are positive
because aerial photographs can be requested jointly for local authorities,
councils and neighboring neighborhoods ( which reduces their cost ) and
aerial photography can be started as soon as the boundaries of future

- 193 -
 growth are determined, which takes from 3: 4 months before completing
this stage and starting with land use planning.

The Geographic Information System of the Ministry of Planning and Governorate,

which constitutes an important source for the production of basic maps in the
first stage of structural planning, which contain the required scales and which
have been described above, and the information can be installed (in the form
layers), which are obtained from aerial photographs processed with these maps.
This integration is sufficient to achieve the desired goal of producing the guiding
framework for Territorial Development.

If recent satellite images are available (such as those on Google Earth), they can
be used to supplement the information.

Area maps

The second stage of structural planning requires detailed cadastral information,

ie. H when preparing detailed land use plans, therefore, topographic and
cadastral maps should be used where available, otherwise it becomes necessary
to carry out limited land surveys to establish the necessary boundary information
planning (particularly when accurately determining growth boundaries
and identifying from major roads and services).

Other maps

There are a number of sources (unofficial ) that can be used in the

preparation of basic maps and include:

- Objective maps on the hierarchy of service centers issued by a study of

the Ministry of planning in 2016.
- The Ministry of planning maps for 2019: 2021 the regional plans of the
governorates for 2021 in cooperation with the Egyptian Armed Forces
(Engineering Authority).
- The last approved urban plan for the protection of Natural Resources and

- 194 -
 historical monuments for 2012
- The National Urban Plan for land uses (under preparation by the Ministry
of planning for the presence of some encroachments on the land).
- See the maps provided by the state to the United Nations Office for the
Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs and the Red Cross about closures
and barriers on the borders with neighboring countries.
- The Geographical Information System of institutions, NGOs, other public
sector institutions and all relevant civil society organizations.
- View the structural and detailed plans, new national housing projects,
production and sectoral maps of various institutions ( electricity, water
and environment.......Etc.)

The seismic hazard map of the sites issued by the Centers of urban planning and
monitoring and Disaster Risk Reduction.

Clause 5 : Other Planning Information

Quality of Information Required

The final preparatory step requires the collection of basic information such as
population growth, population prospects, quality levels, coverage of
infrastructure services and standards of social services... Although this data and
information are not available in a systematic and accessible way, there is a wealth
of specific information and issues, which can be used as a reference and planning
purposes, such as:

- Studies, plans and data available at various institutions, especially with

regard to development in rural and urban areas, studies and research
carried out by the Ministry of planning and community civil bodies on the
levels of Service and the hierarchy of communities in cities, the data of
the development fund and the Tahya Masr fund on the technical
infrastructure of cities and villages, the levels of services and data of the
Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Education...Etc.).

- 195 -
 - Studies, research and accumulated or completed information published
by civil and community organizations.
- Studies and plans prepared through funded sectoral projects and
programs regarding information about infrastructure such as water
supply, wastewater treatment, liquid and solid waste, and Disaster Risk
Assessment and reduction studies in the Arab Republic of Egypt... Etc.
- Planning initiatives and financially supported projects such as strategic
development plans, local agenda, regional and sub-regional planning, etc.

It is important to systematically refer to these sources of basic information

availability for planning as typical steps to prepare for the planning process.

- 196 -
Chapter 6 : Sustainable Cities

Introduction

In this analytical chapter we try to achieve the objectives of the mission of

defining the elements of sustainability in the modern and good planning of new
cities in terms of optimal use of desert areas and their arrangement.

As a practical example of the construction process, we will conduct a descriptive

analysis of the construction of a new mini-sustainable housing complex in the
Arab Republic of Egypt to derive the main planning criteria used at the living and
infrastructural levels and then compare them with what has been planned as an
assessment of the extent of the provision of civil and sustainable planning
standards.

Next, the key foundations and standards for the creation and sustainable
engineering plan identified by the developers. we use them as an evaluation
reference to show the characteristics of sustainability to take advantage of them
and insert them in modern planning at the level of human institutions, as long as
they are compatible with the crucial elements of sustainable environmental,
social and economic development that meets the needs of present generations
and preserves the right of future generations to meet their needs in all sectors

- 197 -
Section 1: Introducing Smart Sustainable Cities

Part 1 : Definition of Sustainable Cities

A sustainable smart city is a city that is mainly due to its own efforts and is a center
of knowledge and professional skills, i.e., an important convergence of all that is
new, innovative and modern at the level of humanity, with high skills, while
preserving the right of future generations to wealth.

As for the ITU definition, a sustainable smart city is an innovative city based on
the use of information and communication technologies and other means to
improve the quality of life, the efficiency of urban processes and services, and
competitiveness, while ensuring that the needs of present and future generations
are met about economic, social and environmental aspects.

Through these definitions, it is possible to conclude some of the main dimensions

that characterize a sustainable smart city, it is a city with an economic dimension
that provides a skilled and qualified workforce and adequate infrastructure that
will be implemented to generating wealth through its businesses,

investments, know-how and entrepreneurs, it is a city with a social dimension

which aspires to offer its inhabitants a better life in various economic, social and
political aspects, by relying on information and communication
technologies and supports the development of urban services and makes the
citizen a citizen by involving them in the drafting of programmed laws, it is also an
environmental city turned towards future generations by promoting the social,
economic and environmental sustainability.

- 198 -
Part 2 : Sustainable Cities Between Universality, Privacy and Intelligence

Through these definitions, it is possible to conclude some of the main dimensions

that characterize a sustainable smart city, it is a city with an economic dimension
that provides a skilled and qualified workforce and adequate infrastructure that
will be implemented to generating wealth through its businesses, investments,
know-how and entrepreneurs, it is a city with a social dimension which aspires to
offer its inhabitants a better life in various economic, social and political aspects,
by relying on information and communication technologies and supports the
development of urban services and makes the citizen a citizen by involving them
in the drafting of programmed laws, it is also an environmental city turned
towards future generations by promoting the social, economic and environmental
sustainability.

- An ICT infrastructure that enables the provision of smart city services for the
benefit of various segments of society.
- The department adopts integrated Digital Networks at the city level that allow
the various updated systems to work in harmony and integration.
- Users can interact with information and communication technology through
smart services

Sustainable smart cities also distinguish themselves from other similar cities by
using knowledge, research, technology and creativity in the services they provide
to improve people's daily lives, this use is made according to the capacities and
potential of these cities. and also, to their needs as well as their culture and
environment. the geographical location, the nature of urban issues, the level of
income of the population, their level of education, its cultural affiliation and other
considerations dictate the quality of the solutions which must be at the heart of
the concerns of smart city projects, since these projects have emerged as
responses to the challenges that today's cities face, improving services through
traditional infrastructure and emphasizing the home with training. To develop new
solutions, test them in the city, present them to customers around the world for
evaluation, then provide the community with the real-time information they seek

- 199 -
to connect them to the city for use.

In 2016, the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) launched the United for
Sustainable Smart Cities initiative, one of the United Nations initiatives supported
by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), the United Nations Economic
Commission for Europe (UNECE), the United Nations is coordinated by the Human
Settlements Program (UN-Habitat) and other global partners to achieve Goal 11 of
the Sustainable Development Goals mentioned in the sections previous ones,
namely to make cities inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable.

The initiative (U4SSC) acts as a global public advocacy platform promoting the use
of ICTs to facilitate and facilitate the transition to sustainable smart cities.

The U4SSC initiative has developed a set of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) on
Sustainable Smart Cities to provide criteria for evaluating the contribution of ICT to
making cities smarter and more sustainable, and to enable cities to self-evaluate
and thus achieve sustainable development. development goals, more than 50
cities around the world are currently implementing these indicators. The current
state of sustainable cities and buildings in the Arab region indicates that 12 Arab
countries support the efficient use of resources in the promotion and creation of
smart and sustainable cities.

Therefore, it can be said that due to the increasing number of people in the world,
it is necessary to develop different types of cities. The development of villages and
towns of different sizes and equipment is a development dynamic parallel to
economic and social development The evolution of the development of cities has
become strong since 50% of the world's population lives in cities, which exerts a
heavy pressure on city infrastructure such as transport, housing, water, energy
and utilities, and this requires the development or creation of new cities and
investment.

It is certain that the main elements influencing the transformation are information
and communication technologies, as there is a great need to monitor, manage and
support many axes.

- 200 -
In general, we can skillfully use smart and modern technology to let people live
smart and sustainable lives, while striving to meet future challenges to transform
more than one city into a smart city, and participate in the development and
implementation Work on a strategy to ensure that this digital technology will
make cities better places for everyone.

Transparency and
open data

Efficiency and Improving

resource residents Innovative
management technologies
lives

Collaboration and
participation

Figure No. ( 18 ) achieving the vision for improvement in sustainable cities

Clause 1 : Developing Strategies And Programs in Sustainable Cities

First, program development: these four steps should include all stakeholders and
ensure their active participation in this process, and it is necessary to get
feedback at all times to amend previous plans, or even amendments in selected
cities or sectors, or because of the difficulty of implementing previous plans, or
previous selection for one reason or another. Some practical affairs may force a
change in the plans drawn up.

Project Selection of Selection of

Policies at all
initiatives and strategic target cities
levels
definitions objectives and sectors

- 201 -
The following table shows an analytical description of these processes:

Step Modeling career

Selection of appropriate indicators and diagnostic variants.

Selection of cities and Identify a group of Arab cities to study in order to plan their
sectors transformation into a smart city.

Collecting information, analyzing it, writing reports about it.

Identify critical sectors in the cities under study or the

sector for transformation initiatives.

Develop a model and method for testing cities and sectors,

with the aim of obtaining a clear assessment of challenges
and opportunities.

Policies at all levels A country-specific case study, diagnostic results and an

assessment of city readiness are being conducted and a set
of policies that can be used in the guidelines for the
development of a transformation strategy for sustainable
smart cities are being identified.

Strategic objectives Prepare clear strategic objectives for the achievement so

that the objectives of the strategy are set based on the
results of the selection process and these objectives address
the changes required for implementation in the selected
cities, taking into account priorities and possibilities .

Detailed notes on the basic concepts of the project that

explain the necessary ways to achieve the desired goals

Definition of project Preparation of detailed project documents that help in the

initiatives implementation of the definition of project initiatives
projects related to smart cities.

Table No. ( 13 ) analytical description of these processes

- 202 -
 The table shows the final overview of such strategies

Policies Partnership Identity Physical aspect Planning

A smart city The integration Smart city is a A vibrant smart Smart city includes
understands the big of the smart city, compelling city center 24 strategic
picture but also pays its universities national brand hours a day investments in its
attention to small and colleges in strategic assets
details all aspects of
modern life,
which serve the
future of the city

The smart city has an Smart city Smart city is The smart city The smart city uses
open entrepreneurial attracts human attractive, rooted has very good its natural and
leadership capital of highly and generates a quality public cultural resources
skilled strong sense of spaces to build a good
knowledge place and high-quality
workers quality of life

Smart city insists on Smart city The smart city Smart city has a Smart city values
sustainable balanced engages its understands its vibrant street at creativity and
growth artists in the life basic components no extra cost welcomes new
of the city (DNA) ideas

Smart city is very ------- Smart city The smart city A smart city has
good for kids sponsors festivals appreciates and balanced transport
celebrating the benefits from the options
city and picturesque
spreading natural resources
awareness about
it

Smart city has strong ------- Smart city Smart city The smart city
shared values embraces and provides provides its
preserves entertainment citizens with
diversity opportunities for different economic
all ages areas

- 203 -
Smart city is a place The smart city is A smart city is a Smart cities know
that everyone wants ready for green city that all economies
to visit as a tourist inclusiveness are local
destination and
benefit from its
experiences

Smart city takes care ------ A smart city with The smart city Smart city values
of politics ingenuity makes has distinctive its suburbs first
the most of its neighborhoods
resources and that encourage
finds solutions to good atmosphere
problems

The smart city is ------- The smart city has The smart city ------
nationally a special event has recreational
competitive on that symbolizes activities, a
important factors the values and network of roads,
aspirations of the footpaths and so
community on

The smart city thinks ------- Smart city has -------

local and acts outdoor living
regionally and space
globally

Table 14: general strategies for the overall transformation of the smart city

Clause 2 : Challenges of Transition to Smart Sustainable Cities

When turning into Smart Cities, Arab cities face many challenges, and one can
think about them in detail or in aggregate, but they require study in all cases, the
challenges are very sensitive and accurate, and then adopt a specific strategy to
address them, the most important challenges facing Arab cities can be
summarized as follows:
1- unemployment: and its impact is not limited only to the economy and
financial situation, but is the result of the disappointment and poverty of

- 204 -
 the citizen, due to the lack of job opportunities and restrictions on
freedom of movement, causing a political polarization fueled and it is a
new cause in this region.
2- Arab countries suffer from a shortage of allocated water resources per
capita, which is one of the lowest quotas in the world, and are
consuming groundwater resources at an alarming rate.
3- 3- food security and availability: although 85% of the water in this region
is used for agriculture, most of the countries in the region import more
than 50% of the food.
4- Climate change has led to higher temperatures and a decrease in rainfall,
which means an increase in water scarcity and the likelihood of
recurrence of severe droughts, as well as a decrease in agricultural
production by 10 to 40%, leading to an increase in poverty resulting from
migration from the countryside to the cities.
5- The lack of public facilities on the territory, properly organized, with
accompanying green spaces.
6- Transport networks can be very important compared to other sectors,
but they have not developed and have not been properly managed.
From this, we propose to activate three important methodological rules derived
from the message:

The first rule: to transform smart Arab cities, it is preferable to work on

transforming a lot more into a little less and not a little less into a lot more.

In other words, it is better to choose a sector or part of it and invest in its

transformation into a smart sector, rather than choosing an entire sector and
making little effort in an entire sector or transforming the entire city. This method
allows for quick success instead of starting a large project that requires a lot of
resources and huge momentum to launch.

The second rule: It is preferable that the private sector partnership with the
academic community be the lead and implementation, and the role of the city
government is limited to directing, directing and coordinating the project, not
executing it.

Local governments in Arab countries suffer from political instability

because they are unable to form a unified leadership to support the project and

- 205 -
protect it from lag factors such as bureaucracy, conflicts of interest and other
undesirable governance problems. Therefore, the task of planning and carrying
out transformation projects should be entrusted to the private sector in
collaboration with the academic community, so that the local government is
responsible for direction, coordination and supervision without implementation
and has decision-making power.

The third rule: it is preferable that the management of smart cities enter into
long-term strategic agreements with other Arab cities in the region for a technical
partnership.

Perhaps one of the most important sustainability safeguards of the project is

establishing long-term strategic smart city management partnerships with other
smart city managers in the region who have similar projects.

Part 3 : Master Plans for Sustainable Cities

When designing sustainable cities, it is necessary to think carefully about the

equipment, preparation and possibilities available, as it is a city designed with
social, economic and environmental impact in mind in order to achieve green
sustainability, social sustainability and economic sustainability. . undertake to do
this by empowering all through design focused on inclusiveness, in addition to
maintaining sustainable economic growth, the focus also includes reducing vital
inputs of energy, water and food needed, significantly and significantly reducing
waste, temperature emissions, air pollution and methane carbon dioxide
emissions and water pollution.

He is credited with being the first to pose the term (Ecology) or sustainable
ecological cities (Richard Register) in his 1987 book (Ecology Berkeley), in which
he offers innovative urban planning solutions that can work anywhere. cities, was
the architect Paul F. Downton who later founded the company Eco polis Pty Ltd
alongside the authors (Timothy Beatley) and (Steffen Lehmann) who have written
extensively on the subject. The field of industrial ecology is sometimes used in the
planning of such cities.

- 206 -
Below are the points to consider when planning and building sustainably

Item No. 1 : Urban Strategic Planning

As mentioned in the previous paragraphs, and in the absence of a clear and basic
international policy on sustainable cities and in the absence of
established international standards, there is the United Cities and Local
Government Organization (UCLG), which is working to develop guidelines for a
global urban strategy UCLG is a democratic and decentralized structure operating
in Africa, Asia, Eurasia, Europe, Latin America, North America, the Middle East and
West Asia, the Metropolitan Department and this department is working to
promote a more sustainable society 60 AWA in the UCLG committee evaluates
urban development strategies. Furthermore, united cities and local government
organizations take into account the differences in regional and national contexts
and all organizations make great efforts to promote this concept through media,
the Internet, conferences, workshops and conferences under two headings, all
pushing for one. title, namely (green town planning).

The comprehensive development of urban planning is fundamental for the

development of international policies that address the challenges of cities and the
role of local government responses in general regarding urban planning.
comprehensive urban development strategies the benefits of strategic urban
planning include an increase in it ensures continuity between sustainability plans
and changes in local government places environmental issues as a priority for
sustainable city development and serves as a platform for the development of
new concepts and models of housing, energy and mobility.

Obstacles to good city planning

Administrative factors: Urban development strategies face new challenges and

provide space for innovative strategies involving all stakeholders. Inequalities in
spatial development, socio-economic stratification coupled with concerns about

- 207 -
poverty reduction and climate change are factors in achieving sustainable global
cities, as highlighted in United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 11.
According to UCLG, there are differences between regional and national
conditions. Frameworks and practices are transcended. in the international
commitment to communicate and negotiate with governments, other
communities and the private sector to pursue development through innovative
and participatory approaches in strategic decisions, consensus building,
performance monitoring, increasing investments.

Social factors: About half of the world's population is concentrated in cities, and
this proportion is expected to reach 70% by 2050. The Organization of United
Cities and Local Governments has identified 13 global challenges to creating
sustainable cities: demographic change , migration, labor market globalization,
poverty, unmet needs MDGs, spatial patterns, urban growth, cities, emergence of
urban areas, more political power of local authorities, new actors in city
development and service delivery services, reduction of public funding for
development, environment, climate change, new accessible building
technologies, preparation for uncertainty, limits to growth, global contacts and
partnerships.

Item No. 2 : Sustainable Architecture

With the contemporary trend of architectural forms of buildings and the race to
beautify buildings from this point of view, this architectural boom has been
harnessed and combined with the modern notion of sustainable development to
create the infrastructure of a functioning city. And provide many opportunities,
demonstrate commitment to sustainability the commitment to sustainable
architecture encompasses all phases of construction, including planning, building
and restructuring with innovative sustainable design.

Sustainable development is a comprehensive term that considers design

techniques, taking into account environmental awareness in the field of

- 208 -
engineering, especially the architecture department. When designing buildings,
the environment and the permanent reduction in the consumption of important
resources and materials must be taken into account. In the construction phase,
the effects and use of materials on the environment must be taken into
consideration, with attention to nature. if this is fully taken care of, sustainable
architecture should receive more attention, overcome obstacles, discuss and
present different issues and opinions.

Therefore, architects try to reduce the negative environmental impact of

buildings through the use of materials, energy and space in a decent, technical
and high-tech way, which brings us to the fact that sustainability is determined
that all activities on our planet do this Not compromising the capabilities of future
generations is simply the very idea of sustainability, or environmental design, to
ensure that our actions and decisions do not deprive future generations of
opportunity.

This term can be used to describe energy in the design of environmentally

conscious buildings, i.e. sustainability means that natural resources are not
currently exhausted to ensure their existence and continuity for future
generations, and therefore sustainable architecture means that building design
and thinking should use as few natural materials, water and energy as possible by
reprocessing wastewater and irrigating gardens using modern technologies so
that irrigation is automatic and on specific dates and reducing energy
consumption l The building must include air conditioning, refrigeration and
lighting works, as well as the use of building materials deriving from the recycling
of previous products, or if these materials are currently used, they can be recycled
later and at the end of their life.

One of the most important principles of green architecture is energy saving.

Buildings should be designed and constructed to reduce the need for fossil fuels
and rely entirely or no longer on natural energy. Ancient societies and civilizations
often understood and implemented this system based on this idea, the most

- 209 -
important of which was when primitive peoples chose to live in temperate
climatic zones in south-facing caves, rather than caves. facing north, around the
sun for entertaining.

By using designs and principles that consider the environment with the presence
of modern technologies available, energy consumption is expected to be reduced
by 70% in residential buildings and 60% in commercial buildings, according to the
report of the National Renewable Energy Laboratory in Ecuador, and also in a UK
Department of Energy report suggested that 50% of dependency is related to
energy consumption. Along with the trend towards mass production, the cost of
electricity produced by solar cells has fallen by more than 90% since 1980 and
now, with the new promising drop in the price of solar cells, integrating them
directly into the facade of the roof of the building rather than sticking separate
solar panels together became possible (using old ideas), a German company
(flachglas) was able to integrate solar cells into semi-transparent glass windows,
which would provide the place a filtered light and at the same time, unlike the old
system, generate electricity by generating electricity for a period of time and then
use the lighting.

When it comes to climate adaptation, man has ensured that his housing
construction includes two main elements:

First: protection against natural manifestations, climatic and weather factors.

Second: try to be comfortable in the inner case.

And also in terms of reducing the use of new resources, since this principle
encourages designers to consider reducing the use of new resources in the
buildings they design, encouraging them to design and construct buildings in such
a way that that they are equal. Some of their elements at the end of the life of
these buildings remain a source and a resource for other buildings, the lack of
resources on a global scale to create buildings for future generations, especially

- 210 -
given the growing population expected, encourages manufacturers to be
attentive to the application of this principle in different and at the same time
innovative ways and ideas.

Another important way to reduce the consumption of resources and new

materials is the recycling of materials, waste and building remains, for example
buildings made of straw bales and covered with plaster. This method is very
important in the field of building and construction, with the abundance of straw
and instead of burning it, it is used in construction because it is easy to handle
and a real first class thermal insulator, and the use of empty bottles in
construction as an alternative to brick in construction Insulating walls, which
appeared in 1960 by the German Alfred Henkin, used silicone as an adhesive
between these bottles and in 1965 a garden shed was built in this style.

Finally, the site (the land on which the construction is carried out) must be
respected, the main purpose of this principle is that the building must be in a
form and style that does not allow fundamental changes in the characteristics of
the site in the sense of or from an ideal and typical point of view (if the building is
removed, the site reverts to its previous state before building it.

Some of the materials used in sustainable construction

1-Low Emission low E Glass

This glass is characterized by being an excellent thermal insulator, providing
protection against ultraviolet and infrared rays, and also acts as a barrier between
indoor and outdoor temperature, reducing energy consumption for air
conditioning and heating.

2-green grass floors

The grass floors are made from 100% recycled plastic, the recycled plastic grids
are placed on the surface and then the greenery is planted in each of the grate
openings. They are light compared to concrete sidewalks and therefore easy to

- 211 -
transport.
3 - pozzolanic Butland cement (PPC)
It is a different type of ordinary Portland cement (OPC), containing a mixture of
pozzolanic materials known in construction to increase the strength of concrete
and reduce the amount of cement used. There are advantages to using this
cement. It is cheap compared to ordinary cement and offers high strength, lower
permeability, and lower carbon emissions during manufacturing, lower fly ash
content and also under the tip of environmentally friendly materials.

4. Low volatile organic compound paints

Normal use of the paint produces a strong odor due to the presence of volatile
organic compounds such as formaldehyde (VOC) as it is second only to VOC
emissions after long term exposure to volatile organic compounds leads to
allergies and Indoor air quality decreases in homes for people with high sensitivity
can cause headaches, irritability, nausea etc. Low-VOC paints contain fewer
chemicals that release volatile organic compounds are usually water-based paints
and low-VOC paints are expensive compared to paints, but they are
environmentally friendly materials and help maintain indoor air quality.

5- Fiberboards
The boards are currently known by names such as MDF (High Density), HDF
(Medium Density) or Chipboard (Low Density). The boards are made from waste
wood such as sawdust, light wood, etc. and are currently widely used. This board
can be fireproofed by adding fireproof pygmies to the crafting lob.

6-bamboo
Bamboo grass is a very fast growing weed that has been used as a building
material since ancient times and has gained popularity nowadays due to the
scarcity and cost of natural wood. Bamboo takes 3 to 5 years to mature compared
to other trees which take 50 to 100 years to produce timber. It is lighter than steel
but has five times the strength of concrete. it also has good moisture resistance
and can be easily finished to make it scratch resistant.

- 212 -
Bamboo can be used for flooring, decking, cabinetry, furniture, etc. It comes in a
variety of colors and is inexpensive compared to wood, so it is used to make
inexpensive housing. Bamboo can be replanted and reforested (afforestation)
very quickly. Bamboo is a natural ecological building material.

7-light concrete brick AAB Block

Concrete brick is used as an alternative to red brick (which is made from the
topsoil of the land, leading to depletion of the fertile topsoil), it is made from
treated cement, sand or sand (fly ash to make the bricks empty) . , lime, water
and additives to prevent permeation, prevent heat, insulate, and with its light
weight, easy to handle and transport, and therefore for high-rise buildings to
provide thermal insulation, save energy, reduce costs, and thus help a more
environmentally friendly building material.

8-Grasscloth wallpaper
It is a handmade paper from natural grasses and fibers woven with threads. This
type of wallpaper gives warmth, and some of them, if made of the original
material, drop low temperatures in winter.

New environmental standards for construction

With the enthusiasm that exists today for green architecture and sustainable
construction, which has its origins in connection with the energy crisis of the
1970s, the architects then began to think and question the wisdom of having box
buildings , surrounded by glass and steel and requiring massive heating and
expensive cooling systems, and from there came the voices of enthusiastic
architects proposing the most energy efficient architecture, including: (William
Mcdonough), Bruce Fall and Robert Fox of the United States, Thomas Herzog of
Germany, Norman Foster and Richard Rogers of Great Britain began researching
and developing architectural designs that focused on long-term environmental
impact during the operation and maintenance of buildings and looked beyond
construction costs.

- 213 -
This view has since become common in some building rating systems, such as the
BREEAM standard adopted in the UK in 1990 and the LEED energy system and
environmental design standards in the US. It is an acronym for - (Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design), this latest standard was developed by the
American Green Building Council (USGBC) and adopted in 2000 and now LEED
certification is awarded to outstanding projects in applications of sustainable
green architecture worldwide. The LEED standard launched in the United States
aims to create a greener environment and buildings with better economic
performance. These standards, made available to architects, engineers,
developers and investors, consist of a simple list of criteria which are used to
assess how well the building complies with green controls and against these
criteria the building is awarded energy efficiency points in building is awarded
within (17 pts) and water use efficiency is awarded within (5 points), while
achieving quality and safety of the building's internal environment (15 points),
additional points can be earned by adding building-specific benefits, such as:
renewable energy, e.g. generators or carbon dioxide monitoring systems, we
briefly describe the individual buildings with the LEED system in the following
point:

Leadership in energy and environmental design (LEED)

Leadership in energy and the environment advances the green building rating
system and accelerates global adoption of sustainable green building and
development practices through the creation and implementation of globally
understood and accepted performance tools and standards.

LEED is internationally recognized by the certification system. LEED recognizes

sustainable whole-building design by identifying key areas of excellence including:
sustainable sites, water and energy efficiency, atmosphere, materials and
resources, indoor environmental quality, sites and connections, awareness,
education, innovation in design and regional priority.

- 214 -
For a building to be LEED certified, sustainability must be a priority in its design,
construction and use. An example of sustainable design is the incorporation of
certified wood such as bamboo (bamboo grows quickly and has an incredible rate
of replacement after harvest) by far the most credits are given for energy
efficiency improvements; this encourages innovative thinking about alternative
forms of energy and promotes efficiency gains.

Also in Helsinki, Finland, an almost entirely new neighborhood has been created
using wood. This wood is a form of laminated cotton veneer (LVL) that has high
fire resistance standards. The idea is that wooden structures have a much lower
carbon footprint than concrete and steel structures. Therefore, this project will
take Finnish wooden architecture to new heights of sustainability.

Thanks to the above, we can benefit from the fact that green buildings not only
provide structural and environmental sustainability, but also offer many
advantages and advantages for building owners and occupants, low construction
costs, low costs operating conditions, available comfort, a healthier indoor
climate, in addition to reduced maintenance costs and a longer lifespan, all this is
one of the characteristics of a green building, which depends on:

1- Choice of the geometric shape of the building block to be built (project).

2- The relationship between internal and external afforestation and the use of
plants in buildings.
3- The types of glass used in Windows and whether it will have energy
generating bristles.
4- Methods and means of natural ventilation of buildings.
5- Methods and methods to provide natural relief.
6- Positive visual effects inside and outside buildings.
7- Methods and methods of using renewable energy.
8- Methods and methods of providing resources and services.
9- Security Considerations.
10- Pollution prevention.

- 215 -
 11- Thermal balance of buildings.
12- Sharing technology.
Item 3 : Sustainable Green Farming

Agricultural development and food security is one of the most important global
issues at all levels, so sustainable development is considered as one of the
modern issues, where population growth is increasing sharply and the demand
for agricultural products rises sharply in the agricultural sector. and improve the
role of the agricultural sector in the sustainable development of urban agriculture
to achieve the objectives and achieve what is required of this sector.

According to RUAF, sustainable urban agriculture differs from rural agriculture in

that it is integrated into the urban economic and environmental system. Urban
agriculture is an integral part of the urban ecosystem and interacts. These
connections include the use of residents as key workers, supervisors and
managers, direct connections to consumers in neighboring areas, direct impacts
on the urban environment (both positive and negative) as part of a food system
sustainable, the competition of urban common spaces for community gardens or
farms, and common spaces for farmers markets, where food grown in the
sustainable city can be sold, and to residents of neighboring neighborhoods.

Small forests or miniature forests are a new concept in which many trees are
planted on a small piece of land. These forests would grow 10 times faster and 30
times denser with 100 times greater biodiversity than large forests. Plus, it's 100%
organic. The relationship between the shrub layer, under tree layer, tree layer and
canopy layer of the miniature forest, along with the percentage of each tree
species, is planned and established before planting to increase biodiversity.

The modern sustainable agriculture system is also used to reduce high water
consumption by using city production (wastewater-organic waste for irrigation
and composting) and is periodically evaluated (positive and negative) as part of
the diet, saving costs for the success of agriculture for sustainable food growth in
the city.

- 216 -
Item 4 : Sustainable Industrial Farming

In the absence of an agricultural system that supports value- added chains from
agriculture to export, and due to the weak return of the agricultural sector to the
local development process in Egypt, given the ambiguity of functions existing or
new agricultural areas, reclamation areas, as well as their role in development,
whether at global, regional or competitive local level, in addition to the weak link
between agricultural production areas, the agricultural back and the main urban
areas , where integration, knowledge and research interact, as well as the
interdependence of agro-industrial investments, where agricultural regions in
Egypt under low agricultural productivity suffer and the export of agricultural
materials without reaching value chains with low investments in the agricultural
sector linked to the support of industry, trade and market development
activities in these regions in addition to e the continued decline in the pro-capita
share of agricultural land over time and other issues affecting the level of local
development and requirements to achieve sustainability.

The concept of agro-industrial (parks, agro-industrial park) or food production

complex (agri-food park), where participation in services such as transportation,
warehousing, information, etc. is provided to support, process, and process
agricultural products, provides the advantages of obtaining technical information,
tax incentives, the size of larger operations and partnerships, the supply of
services such as water, energy, waste disposal, roads, and power lines, provide
governments with subsidies to encourage new arrivals, provide regulations,
legislation and tax exemption at least for the initial operating period, which can
the following figure illustrates the concept of the Agro-Industrial Park.

- 217 -
 Figure No. (18 ) visualization of the agro-industrial park

From this perspective, we find that the park is a geographic conglomeration of a

group of institutions to achieve economic, social and environmental benefits
through participation in basic infrastructure, roads, storage, packaging, logistics,
transportation and manufacturing and the main components the integrated
agricultural industrial park, which provides housing for its employees, the
Scientific Center for Agricultural Development and Research, an agricultural
technical school, which serves for agricultural training theoretical, and in the
complex the practical agricultural support services such as (agricultural
cooperative associations - agricultural credit unit - seed and fertilizer distribution
areas - agricultural advisory center) and livestock and poultry production areas, a
retail center for surrounding areas, a logistics center for sales of production,
distribution to provinces and export worldwide er, in addition to the
transformation, manufacture and connection to the paved infrastructures of the
road and rail lines serving the entire park.

In this perspective, we see that driving the structural transformation of the

economy (i.e. the transformation of agricultural production) as a whole reduces
rural and agricultural poverty and supports quality and demand, which will lead to
a change in the investment process and development of agricultural resources,
and therefore agricultural industrialization and the creation of an environment to

- 218 -
increase the volume of investments. It strengthens the integration of the
research, development and expansion process with the agricultural and industrial
sector. the following are some of the general objectives of this project:

1- Exploiting agricultural crops in some governorates and supporting agro-

industrial integration to increase added value.
2- Supporting small and medium-sized companies working in the field of
agricultural production and processing
3- Preventing the displacement of the rural population towards urban areas
by providing agricultural, industrial and commercial job opportunities.
4- Taking new series within a single geographical scope.
5- Support shared services and infrastructure for all investors
6- Support the geographical balance between the governorates by creating
productive agricultural industrial areas
7- Support poor agricultural areas with some economic independence
8- Improving the social system of workers in the agro-industrial complex.

Here are some of the roles of agro-industrial parks in supporting sustainable local
development processes:

- Mobilization and pooling of all agricultural and industrial production

organizations and support and assistance services that facilitate services
within the same geographical area to reduce costs, transaction costs and
support the horizontal integration between them, such as: Labor
exchanges, research, information and new technological innovations.

- Support to create significant added value for agricultural production,

increase the volume of competition and maximize market value through
the presence of a famous international brand of agricultural products in
the regions.

- Support to create significant added value for agricultural production,

increase the volume of competition and maximize market value through

- 219 -
 the presence of a famous international brand of agricultural products in
the regions.

- Encouraging the generation of Gap good agricultural practices within the

system in all value-added chains, from agriculture through processing,
packaging and packaging to export and marketing.

- Encouraging agricultural integrations with other sectors (trade –

transport – industry – tourism), where increasing the added value and
providing new non- agricultural job opportunities supporting the
agriculture sector

- Creating a geographical and economic balance between the agricultural

regions within the state and reducing regional disparities by creating
specialized agricultural areas that support agricultural manufacturing and
export.

Item 5 : The Water:

here are many ways to capture and store water, and systems to reduce water
consumption are economically viable methods.

For example, the reuse of so-called gray water for irrigation of gardens or
bathrooms can reduce water consumption in residential buildings by half, but
requires special internal drains (sinks), a pump and secondary extensions in some
buildings can use urinals that they do not require water flow or toilets that
require less water for waste disposal.

The simplest solution is to use wells to store water, although the process of
drilling and building a well takes a lot of energy, modern well shapes require
double the energy. Well, the water may be contaminated with arsenic in some
areas, but an arsenic filter can purify it.

The drainage of groundwater in some areas makes using the well to collect water
an uncertain process as it can be costly.

In areas of high rainfall, the use of rainwater harvesting systems in buildings and

- 220 -
further extensions is feasible and rainwater is excellent for use as wash water, but
when used for drinking it must be treated against bacteria and minerals.

In desert areas, the precipitation rate is not less than 250 mm per year, which
means that one-story residential buildings are equipped with a water collection
system that supplies their water needs all year round, while the drier areas have
less reservoir 30 cubic meters and many areas receive an average of 13 mm (0.51
in) of rainfall per week and small reservoirs such as 10 cubic meters (2600 US gal)
can be used here.

In many areas it is difficult to consider the water collected through the ceilings as
clean and potable, so metal countertops and a tank with a filter for the water is
used. the tank water is mostly chlorinated due to the osmotic
property which provides high quality water.

Modern cisterns are usually large plastic cisterns and require no emergency
maintenance, but the cheapest is the swimming pool, which is located on the
ground floor.

Reducing self-sufficiency reduces the size and cost of reservoirs many subsistence
homes can reduce their water consumption by less than 38 liters per person per
day, even in drought water can be supplied inexpensively by vehicles. water
distribution and self-supply is often possible by installing fabric water tanks that
fit into the bottom of the truck.

The tank can be used as a cooling system, but this can heat drinking water and
reduce the efficiency of HVAC systems over the years. Using modern
technologies, it can produce large amounts of usable water from reserve water,
seawater or even humid air (moisture) through special generators to extract
water from dry desert air and convert it into pure water.

On the other hand, in the following, we will talk about the development of water
treatment technology, techniques, methods and global tools for the removal of

- 221 -
pollutants from raw water introduced into the real water system by any subject
other than fresh water, the first aim is to produce water suitable for sustainable
consumption and meet all the needs of agricultural, medical, pharmaceutical,
chemical and industrial applications that can be used in drinking water,
aggravating the problem of the serious shortage of drinking water in the world
means, according to all the United Nations statistics About a fifth of the world
suffers from water scarcity and even hundreds of millions are about to reach this
situation, while about 1.6 billion people in the world suffer from the problem of
water scarcity due to the lack of physical capacity of their reg from various
sources such as rivers and springs. Modern technology in water treatment
includes the use of ultraviolet radiation for disinfection, filtration to remove
plankton, removal of water hardness and reverse osmosis in seawater
desalination.

Therefore, measures must be taken to counter this threat and its impacts in the
near or distant future, develop strict policies and make particular decisions to
rationalize the use of water.

After some climatologists predicted that some countries of the world would be hit
by severe droughts in the second and third quarters of the current century, after
studying the condition of the soil, the earth's crust and the amount of
precipitation in these countries, it is necessary to focus now to rely on a new
technology developed for water treatment that gives users the ability to test
water in homes or farms through a safe and simple system to accurately
determine water quality so that water is tested and laboratory results are
provided can use scales to measure the degree of water quality and their
classification in the degree of treatment of produced water according to the use,
thus allowing companies, for example, to significantly reduce their costs.

here are many water treatment systems, the most important and the best of
them is that the water analysis system is based on duckweed as it is an accurate,
easy and inexpensive to obtain a lot of information and determine the water
quality in a very short time. This system is designed for piped water typically
found in the oil and gas industry. Due to this durability, the system works in all

- 222 -
water-intensive industries such as power generation, wastewater treatment,
agriculture and paper mills. Consisting of 96 well-installed panels with all the
chemicals needed for disinfection and treatment, this system purifies water in
three stages within 5-10 minutes using 20 criteria, the most important of which is
that the water is safe without toxic or acidic chemicals, fast and accurate, easy to
use without the complexity and without the need for trained chemists or
technicians, and provides water at a lower cost to that of traditional laboratory
analysis, so that the transportation eliminates the cost of samples and helps to
improve chemical additives, the first objective of this new water analysis system is
to reduce the consumption of drinking water in agriculture and other
applications, so that more fresh water can be rationalized by 75% for use in
agriculture and irrigation. . However, the ability to constantly monitor this water
is extremely important to its successful use.

Item 6 : Drainage Water and Sewage

As we discussed in the previous section on water treatment, human waste is

often treated from the point of view that it is waste and not because it is a
resource that can be used. the resulting waste in the toilets uses the bacteria to
break down human feces into usable, odorless, and healthy manure. this process
is healthy thanks to soil bacteria which are responsible for consuming human
pathogens and analyzing more than one mass of waste.

However, most health authorities prohibit the direct use of humans to grow food.
The danger lies in microbial and viral contamination. in arid areas, waste
evaporates or carbon dioxide is often released. the contribution of the toilets is a
few kilos of manure once every six months to control the odor. modern
bathrooms use a small fan to keep the toilets under the influence of negative
pressure and exhaust gases through a vent pipe.

Some household wastewater treatment systems typically use biological treatment

among plants and aquariums that absorb nutrients and bacteria, turning gray
water and wastewater into clean water. Treated water can be used in toilets and
water, and when tested, the standards of this water approach drinking water
standards, and in freezing climates, aquariums and plants are placed in small

- 223 -
greenhouses.

Good new systems require maintenance, and there are types of electric fire
toilets that turn feces into a small amount of cold-textured ash without water or
pipes, and need to vent air into the wall. They are used in remote areas where the
use of septic tanks is limited and generally to reduce nutrient loads to lakes.

Specifically, in the United States, NASA's bioreactor, which is very advanced in the
biological sewage system, can discharge sewage into the air by the action of
microbes, and now NASA is planning to use in a space mission.

But there is a big drawback in sewage treatment is the complex system of

biological systems, that is, when the house is empty, the living organisms in the
sewage system can die from hungry, but sometimes another system is supported,
which is the urine drip system, and this system is used at NASA.

Item 7 : Waste

Wastewater treatment is necessary for public health, and many diseases are
transmitted through underdeveloped and dilapidated sewage systems. The
standard treatment system is a field covered with filters (lye) connected to a
septic tank. The basic idea is to provide a small system with the main wastewater
treatment. Clay deposits partially fall off and settle to the bottom of the septic
tank as a result of anaerobic digestion. The liquids are distributed to the filters.
these filters are usually in the yard under the grass and their septic tanks can
work completely by gravity, so they are well managed and quite safe.

Septic tanks should be pumped regularly with wagon honey to reduce the buildup
of solids when pumping the septic tank fails and causes flooding which in turn
destroys filters and pollutes ground water. Septic tanks also require lifestyle
changes like having two trash cans, reducing liquids entering the tank, and also
reducing indigestible solids entering the tank. For example, it is recommended to
use hygienic safe toilet paper. However, septic tanks are still popular because

- 224 -
they allow standard sanitation standards for sewer lines and do not require
lifestyle sacrifices.

Burying or packing toilets is considered economical and healthy for sanitation as

part of a regular garbage collection service as it halves water consumption and
eliminates the difficulty and cost of pits septic, but they require sanitary landfills
to use hygienic practices.

Incineration systems are very convenient and the resulting ash is biologically safe
and 1/10th less than the original waste volume, but like all incinerators the waste
is generally classified as hazardous waste.

The oldest types of toilets, built before actual sewers, are pit toilets and latrines,
so-called floor or floor latrines and their appurtenances, which are still used in
many developing countries.

Item 8 : Open Green Spaces

The network of open spaces is one of the most important components of

sustainable cities, as it is the main lung for walking and leisure and is a sign of
achieving a better standard of living for the population, works to protect natural
resources and environmental and environmental conditions, and therefore it has
become necessary to take into account the presence of open spaces in the
planning of cities and The concept of planning the network of open areas is based
on the exploitation of different axes and already existing areas, such as axes,
waterways , roads of various types and functions, coasts, floods and valleys in
natural areas, through the development of which it is possible to improve urban
communities by providing recreational, cultural and traffic services and the
conservation of natural resources. With the development of urban planning and
sustainable urban development, the need has emerged to find planning modifiers
and design standards that serve the primary function of planners, designers and
decision makers in determining the location and extent of open areas, their size
and design required planning inputs Due to the nature of sustainable urban
development and the requirements of a robust planning methodology that takes

- 225 -
into account the scientific and practical dimensions and makes use of the diverse
experiences of human communities and builds on this role in management and in
monitoring sustainable urban development to create an appropriate urban
environment that creates interaction between man and his environment,

We will prepare a simplified thought aimed at spreading cognitive awareness and

developing planning thought and civilizational coordination:

Open spaces: It is a set of undeveloped and abandoned spaces with the aim of
being an outlet for the surrounding uses and to move the urban block, offering
spaces that allow ventilation and lighting, or in the purpose of privacy for some
uses to achieve this. demand it. These areas include agricultural lands, coastlines,
visually demarcated areas, parks, reserves, parks, plazas, public spaces and
open spaces that differ from what is necessary to allow all citizens to enjoy them.
access and not to use certain categories are restricted.

Linkage axes: green spaces are land areas or strips of water with recreational,
cultural or natural elements that connect open spaces and are characterized by
intensive greening in addition to ecologically sensitive areas. Connection axes can
contain sidewalks, walking paths and bicycles. These axes contribute to providing
opportunities to realize the visual image of the city.

Polluted canals and sewers within cities can be drained and transformed into
green areas and connect cities with the countryside.

The open areas: open areas include agricultural land, coasts, visually distinct
areas, parks, reserves, parks, public squares and squares connected by land or
water links to recreational, cultural or natural elements.

Green belt: connected to main roads, the green belt can act as a link between
countries, regions, parks or as a protective belt to isolate the urban areas of the
city from sources of noise and pollution.

- 226 -
Tasks of local government in open areas
Local government officials have many tasks related to open areas and green
spaces under their jurisdiction, at the government, city or district level, and these
tasks can be divided into planning tasks: they include increasing and improving
areas open spaces and green spaces under their jurisdiction. jurisdiction and the
identification of the needs of the territory with a view to inclusion in urban
plans and the methods for carrying out these tasks can be determined as follows:

1- The assessment of the current situation of the open areas is carried out by
determining the objective based on the quantity, type and distribution of
the open areas at all levels, such as the calculation of the quantity of
existing open areas and their specifications, monitoring and 'analysis of
problems related to open areas, and then compares the objective with the
current situation to determine the needs of the open areas and the
requalification needs of existing ones for inclusion in urban plans.
2- Provide the open areas by determining the expected increase in open
spaces, listing and proposing the areas that can be exploited as open areas,
listing the open areas to be developed, studying how to develop them and
therefore the timing of integration and development.
3- Planning and coordination of open areas by: -
- Inventory and determine the quality of activities and users in different
open spaces.
- Identify the elements of the different open spaces and the services
required.
- Identification of entrances and access roads.
- Identify and distribute ranges of different applications and activities
within open areas (vital activity areas - quiet and quiet activity areas
that do not cause pollution - shaded pedestrian areas, public services,
toilets with drinking water, restaurants, cafes , etc.)
- Determine the design bases and standards for siding, tile, outdoor
furniture, signage, water fountains, lakes, reforestation, green cover,
lighting systems, and various irrigation systems.

- 227 -
Planning approach for choosing a network of open areas:

The planning approach for the choice of a network of open areas is based on the
determination of their location under the jurisdiction of the area (suitable land),
of the places of distribution of activities and of the frequency densities through
the analysis of natural sources, cultural, historical, visual sources, man-made and
the evaluation of these resources. the main steps:

1- Planning a network of open areas can be identified in eight main steps as

follows:
A- Natural resources: climate, soil, terrain, geology, water, wildlife and
flora.
B- Cultural and recreational resources: areas, archaeological buildings
and areas with recreational potential
C- Visual resources: the terrain of Lands of aesthetic value, sites with
distinctive views, gardens and waterways, that is, everything that
constitutes a natural attraction of aesthetic value.
D- Man-Made systems: land uses, utility networks, infrastructure and site
coordination elements.
E- The elements of the components of the broader content: it is
represented in the ideological, social, economic and political background
of the urban environment, which it is necessary to understand its
characteristics, its constituent systems and the changes that have
occurred or are occurring throughout the life of society.

2- The determination of recreational opportunities is carried out by evaluating

the characteristics of the area and its suitability to the network of axes and
open spaces, where their importance is estimated through the mapping of
natural, cultural, visual elements and man-made systems , and the values
are studied (environmental - ecological - aesthetic - visual - local historical -
functional value) and the resources and elements of: high value elements,
medium value elements and others of low value, provided that the
locations of these items and their clusters are determined based on their
value to obtain location maps of the spatial distribution of different value
items, and the correspondence of the spatial distribution of different high

- 228 -
 and medium value items shows scattered item clusters and related which
acquire a great relative importance, whereby the suitability of these
locations forth Axles- and a network of open spaces is established. This
study requires a team of specialists composed of experts and researchers in
the fields of geology, topography, fauna, vegetation, water of all types and
forms, history, archeology, aesthetics and urban economy. This group is led
by an environmental planner and site coordinator, who acts as the general
coordinator among the experts.
3- Setting of development objectives: the sustainability criteria for the
development objectives to be achieved are formed through the creation of
a network of open areas. these objectives are the conservation of the
environment, the conservation of heritage resources and economic
feasibility. Sustainability criteria can be attributed proportionally according
to their importance, and these are generally aimed primarily at preserving
natural and cultural resources in the long term.
4- Setting of the development policy: The environmental, social, cultural,
investment, regulatory and legislative policies are determined within the
framework of the policies and objectives of the State.
5- Preparation of structural and development plans: This phase includes the
establishment of laws for the organization of areas, the organization of
activities and services, and the detailed determination of land use.
6- Apply sustainability standards and environmental assessments to ensure
that the sustainability of development structure plans is reassessed
according to sustainability standards in order to correct them to achieve a
balance between sustainable development objectives and standards.
7- Preparation of detailed and execution plans: At this stage, detailed and
execution plans for the coordination of the site and the infrastructure
network are prepared, explaining the elements of the attractions, leisure
and service areas, development areas, connecting axes and recreational
paths, in addition to determining standards for city governance and
development needs.
8- Implementation and maintenance of the project: In this phase, the sources
of financing, the marketing strategy, the management plans and the
development of human skills for the implementation of the project and its
monitoring from an environmental point of view and administrative are
established. This phase includes the identification of recreational areas,
with the identified areas being reassessed in terms of actual

- 229 -
 implementation and funding opportunities.

Technical requirements of open areas:

- It should be within easy walking distance of all neighbors and it may be

connected to facilities serving small residential units.
- There should be enough green spaces with seasonal trees that provide light
and sun in winter, a variety of plant species that do not require constant
maintenance, and children's play areas with play equipment and many
seats.
- The necessary equipment and services should be provided, such as toilets, a
basic cafeteria, garbage cans, and the garden should preferably be open to
the buildings overlooking it for security reasons.
- Local public open spaces must include sufficient area for community sports,
so that there is at least one stadium for each country, similar to an area
suitable for (amateur) football, handball and other games community. it is
necessary that this stadium be secure, preferably a green stadium, and
where this is not possible, it can be constructed with compacted soil or solid
playing field material. - Local public open spaces should contain enough
space for children's play so that an open space includes an area of at least
square meters of children's play areas with a sandy floor to protect children.
- The local park should have free sources of drinking water if there are no
public toilets nearby.
- There must be public toilets in the park, no less than one for males and one
for females.
- The green share cannot be less than half of the local open space.
- The inhabited area in the uncovered room cannot exceed 5% of the total.

Open areas at the level of residential Parks Cluster

These are gardens placed between a group of buildings at an above-average

density to soften the atmosphere and serve the population, and they act as a
transition zone between the interiors of the buildings and the public green
spaces.

- 230 -
These areas serve housing groups which are between 900: 1200 inhabitants
people and the per capita varies between 3: 8 m. Each housing group has its area
and is within the service area of not more than 200 m.

- It must have a play area for children, equipped with simple, aesthetic and
safe play equipment, with overhanging seats and including an open space
for running, shaded areas and garbage cans.
- Keep in mind that the coordination elements do not require constant
maintenance and that the vacuum does not contain deciduous trees.
- You should choose a suitable location for the garden so that it is accessible
by all living groups, preferably in an average location in the living group.
- It has a sports stadium (one full stadium for every 2000 inhabitants).
- There is a children's garden.
- There is a source of drinking water. - Distance from motorways.
- The surface of an area is not less than one hectare.
- The walking distance is not more than 400 meters.

Open areas at street level and squares (Street Gardens).

Road parks are arranged in the middle of the streets and on both sides of them to
provide places for resting, waiting and observing the processions, and their area
depends on the width of the island, the function and extent of the road and the
fact that the park is intended to view and relax or to separate and isolate
between the directions of movement in front of:

- The presence of a safe path for pedestrians.

- The surface of the connected unit must not be less than 2000 m².
- The smallest part of it must not be less than ten meters, and the percentage
of these parks on the road must not exceed half a quarter or 20%. planning
should be achieved immediately, should be achieved gradually. During a
specific time, schedule in order to obtain at least 5% real increase per year.
Taking into account the population growing at a rate of 2%, and for random
developing areas, which are difficult to achieve the required quantitative
values, half the values will suffice, as long as they are all accessible to the
public.

- 231 -
The ecological significance of the positive effects of green spaces on the
environment
1- Filter the air of dust and pollutants, improving air quality and climate.
2- Limit the deposit of soil nitrates in water sources.
3- Provide shady places and lowers temperatures in urban areas.Reduce
water pollution by pollutants such as phosphorus.
4- Increases humidity by evaporative cooling.
5- Maintain soil cohesion.
6- Reduce erosion, reduce dust storms.
7- It prevents dust from entering the lakes and increases the percentage of
oxygen necessary for the respiration of living organisms.
8- Reduce carbon dioxide levels knowing that a tree consumes approximately
11.8 kg of carbon dioxide per year.
9- Reduce the use of fossil fuels for cooling and heating, deciduous trees
planted in urban areas reduce the heat of houses in summer, which
increases the efficiency of air conditioning systems by 2 to 4%.
10- Reduces energy consumption and the presence of trees increases the
ability of sunlight to heat homes in winter.
11- Increases the soil's ability to retain rainwater.

The dangers facing of green spaces

Among the main challenges and risks that vegetation has to face in the world is
the following:

1- Loss and degradation of natural habitats: habitat loss is one of the greatest
risks to plant diversity, as forests are converted into pastures and
agricultural land and the rest are vulnerable to fires and logging.
2- Excessive exploitation: plants are subject to consumption, which sometimes
leads to the extinction of some species. some trees are cut down for the
timber trade and some trees are cut down for use in the pharmaceutical
trade. overexploitation of animals limits their role in seed dispersal and
plant pollination, posing a long-term threat to plant diversity.

- 232 -
 3- Climate Change: There is no evidence of global extinction due to climate
change, but there is evidence of local extinction of some species at the
climatic fringes. It is also noteworthy that the increase in temperature has
led to a change in the growth cycle of plants in temperate regions, so that
they bloom and produce leaves in early spring and leaf fall is delayed in
autumn.
4- Green roofs: many owners and companies transform the roofs of buildings
into green spaces instead of covering them with stones or covering them
with tar or (insulation), so it is possible to take advantage of neglected
spaces and transform them into comfortable and environmentally friendly
spaces. it offers all the advantages of green spaces on the ground, such as
oxygen production, air conditioning and shaded areas. furthermore, this
step provides solutions to traditional roofing problems and lasts longer.
5- Atmospheric pollution and nitrogen deposition: plants are affected by
atmospheric pollution due to the combustion of fossil fuels. the main
pollutants affecting plants are sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and ozone,
produced by hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides in the presence of sunlight.
nitrogen deposition leads to soil acidification and changes the nutrient
cycle in nature.

Item 9 : Electricity and Energy

Since electricity and energy are the main requirements of humans from all walks
of life, the first step in reducing consumption is to find appropriate lifestyle to
reduce the needs.

The world Commission for Environment and International Development described

the concept of sustainable development in its 1987 book Our Common Future.
The text of its definition of sustainability, which is now widely used, reads
(sustainable development must meet the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs). In its
book, the commission described four main elements of sustainability in relation to
energy. Readability Score: 31Ease Level: Difficult Understandable by college
student.

- 233 -
 1- The ability to increase energy supply in order to meet the growing human
needs.
2- Energy efficiency, conservation, public health and safety.
3- Protection of the biosphere.
4- Prevention of more local forms of pollution.

In this sense, different definitions of sustainable energy have been presented,

which are also based on the three pillars of sustainable development:

Environment, Economy and Society.

1- Environmental standards include greenhouse gas emissions, biodiversity

impacts, hazardous waste generation and toxic emissions.
2- Economic criteria include energy costs, whether or not energy is available
to consumers with high reliability, and the impact on functions associated
with energy generation.
3- Socio-cultural norms include prevention of international energy wars,
energy supply routes (energy security) and long-term energy availability.

Sources of Energy.

At this point we will talk about some of the energy sources that will have to use at
least 75% of the utilization percentage during the next period.

First: Renewable Energy

Renewable energy technologies are a major contributor to sustainable energy, as

they generally contribute to global energy security and reduce dependence on all
fossil fuel resources, thereby reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The term
renewable energy refers to energy from sources that are naturally renewable,
while energy is considered sustainable if it is available in the foreseeable future.
thus, renewable sources that are depleted by overuse can become unsustainable.

Renewable energy projects sometimes raise prominent sustainability concerns,

such as the threat to biodiversity when areas of high environmental value are
converted to bioenergy production, wind or solar farms.

- 234 -
Second: Solar Energy

The sun is the main source of energy on the planet, and it is an available and clean
source on a daily basis and abundant in many regions. Since the beginning of
2021, the equivalent of 4.1 of the planet's electricity has been provided by a
larger proportion of solar panels based on photovoltaic cells that are installed on
the roofs of buildings or in the form of a solar system for electricity generating
institutions. These systems have been supported and developed so that the costs
of photovoltaic cells are reduced and have already decreased rapidly, which has
led to a significant growth in the volume of their use in the world.

The cost of electricity from modern solar farms competes in a lot of places for its
cheapness from electricity generated from existing coal plants, knowing that it
has gone through many scenarios for its future use because
solar photovoltaic cells are one of the main sources of energy generation in a
sustainable combination.

Most elements of solar panels can be easily recycled, but this is not always done
in the absence of regulatory laws. Panels usually contain heavy metals, and
therefore pose environmental risks if placed in landfills. Solar panels also require
energy to produce, which is equivalent to the energy they generate in less than
two years, but consume less if the materials are recycled instead of mind.

With concentrated solar power, the sun's rays are focused through an array of
mirrors which heats a liquid which generates electricity from steam produced by a
heat engine which stores some of the heat which makes this type normally
dissipative solar energy, which means that it can be used as needs are generated.
Besides electricity generation, solar energy is also used more directly when solar
thermal heating systems are used for water heating, building heating, drying and
desalination.

Third: Wind Energy

Because wind power is a clean source of energy, wind has been an important
driver of development for thousands of years, providing water transport and
mechanical energy for industrial processes and land reclamation.

- 235 -
In 2021, wind energy (wind turbines) provided about 8% of the world's electricity.

Electricity produced by onshore wind farms is often cheaper than existing coal-
fired power plants, and all fossil fuel resources compete with natural gas and
nuclear power. Wind turbines can be placed at sea where the wind is more stable
and stronger than on land, but construction and maintenance costs are higher.
Some analysts predict that offshore wind will be cheaper than onshore wind by
2050.

Ground-based wind farms, which are usually built-in wilderness or rural areas,
have a visual impact on the area they are located in, and although wind turbine
collisions kill few birds, these effects are minor compared to other infrastructure
such as windows. and power transmission lines, and the noise and light emitted
by wind turbines can be a nuisance and limit their construction in densely
populated areas.

Unlike nuclear power plants that run on fossil fuels and water, wind power is not
consumed to produce electricity, wind turbines only require a small amount of
energy to build compared to the energy produced by the wind power plant itself
and the blades. turbines may not be fully recycled, but research is still ongoing on
how to make knives easier to recycle.

Fourth: Water Power (Hydroelectric)

The energy exported by hydroelectric plants converts the energy of moving water
into electricity. Hydroelectricity is one of the least greenhouse gas emitting
energy sources per unit of electricity produced, but emission levels vary
considerably from project to project. In 2022, hydroelectric power saved
around 17% of the world's electricity, compared to around 20%.

With conventional hydropower, a large reservoir is created behind a dam.

Conventional hydroelectric power plants provide highly flexible and distributable
power supplies that can be combined with wind and solar power to provide peak
loads and compensate when available solar and wind power declines.

- 236 -
In most conventional hydroelectric projects, the biomaterial that overflows from
the reservoir water dissolves to become a source of carbon dioxide and methane.
the carbon footprint could be half that produced by conventional fossil fuels. the
levels of these emissions are particularly high in the tropics. this is due to
deforestation, climate change and reduced energy production from hydroelectric
dams, depending on the location. large dams can cause population migration and
local environmental damage. The possible collapse of dams can endanger local
populations.

Hydroelectric power plants currently operated at the outlet of rivers have a lower
environmental impact than dams and hydroelectric storage facilities in general,
but their ability to generate electrical energy depends on the flow of the river,
which varies according to daily and seasonal weather conditions. Dams provide
the ability to control the amount of water to control flooding and generate
electricity flexibly, while ensuring water security while providing drinking water
and irrigation in times of drought.

Fifth: Geothermal Energy

Geothermal energy is created by tapping into heat beneath the earth's crust,
which can be collected for power generation, heating, and heating. The use of
geothermal energy focuses on areas where heat generation makes economic
sense. This requires the interference of high temperatures, heat flow, and
permeability (the ability of rocks to allow fluids to pass through them). Energy is
generated by drilled wells to heat the reservoirs. The fluids heat the earth's
subsoil and can be captured as steam to drive a thermal turbine. This means that
geothermal energy, combined with solar thermal energy, covered 2.8% of the
world's heating needs in buildings in 2021.

Geothermal energy is a naturally renewable resource because thermal energy is

constantly replenished from nearby warmer regions and the radioactive decay of
natural isotopes and the cycle of greenhouse gas emissions from geothermal
power plants is less than 5% the carbon intensity of coal.

- 237 -
Geothermal energy carries the risk of causing earthquakes and must be effectively
protected to avoid water pollution and the emission of toxic emissions that can be
captured.

Notable

The cost of renewable energy sources has fallen sharply over the years and
continues to decline. effective government policies support investor confidence.
these markets are expanding. Significant progress is also being made in the
energy transition from fossil fuels to environmentally sustainable systems,
to the point that many studies support 100% renewable energy.

Therefore, it is necessary to mitigate the effects of climate change to stabilize the

climate system through changes in energy, land use, agriculture, and other areas
of optimal use, corresponding to the reduction in global warming, which has
reached approximately 1 , 7. degrees Celsius, a rapid transition to electricity
generation through low-emission methods and increased use of electricity instead
of other fuels in:

Renewable energy:

- the share of primary energy from renewable sources will increase from 15% in
2021 to 60% in 2050.
- the share of primary energy from biomass increases from 10% to 27% with
effective controls if land use is changed into biomass growth
- the percentage of use of wind and solar energy increases from 1.8% to 21%.
Nuclear power:

- The share of primary energy supplied by nuclear will increase from 2.1% in
2021 to 4% in 2050, which represents an increase in the use of nuclear
energy, but some describe the decrease as the reason for a wide range of
possibility is that the deployment of nuclear power (may be limited by
society's preferences).

- 238 -
Coal and Oil:

- Furthermore, the share of primary energy from coal will decrease

from 26% to 5% between 2020 and 2050.
- the percentage of oil consumption drops from 35% to 13%.

Natural gas:

- the percentage of primary energy supplied by natural gas decreases

but increases at average values in all routes.
- the share of primary energy from natural gas will drop from 23% in
2021 to 13 % by 2050.

Item 10: Sustainable Transport

As part of the years of introduction of unleaded gasoline in developed countries,

the preparation of the after-treatment system, the control of emissions, the
reduction of sulfur content, and then the air quality and health and
environmental impacts have begun. Years after the United Nations hosted the last
conference on achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, interest in the
conference was high. This is a constant setback for progress aimed at eradicating
poverty and hunger, promoting education and improving public health after the
impact of the Covid-19 crisis and currently the Russian crisis. Ukrainian. The
pandemic and the war have pushed back the transport conference by a year and a
half and postponed the climate conference to the end of 2022. The relaunch will
allow everyone to rethink the process of transporting passengers and goods and
to integrate solutions to achieve the 2030 Sustainable Development Plan.

Transport is vital for boosting communications, trade, economic growth and jobs,
but it is also a major source of greenhouse gas emissions, so one way or another, l
he balances and use of new and modern technologies and innovations for
sustainable development must be resolved.

The transport sector produces 23% of global emissions and harmful gases
resulting from the combustion of fossil fuels, and road transport accounts for the

- 239 -
largest percentage of these emissions, which are associated with a range of
problems, including global warming, environmental degradation and health
impacts. Humans and animals have learned that today's means of transportation
require huge amounts of energy, such as fossil fuels (natural gas, coal, oil) to
operate, which usually leads to pollution, indicating the trend to restore the
transport system and make it sustainable. , to replace an environmentally friendly
system that has no negative impact by using efficient means of transport.

Therefore, it can be said that transport is an important penalty for sustainable

development to improve the green footprint within sustainable urban
communities, and here innovation and technology play a role in achieving green
modes of transport. and durable.

The transport strategy is based on a pedestrian-first hierarchy and emphasizes the

deployment of a sustainable transport network that guarantees public transport
services powered by clean energy and also includes private cars.

The sustainable transport strategy is part of the overall sustainability plan, which
starts with the establishment of complexes offering basic short-distance services,
including sustainable mobility, for example:

On foot: Because basic services are present and available within walking distance
of the neighborhood, these services are accessible on foot, and it is a health
system that does more good than harm.

Cycling: Using a bike to get around is another great sustainable and eco-friendly
form of transportation, riding a bike instead of driving a car is a major contributor
to eliminating greenhouse gases and is a form of exercise, and the purchase and
maintenance prices are reasonable.

Electric bikes: They are a mode of transport for ecological locomotion because
they do not emit harmful emissions for the environment, the use of an electric
bike is only necessary for easy walking because the speed is regulated through
efficient processing and manufacturing.

- 240 -
Electric cars: These are the types of electric cars powered entirely by the electric
system, which do not emit hazardous emissions, but are not expensive in cost.

Green trains: These trains are called hybrid trains, and other types of modern
technology, e.g. B. Electric trains, electrified trains or sky trains benefit from
energy storage like fuel cells and batteries. The advantage of these trains is that
they have top speeds of over 200 miles per hour while maintaining a high level of
safety.

Sustainable buses and cars: Developed by Mator, allow you to travel 150 km or
more per charge (electric charger) with the lightweight aluminum material chassis
(which is recycled) and provide the chassis with a cooling system for the battery
with water with advanced internal air conditioning that provides the chassis with
a glass mirror that changes color to meet the needs of the internal and external
lighting and cooling system, all this with multiple seats, whether (25 -30) (knowing
that we can increase or decrease the number of spaces for energy and batteries)
and secure parking spaced with a low floor for easy access.

Hybrid cars: However, greenhouse gas emissions are very low, according to
experts, hybrid cars reduce harmful emissions by more than 90%, while hybrid
cars contribute little or nothing to greenhouse gas emissions. greenhouse, they
lack certain areas where the battery can store huge amounts of energy from
diesel generators, and all this with the development of performance by adding
cameras and sensors and offering an obstacle identification system. Its position is
relative to bus and GPS global positioning system, and V2X intelligent system
needs to be added to communicate with traffic lights.

The establishment of advanced charging stations in the streets for the rapid
charging of bus and car batteries, which is no longer estimated at 30 minutes and
can be reduced depending on the type used and the sense of skills of this type,
can work in the climatic conditions of the Arab Republic of Egypt.

With our interest in ecological transport, there are many benefits to using it
whether economic, environmental or healthy, the most important of which is not
using fossil fuels which emit huge amounts of greenhouse gases, helping to rid

- 241 -
the atmosphere of these gases. toxic. , but also save money thanks to the high
production costs of cars and regular means of transport, and contribute to
building a sustainable economy in line with the production and distribution of
environmentally friendly means of transport by improving existing transport
systems, leading to creation of jobs in the transport sector, reducing socio-
economic inequalities and building a sustainable system that reduces excessive
demand for fossil fuels, which helps to clear the atmosphere of these toxic gases,
which helps to clean the atmosphere of these gases toxic, as well as how to
contribute to the construction of a sustainable economy in line with the
production and distribution of ecological means of transport, as well as
to contribute to the construction of a sustainable economy in line with the
production and distribution of ecological means of transport, improving the
existing transport systems, leading to job creation in the septum transport,
reducing socio-economic inequalities, building a sustainable system that reduces
the excessive demand for fossil fuels, which reduces the excessive demand for
fossil fuels, which helps to deplete economies and improve the
quality of life model and improve the general human health without disease.

Item 11: Communications:

This item aims to offer a comprehensive vision of information and communication

technologies and sustainable development and to attempt to assess the reality of
information and communication technologies and the extent of its contribution to
the achievement dimensions of sustainable development by offering promising
prospects for investment and development will open up this sector.

Despite the state's efforts to develop and popularize the information and
communication technology sector, it still cannot keep up with global
developments, as it requires large investments from the state and private actors,
and therefore an increase in the level of expenditure in this sector. becomes an
Increase the rate of GDP growth and improve services in various fields of health,
education and trade ... Reaching the dimensions of sustainable development

- 242 -
Information and communication technologies are one important and necessary
topics that are of interest to the countries of the world, whether they are
developed or developing countries, because this information and communication
technology sector is one of the sectors that help countries to increase their
economic growth and achieve sustainable development by improving the
country's ability to access its open external markets, and it is therefore necessary
to invest heavily in information and communication technologies as catalysts for
achieving the three pillars of sustainable development - economic development,
social inclusion and environmental protection. Achieving sustainable
development is one of the main challenges facing many countries in the world,
including Egypt, where achieving its goals requires sound financial and economic
development, financial economic policies, strong institutions and a rational
approach. Egypt is now trying to develop this sector but these efforts are only
effective if investments are made and if means and strategies are developed to
ensure optimal investments for this type of service.

The Egyptian ICT sector has witnessed a great openness to domestic and foreign
investment and a series of government reforms related to the adoption of the
competitive system to try to recover this sector, but it is still at the beginning of
the path with the provision of infrastructure of electronic communication, so that
it can take advantage of the information revolution and the shift towards the
digital economy, and bridge the digital divide between developed and developing
countries to achieve sustainable development, and the following can be put
forward:

First: communications technology is a tool, device, or means that helps produce,

store, distribute, receive, or display data, or is a special capability, device, or
medium that helps produce, distribute, access and display them.
Second: information technology is a system consisting of a set of interacting and
interconnected resources, including software, hardware, human resources,
networks and communications that facilitate the transfer and exchange of
information within the organization or between different organizations.

- 243 -
Information and communication technologies include two main branches:

1- Information Operations: It is the automated processing and

dissemination of information that is the basis for carrying out operational
processes in organizations and strengthening the capacity of management
to guide decisions.
2- Information Transmission and Delivery: This branch represents the
process of information transmission and delivery, which is then operated
between the remote locations of the devices and their remote terminals
using long distance communication facilities.

Most of the concepts related to information and communication technologies

have been classified into four main groups:

The first concept is based on a physical entity, that is, it includes a set of devices,
computers and programs.

The second is a set of operations and is used in the processing, transmission,

storage, management, display, organization and retrieval of information

The third incorporates their concept in relation to the devices and activities they
perform

The fourth concerns all information systems based on information technologies.

Some characteristics should distinguish information and communication

technologies, namely:

Interactive: it is both receiver and transmitter, participants in the communication

process can exchange roles, creating a kind of interaction between institutions,
people and other groups.

- 244 -
Decentralization: Thanks to the independence of these technologies, the Internet
enjoys the continuity of its work, under no circumstances can anyone turn off the
Internet in the world except during scheduled maintenance periods.

Expansion: the capacity of this network to extend to ever more unlimited regions
of the world, strengthening itself thanks to this systematic diffusion of its flexible
system.

Global and cosmic: This is the ocean in which these technologies operate, where
information travels through diverse and complex paths distributed in different
regions of the world, allowing capital to flow electronically along these paths.

Complexity and intensity of use: Technology, especially advances, is

characterized by high cost, intensive capital investment and extreme complexity,
and takes on a monopolistic character, being usually concentrated in the hands of
the powerful class characterized by dominant influence in society.

From this introduction above, let's see what the following is:

The role of information and communication technologies:

In the production and use of ICT, they contribute to the achievement of economic
growth through the existence of some important studies and surveys that have
produced indicators that confirm that real productivity is achieved through
experience in the use of ICT, so today it is closely linked to economic
development. the global transition to a knowledge-based digital economy
motivated by new goods and services is a factor for growth, competitiveness and
the creation of new jobs.

- 245 -
 Information and
Communication New knowledge Capital artwork
Technology

Productivity factors
continuous improvement
Research and
of existing products and Economic growth
development
development of new
products

Figure No. ( 19 ) information and communication technology, new knowledge

and economic growth

Through the figure No. (19) above we can clarify the relationship between ICT
(mobile - internet-fixed) and new knowledge and economic growth, it shows that
the use of ICT leads to an increase in the volume of new knowledge through the
Internet, which plays a leading role in the dissemination of information and
knowledge and in the increase of the local economy, which on the one hand
entails the improvement of the quality of existing production and the production
of new products and the increase in the productivity of production factors overall
economy territory, on the other hand, leading to high economic growth rates.

The role of ICT in achieving the social dimension

Information and communication technology creates jobs and reduces risks and
accidents at work, provides faster access to information, especially on safety
measures and services to citizens, and focuses on activities of greater value and
reduces repetitive tasks in management, for example in the medical field, has
revolutionized the field with the rise of telemedicine, which has commonly taken
names as electronic medicine, and this helps hospitals, sanatoriums, health
centers and doctors to monitor networks of communication (e.g. types of
messengers) and leveraging the medical network as well as integrating ICT into

- 246 -
education It is working to increase distance learning opportunities and has
exacerbated the covid-19 pandemic as more and more people have started using
the internet to continue working, studying and communicating with friends and
family during lockdowns and quarantines, but the pandemic challenges the eco
slowdown and the mediation of international agreements for the distribution and
coordination of the global spectrum of radio frequencies and satellite orbits. This
effort will enable all ICT devices to be used anywhere in the world on the same
frequency bands, which in turn ensures the smooth operation of radio
communications services without interference from other radio communications
services and their users and benefits of the consequent economies of scale. the
union is the only organization for the management of the radio frequency
spectrum at an international level.

Governments, the private sector and academia establish international norms,

technical standards, processes and practices that ensure the smooth, efficient and
secure operation of essential ICTs and provide more opportunities for economies
of scale to help developing countries to make ICTs affordable, relevant and
relevant accessible to all, develop programs to build the necessary physical
infrastructure, strengthen cybersecurity, develop digital skills for young people
and others, improve the digital inclusion of people with special needs, strengthen
the regulatory and business environment to improve access to ICTs, promote
alignment with ICT innovation and entrepreneurship.

The role of ICT in achieving the environmental dimension

To respond to the role that ICTs play in achieving the environmental dimension,
we assume that there are negative impacts that need to be minimized and
positive impacts that need to be exploited.

Data center infrastructure has grown tremendously in recent years and the data
center infrastructure market is expected to grow at 49% CAGR from 2017 to 2025,
the internet is constantly evolving and perhaps the most important end devices
are l he advent of the social web and mobile technology, which has reached 4g
and 5g, through social communication, people have found a new way to
communicate with the increase in the actual use of the Internet in the world,

- 247 -
including the use has reached more than half of the world's population connected
to the Internet on the other hand, communicating with all those interested in
environmental business management, trying to establish a balance between the
economic system and the ecosystem without depletion of natural resources
through environmental safety.

There are impacts arising from the life cycle of ICT. We distinguish three
fundamental phases of ICTs in their life cycle that can have an impact on the
environment, through which these phases are production, use and disposal.

1. Production: most of the impacts of ICT on the environment are produced in

the production phase through the use of energy and the extraction of raw
materials related to the processing industry and the use of other natural
resources, since the computer manufacturing generally has a negative impact
on the environment and the desktop computer and monitor are considered
the main environmental sources. Furthermore, the production of ICT
components requires large quantities of materials, especially when
compared to the mass of the final product. memory semiconductors with a
mass of 2 grams require the processing of more than 1 kilogram of fossil
fuels. water is also used in the production of memory chips and processors,
even in large quantities for cooling, heating and filtration. extremely pure
water is used to rinse semiconductor chips and prepare chemicals. this
disinfection process requires a lot of energy.
ICT manufacturers are heavy consumers of metals, which have
environmental and economic impacts in the manufacture of ICT devices. The
use of heavy metals (Hf-Sn-Ge-Ga-Hg-Pb-Ag-Cr-Cd-Au) is recognized for their
conductive, metallic and other properties compatible with the design of ICT
components. Many of these metals, normally trapped in mineral deposits
and not found naturally in the highly toxic environment, such as (Cd-Pb-Ag-
HG), pose a serious threat to human health and especially to ocean
ecosystems when they are discharged into them. the environment in the
form of biologically active chemical compounds resulting from unsafe
extraction, use or disposal.

- 248 -
2. Usage: The use of ICT is closely linked to the future of global energy
consumption, not only because ICT devices themselves consume more and
more energy, but also because it is This is a general-purpose technology that
can affect energy consumption in almost any industry. For example, the
share of electricity consumption of ICT devices and services such as
telecommunications networks, computers and data centers in global
electricity consumption increased from 3.9% in 2019 to 4.6 % in 2021, and
the average annual ICT energy consumption was 122 gigawatts in 2019,
where (computers, printers, smartphones, regular phones, tablets, etc.)
consume about 36.9 gigawatts with the consumption of the largest number
of personal computers, on the other hand, smartphones and cell phones
consume about 0.6 gigawatts each, while printers are 0.9 gigawatts and
tablets 0.2 gigawatts and out of the 122 gigawatts of total power ICT, the
remaining 83 gigawatts represent a share of infrastructure equipment such
as wireless and fixed access networks, service centers and data Integrated
KPN co. The increase in data center energy consumption has led to an 11%
increase in energy consumption between 2020 and 2021, as data centers in
2019 were responsible for approximately 1.74% of the energy consumed in
the world that year, which allowed the telecommunications sector to
consume 20%. of the world's total electricity consumption by 2025,
hampering efforts to meet climate change goals and straining the network
due to increased demand for power-hungry
servers storing the digital data of billions of smartphones, tablets and
internet-connected devices, there are widespread concerns about the future
development and deployment of information and communication
technologies such as cloud computing, blockchain and other modern
information and of communication will go hand in hand with the growing
demand for energy, which poses a major challenge to global sustainable
energy goals .
3. Disposal: ICTs are disposed of at the end of their life in the form of electronic
waste (e-waste). Short estimated life cycles (3 years) and rapidly changing
technology have led to an increase in the volume of electronic waste.
However, since the majority of electronic waste ends up in landfills, its partial

- 249 -
 recycling due to its physical composition, together with the inevitable
limitations of landfills, has led to the development of recovery, recycling and
reuse technologies, which illustrates the importance of recycling e-waste, as
every year around 40 million tonnes of e-waste is produced worldwide and
around 13% of this weight is recycled mainly in developing countries and the
European Union produces around 9 million tons of such waste (televisions,
televisions, cell phones, etc.) from discarded electronic equipment, according
to the United Nations Environment Program.

The effects of improper disposal of this e-waste on the environment are

unknown, but these effects represent real threats and risks to the global
environment as a whole, particularly for the soil, air and water components of the
environment.

Areas of application for environmental impacts and examples of how to change

for use

Application areas Application description Examples of optimal use

Virtual goods Replacing physical goods with ICT-based
services
Common goods Coordination of access to goods and
commodities and increased use
Virtual navigation Actual travel replacement
Intelligent Change in information and
transportation Communication Technology in the
process of transportation of people or
goods
Intelligent output Changing the enabling of ICT in the
processes and business models of
production, development and actual
improvement
Smart energy Change and direction to produce large
rates of clean energy
Electronic books and
newspapers ( recycled goods )
Platforms and global
engagement programs
Video conferencing
conferencing, e-commerce,
distance education and
remote work
Improve the route and traffic
flow management of
reciprocating trolleys of clean
electricity
Complete the production
process produced from the
first time and of high quality
with the use of
environmentally friendly
materials
Using smart meters and
demand management to
generate and use distributed

- 250 -

Smart buildings Changing the management of buildings
enabled by information and
communication technologies
energy
Improving the infrastructure
of buildings and the optimal
use of technology in terms of
heating-cooling-smart lighting

Table No. ( 15 )

Item 12: Hospitals:

Compatible sustainable technology can help you achieve multiple health goals
and this is done by creating green buildings for hospitals and, according to
studies, a single hospital consumes as much energy as a small town, as well as the
healthcare waste it emits equivalent to or increased to. exposed to pollution as
much as it emits from a road or area from here, we find the importance of
existing research to transform hospitals into green ecological centers or eco-
friendly hospitals with the consequent change in the level of work methods,
equipment , services and even the hospital environment, medical facilities work
around the clock to provide excellent patient care and previously environmental
protection has played a role in secondary environmental protection in this
industry where high health and safety standards are often incompatible Studies
have shown that the world The global health sector is responsible for 4.4% of
carbon dioxide emissions per year, a figure higher than the gas emissions of air
and sea transport and a hospital uses an average of 5,000 liters of water per day
and produces tens of kilograms of dangerous substances.

waste, partly true that much of this consumption is inevitable to meet hygienic
requirements and ensure the safety of patients and provide them with
comprehensive health services, but it needs to be streamlined and reconverted to
make it more environmentally friendly and cost-effective for the institution
sanitary. Plastic syringes can be contaminated, for example, tubes or needles with
chemicals or biological materials after use, and for this they are thrown away and
cannot be recycled, and this applies to a lot of medical waste, so it is necessary to
handle them well to better performance and better protection, and this can only

- 251 -
be achieved by transforming traditional hospitals into environmentally friendly
hospitals.

Other potential risks include the spread of resistant microorganisms from

healthcare facilities to the environment. The number of injections administered
each year worldwide is estimated to be up to 16 billion injections and is not safely
disposed of from all needles and injections, posing the risk of wounds, infections
and possible reuse of needles and injections, especially in some developing
countries.

The rate of injecting contaminated needles in low-and middle-income countries

has decreased significantly in recent years, partly due to efforts to reduce the
reuse of injection tools, and despite this progress, unsafe injections still cause
33,800 cases of HIV infection, 1.7 million cases of hepatitis B infection, and 315
thousand cases of hepatitis C1 infection.

For example, the share of non-hazardous waste in hospitals is generally 85% of

the total amount of waste from healthcare activities. the remaining 15% are
dangerous substances that can transmit infections, be toxic or radioactive. the
number of injections administered each year is estimated to be around 16 billion
worldwide and are not disposed of properly after use.

Medical waste is sometimes incinerated, which can lead to emissions in the form
of dioxins, furans and other toxic air pollutants.

Hence, the importance of moving hospitals to environmentally friendly

environments
to provide health and economic solutions to the dilemmas of use, waste and
more, and given the proportions of resources consumed by hospitals or what they
produce from waste, is clear. that the urgency of moving to the Green Building
Bank. In typical health centers, lighting, water heating and space heating are
expected to account for more than 65% of energy consumption. Therefore, when
constructing healthcare facilities, it is necessary to incorporate green designs and
concepts into the construction and finishing process to reduce the impact on

- 252 -
protection. the environment, reduce operating costs and increase energy
efficiency.

Hospital departments have long partnered with designers, architects and builders
to take the lead in energy conservation and green design. It is a system developed
by the Green Building Council in the United States to classify and approve any
building as "green" based on design, construction and operational processes to
create a green working environment. low flow to conserve water during times of
disturbance and water shortages.

Its focus is also the location of the design initiative to collect and store rainwater
from roofs and use it to irrigate gardens and green areas, a measure that further
saves drinking water, collected rainwater will be used. also to power the
hospital's cooling towers for its air conditioning system.

To increase energy efficiency to achieve 14% lower energy consumption than the
hospital's average consumption, use highly efficient windows, super insulated
ceilings and use sensors that automatically turn the lights on or off in the room
depending on whether it is occupied. in addition, the patient rooms have been
redesigned to allow for greater exposure to natural light and ventilation.

On the other hand, hospital waste management is another challenging aspect. the
idea is to reduce waste in general and hazardous waste in particular and to take
care of recyclable waste so that it can be used in other destinations instead of
burdening the hospital. for example, the waste produced is composted where
possible. for hospitals, this behavior means striking a delicate balance between
environmental protection and hygiene requirements and providing better service
to the patient and hospital staff.

For example, medical waste must be disinfected before going to landfill to ensure
there is no environmental pollution, while disinfection methods such as
incineration consume energy and are known to release harmful emissions.
processes such as sterilization, chemical treatment and microwaving can vary
widely to be environmentally friendly.

- 253 -
Green hospitals focus on creating sustainable processes and methods that are
successful over the long term. this also includes logistics. Optimal delivery
strategies, including improved ordering and delivery schedules, and avoiding
unnecessary transfers, help implement this strategy. this allows hospitals to save
materials, avoid waste and reduce carbon dioxide emissions. Green hospital
measures also include using environmentally friendly building materials and
reducing meat consumption by introducing a meat-free day once a week.

Green hospitals obstacles and benefits

There is a fundamental obstacle that previously hindered the transition of

hospitals to green hospitals before stakeholders realized that not turning
hospitals green was illusory and unreliable. This idea has been put forward
because measures to promote sustainability are initially costly, while their impact
on patient care may not be immediately apparent. Centralized procurement has
proven to be one of the biggest barriers to success in this area. Cheaper suppliers
were preferred, with a regional or local supplier being more sustainable. Apart
from this, hospitals and clinics must be open 24 hours a day and cannot be easily
closed for renovation.

Therefore, innovative solutions and assistance with planning, financing and

implementation were needed to overcome these barriers. In addition to the basic
requirements for sustainable change, comes the problem of mental
transformation and changing habits. For example, continued efforts should be
made to increase education and awareness that green hospitals also have a
positive impact and clear benefits on the health and satisfaction of both patients
and staff. In addition, smart improvements in energy use can reduce carbon
emissions and keep energy costs low, which amount to approximately US $ 1,700
per bed per year.

This naturally promotes economic success and environmental sustainability.

In addition to education and awareness, we also need formal legal commitments

to achieve the full implementation of sustainable strategies in the health sector.

- 254 -
In terms of local food supply, hospital canteens offer a lot of food every day. The
source of these foods can have a significant impact on the hospital's
environmental impact. As a result, hospitals can contract with collective
purchasing organizations and use more locally grown fresh produce, reducing fuel
consumption for shipping and refrigerating needed groceries from remote
locations. . Hospitals can also partner with a local composting company to dispose
of food waste which is then used as fertilizer by local farms. We know that 70% of
non-medical hospital waste can be recycled.

However, consideration should be given to when hospital equipment may contain

environmentally harmful materials during manufacturing, including LCD screens,
fluorescent lamps, wheelchair cushions, and baby bottles. These products and
others can contain dangerous chemicals if purchased from the wrong
manufacturer, so you should think carefully about the products you buy and
properly recycle toxic goods like batteries.

As a result, studies have shown that turning hospitals into eco-friendly centers
benefits them in many beneficial ways, not just for the environment or the
environment that exists within them. The savings made by moving to a green
hospital can be used to improve service, increase profits or increase investments,
but the most important factor in the transformation process is to realize its logical
importance and evaluate its practical, material and environmental feasibility. and
then all the subsequent stages become details, the results are priceless.

Item 13 : The Possibility of Entertainment:

Entertainment in sustainable cities focuses on providing a safe and healthy living

environment as it provides a number of distinctive public entertainment facilities
for residents, employees, visitors and their families.

Public Park: Includes a children's playground, a religious square, a music arena

and sports facilities, as well as many sustainable projects, solar-powered public
charging platforms, clean energy for cars and digital devices, as well as interacting
with platforms lighting made with fully recycled building materials derived from

- 255 -
the color change as soon as they touch, as well as open spaces, restaurants and
cafes, all powered by solar energy

The Running and Cycling Track: This is for running, walking and cycling and is
expected to run approximately 3 kilometers around the city, passing through
sustainable facilities within it such as: a sustainable villa.

Outdoor sports and fitness facilities: such as a basketball court and a football
pitch, physical exercises can also be practiced thanks to the sports equipment
arranged along the "walkway" or around the network photovoltaic solar panels.

Swimming pools: Digital systems can organize various procedures and, for
example, an automated operating system can be configured specifically for the
swimming pool to ensure that the chlorine level and PH value remain within the
appropriate range by regularly testing the water and adding or reducing chemicals
as needed. This not only saves the cost of chemicals, but also increases the
longevity of pool liner such as vinyl liner, pool tile and utilities. In addition, the
automatic circulation system can be used to build a more energy-efficient
swimming pool. This system can arrange the filtration process (water
recirculation) once every 24 hours through the filter And according to the speed
of water recirculation according to the pump type, weather, season and using the
necessary chlorine and salt which usually softens the water so there you don't
have to worry about skin sensitivity and also play the role of disinfectants by
planting more trees around the pool to absorb carbon dioxide, CO2 and other
pollutants because it removes and stores carbon while releasing oxygen back into
the air, this air purification process can clean and cool the living space, which is
especially helpful in providing a more comfortable swimming .environment.

Additionally, flowering trees can act as a natural shelter that protects against
sunburn during the hot summer.

The Mall: Based on the idea that is based on the reduction of electricity
consumption to help reduce the phenomenon of global warming and on the use
of recycled consumables to spread the eco-friendly culture using natural materials
and recycle it to reduce consumption of electricity in the mall with the use of

- 256 -
inexpensive natural materials such as recycled wood with organic cotton and
plastic materials for display shelves. About the services provided by the
environmental commercial complex, it must be different from the rest of the
complexes, because it is characterized by the presence of an exhibition to exhibit
everything related to the environment, how to take advantage of this exhibition
and the information displayed in it in everyone's life the days. the complex
includes an organic food shop, a recycled accessories shop, an organic fabric shop,
an exhibition and a popular market, as well as a playroom made from recycled
soft materials with light sensors that automatically turn off the lamps when they
are present natural lighting is sufficient if one of the visitors is not present in a
place other than shop lighting. also there must be trees that work to deflect the
wind. For adequate ventilation of the entire complex, this style is inspired by the
ancient Egyptian pharaonic civilization, and the upper floors will also be used to
create green gardens and parks intended to provide a natural insulation layer to
reduce the heat of the sun.

The Mosque: it is built with heat-insulating materials and double-glazed windows

covered with a layer of metal that blocks the heat of the sun coming from inside
the mosque to reduce the energy needed to cool the air.

The mosque also uses solar energy to light outdoor street lamps as well as to heat
wash water and water used in the Imam's residence and mosque fixtures instead
of using electric heaters. It is also equipped with energy-saving LED lamps instead
of ordinary lamps, in addition to a lighting control system and air conditioners so
that they work automatically according to prayer times, only with sensors of light
bulbs that automatically turn off work in case there is enough natural light.

Sports Stadium: The stadium is a model that can be managed by others thanks to
the optimal use of intelligent building systems such as integrated water and
energy monitoring and control systems to rationalize consumption .
Environmentally responsible design and construction practices will help reduce
the carbon footprint of the stadium not only during the construction phase, but
also on the overall carbon emissions generated in the surrounding areas. Endemic

- 257 -
plants that tolerate drought, high and low heat have been used for 75% of the
total green space around the stadium and it is possible for workers to reside, as
well as during the movement of workers and fans to to get to the professor and to
enter you should note that you will go through an eco-friendly system with all its
details, because you can take the smart electric tram directly to the stadium,
which will greatly reduce the use of vehicles and the traffic jams during match
days reduce. there are also cycle paths and parking for motorcycles, which has
reduced the carbon footprint.

Item 14: Education, Schools and Universities:

The development of the concept of sustainability has brought attention to

education and its role in qualifying the new generations to face this concept,
which means a lot to face the challenges of the future in all areas of development
and production for the environment. . as soon as the first calls appeared to
develop education so that it could fulfill this new aspect of its function, today the
so-called “Sustainable Schools” were born. What are these schools And what is
different from the others And what is required of them?

If we want to achieve a greener planet and a sustainable future for all, we must
demand more from our educational systems than the transmission of knowledge.

We need to focus in our schools on the economic, environmental and social

perspectives that help shape highly skilled and successful citizens. The role of
education in achieving development must be radically changed, because
education has a major impact on the well-being of individuals on the one hand
and on the future of our societies on the other. In fact, these calls and many more
have received remarkable practical response, although many of them are still
being tested and experimented with.

- 258 -
Sustainability from an Educational Perspective

In its simplest definition, sustainability from an educational perspective is an

interdisciplinary teaching and learning methodology that includes socio-economic
aspects and the integrated environment in the formal and informal curriculum to
help graduates improve their knowledge, talents and experiences to play an
influential role to achieve sustainable development.

To realize the concept of sustainable school on site, it is necessary to follow a

series of standards and requirements approved by international educational
bodies and organizations, some of which concern the specifics of buildings and
school facilities, some of which concern the development of curricula and the
integration of the sustainable development themes they contain, some of which
concern the practices and activities with which students interact.

As part of the assessment and measurement of the objectives achieved by

sustainable school, there is the so-called ecological footprint, a tool that uses
computer principles to measure the resources that are exploited and consumed,
as well as the requirements for absorbing what is left over by a human group. and
waste recycling, noting that the environmental footprint in the educational
institution includes excess energy consumed, space or space for infrastructure,
resources and environmental services consumed.

The positive indicator of the ecological footprint among the mass of students is
reflected in the compatibility of their lifestyle with water and energy sources, the
reduction of their consumption, the extent of their contribution to the protection
of the environment from pollution, how to safely dispose of or dispose of recycle
waste avoiding, preserving public health, preserving natural life and biodiversity,
and upholding the rights of future generations natural resources, especially those
that are depleted.

The long list of these standards and conditions includes environmental factors
outside the school that determine the environment within the school, including

- 259 -
the choice of location of the school away from any source of pollution and the
safety of roads leading to it, which must be forested by the green fences of the
school by more trees are planted, which act as a natural protective curtain due to
wind movement and other conditions for the maintenance of the classrooms and
classrooms that must have adequate natural lighting as well as ventilation, even
the colors of the walls have their specifications, as they must be cheerful and their
paints are free of organic matter.

In addition to maintaining the playgrounds where the students practice their

sporting hobbies, these conditions place particular emphasis on the schoolyard,
which must be wide, engineered and green (afforestation) in order to be able to
optimally fulfill its function. The school garden is thus maintained , which
performs many educational, educational and ecological functions, with the need
to allocate a place in a corner of the schoolyard to bury plant residues and then
extract them again and use them as organic fertilizer for garden shrubs and
garden plant growth.

This list of conditions extends to the Green School Library's specifications,

ventilation, lighting, noise control, administrative spaces, water houses, their
location, the level of cleanliness therein, and the provision of tools that limit
water use.

Curriculum development and integration of sustainable development issues:

Due to the inability of traditional school curricula to meet the demands of

sustainability, it has become necessary to adapt and develop these programs to
keep pace with scientific, social, economic and cultural changes and the
integration of sustainable development issues, including issues related to climate
change and global warming, ways to mitigate the impact of disasters, biodiversity
problems, threat of species extinction, ways to reduce poverty, healthy food
production and sustainable consumption. According to Warthman and Tilbury,
who are experts in curriculum development, there are specific skills to consider
when developing modern curricula, namely:

- 260 -
The ability to think critically, which will contribute significantly to the study of
economic, environmental, social and cultural structures within the framework of
sustainable development, the ability to visualize means the ability to foresee the
future and imagine a better future , based on the ability to think systematically is
based on the recognition of the existence of the problem and the recognition of
its dimensions, then the tendency to find connections and synergies by trying to
find solutions together and the ability to promote dialogue and negotiation.

Adaptations and curricular development should be such as to allow for the

introduction of practical programs serving the local environment that help
preserve dwindling resources and make students more aware of their
importance.

The World Education Observatory has indicated sustainable curricula in several

countries, including Sweden, where the topic of sustainable development has
become an important part of their curricula.

As part of the overall strategy, which stated that school is an important pillar for
achieving sustainable development, different methods are applied to attract
students' attention to sustainability issues, including the creation of an interactive
website for the Network of Environmental Education, which aims to facilitate
cooperation between schools, environmental actors, scientific research institutes
and non-governmental organizations.

Green student activities

At the sustainable school, there is a space for students to carry out green
activities, for example, participating in the application of the concept of "waste
recycling", where the school administration allocates a place for students to
collect and classify recyclable waste such as plastic bottles, glass, aluminum cans
and paper. Imagine the great contribution that paper recycling can make to
environmental protection and nature conservation.

One of the important activities of the Sustainable School is to guide students to

rationalize their use of energy and water and to form student committees to

- 261 -
contribute to this, such as: B. the "Secretariat" Committee of Water" and the
Committee "Secretariat of Energy", and the use of modern communication
technologies in the exchange of experiences with schools that have made
progress in terms of sustainability. Environmental excursions are an important
part of student activities and can be continued even during summer vacation by
joining scouts and camping camps which strengthen the student's connection
with the environment and increase their level of respect for this one.

There are many summer and non-summer camps and activities that allow
students to practice inside and outside the school to support the principle of
sustainability.

Item 15: Sustainable Financial Services

It has become important for countries to commit to sustainable development in

its three economic, social and environmental dimensions, the achievement of
which requires an increase in public inputs to absorb the increase in public
spending. otherwise, there is a deficit in the general state budget. if this happens,
it leads the state to borrow, increasing its internal and external debt, causing
economic crises and shocks and increasing the burden on the rights of future
generations. therefore, the interest of many countries, international institutions
and credit institutions has come to measure the ability of the state to repay its
long-term financial obligations, which required attention to the financial
sustainability of the states.

Some financial studies have revealed a growing interest in analyzing the results of
financial policies and assessing the actual impact of these policies on the overall
financial situation of countries. the general financial situation of the state and the
credibility and transparency of financial policies and procedures, giving the
impression of management.

Hence the great interest in studying the financial sustainability of the state on the
basis of the methodologies for analyzing deficit indicators, growth and the
calculation of internal and external public debt (if any), since studies on financial
sustainability warn governments to promptly give all managers time and provide

- 262 -
the opportunity to make decisions in the state to measure the quality and
efficiency of corrective policies to prevent the state from entering into complex
economic problems and confrontations, and therefore international transactions
and markets lose confidence in the state, and therefore the correction costs are
very high.

The World Bank's procedures and mechanisms on financial sustainability include,

for example, analyzing the state's general budget and determining all of its public
debt to assess the extent to which it is achieving financial sustainability and then
provide corrective and improvement policies. for all policies. the IMF also has
some financial sustainability tools to analyze countries' financial policies.

The success of governments in achieving financial sustainability is one of the most

important pillars of good governance of the economy, which indicates the
effectiveness of state management in all economic and social aspects, since the
lack of governance indicators for credibility, transparency and responsibility is not
for violations and participation in decisions contribute to the increase in financial
deficit, and therefore of economic support programs and failure

To achieve the objectives of economic and social development programs stumble

and therefore prevent the state from achieving financial sustainability.

IMF analysis of financial sustainability requires three axes: the financial stability of
financial sustainability.

Financial sustainability, or so-called total public debt sustainability, deals with

indicators of public debt, deficit and medium-term financial forecasts, and
therefore focuses on indicators of domestic and external public debt, to achieve
the truth about the financial situation, the addition of unaccounted debts or
recoverable doubtful obligations and the monitoring of the main financial surplus
with efforts to achieve the ratio of public debt to GDP the achievement of
financial stability as well as medium-term financial forecast as one of the pillars
Assess financial viability, which depends on several assumptions, the forecast
period range from 3 to 15 Years.

- 263 -
External sustainability deals with the current account and the ability to finance it,
as well as the future perspectives of the medium -term balance and all the
associated debts, by which the appropriate level of the associated exchange rate
is evaluated by the flows of balance and flexibility trade, and there is an
interactive relationship between financial sustainability and the stability of the
financial sector if we consider that the government is the only guarantee for the
financial system, because the presence of large public debts with incapacity
Inability to reimburse it in the long term. The study on financial sustainability
requires attention to financial risks and the associated financial disclosure policy
of government programs that will have financial effects in the future and
constitute a direct threat to financial stability, as we know that financially is
known that the responsibilities which are not ultimately the appearance of
certain crises that the economies of certain countries such as Argentina in 2002,
the State of Mexico in 1994 and in the Southeast Asian States in 1997 were
registered In these countries associated with the trend, public and private
institutions and to grant companies instead of direct loans and cash grants in
exchange for the supply of public services such as health, education, ports and
means of transport, such as these directives, an increase in the severity of
financial risks and the occurrence of many national and financial chokes and crises
as in Brazil, when the government guaranteed some of the financial expenses of
certain provinces estimated by around 74 billion dollars and what was in Thailand,
they paid all their debts to the private sector that they worked together in
Internal road projects, has not reached the expected economic performance.

It is therefore necessary to analyze and determine the directives of the State and
the resulting financial obligations, which is one of the factors of knowledge of the
trends and the effects of financial policy, the evaluation of the performance and
the evaluation of the quality of financial decisions and the guiding countries, in
particular countries, are that these financial obligations are considered to be one
of the sources of financial risks with which the countries are confronted.

- 264 -
 General Conclusion

This thesis, which explored both theoretically and practically the role of the total
quality strategy in achieving sustainable development in institutions, companies
and different economic sectors, shows us that total quality plays an important
role in determining the dimensions of sustainable development by improving the
performance of institutions, businesses and economic sectors, which today is one
of the basic elements for achieving sustainable development.

The concept of quality is no longer limited to the product delivered only to the
customer, but to all the functions of the organization to add a holistic character to
it, and therefore, through the introduction by the institution of economic models
of Total Quality, Sustainable Economic Performance, the general strategy for
quality aims at improving the social and environmental role of the institution
through the continuous and continuous improvement of its social and
environmental responsibility and its interest in companies and customers, as well
as trying to show the 'business ethics as Furthermore, a rational tool
characterized by transparency and credibility, the relationship between Total
Quality and ISO is an integrated relationship, and therefore the ISO systems (9001
- 14001 - 26000) and other business facilitation systems are contributing directly
to the achieving sustainable development by supporting every dimension of
sustainability and development.

Through this practical study at the level of the quality secret, we discovered that
the total quality strategy plays a role in achieving the dimensions of sustainable
development. Dependent variable and independent variable practices and
procedures were average, but there were low scores in some responses,
but this did not affect the overall mean. it also showed that the Total Quality
strategy plays a statistically significant role in activating the dimensions of
sustainable development. moral importance included all dimensions in the overall
questionnaire.

Therefore, it can be concluded that the total quality strategy is a major

contributor to achieving the dimensions of sustainable development in all

- 265 -
economic institutions and is an important gateway to the application of
Sustainable Development at the micro level.

Then we touched on various theoretical concepts, conducted a survey,

presented, discussed and analyzed the data, and the survey ended with different
results as follows:

Theoretical results of the research:

A- Quality is considered a strategic weapon for companies because it allows to

obtain a competitive advantage in its field of activity, which is the axis and
the basis on which many concepts of the philosophy of total quality are
built and the starting point of it. With the increasing intensity of global
competition, the idea of quality is no longer based on the conformity of the
product to certain standards, since it is anchored in the product, it requires
access to quality and its fulfillment in all tasks and activities that directly
and indirectly affect the production process or in particular the product
itself. Therefore, it includes all the internal and external processes of the
companies. this is called Total Quality.
B- Total Quality tools are only executive and intangible means that help
analyze and organize various aspects of Total Quality work, and the use of
these tools leads to better decision making, better problem solving and
improved productivity of goods and services.
C- The achievement of an organization with a clear level of quality in its
products depends on the rigor and adequacy of the strategy it designs in
this area so that its production, financial, marketing and human resources
policies are oriented in the direction in which the strategy is needed,
reaching the level of quality that qualifies it to compete with other
institutions and companies.
D- Economic institutions today need to modify consumption and production
patterns to help reduce the negative effects of the production process, and
therefore must adopt methods and strategies that modify their behavior in
order to achieve economic efficiency and social and environmental justice.
E- The strategic role of total quality allows to activate both cleaner production
and green marketing and improve the quality of life and society.

- 266 -
 F- The ISO standards specifications are considered (9001 - 14001 - 26000) as
the standard that organizations rely on in creating a comprehensive quality
system to provide locally and globally acceptable quality products and
services.
Findings of the field study:

A- The findings of the study revealed the existence of an average level of

practices for the total quality strategy in the company, in the sense that the
company is working to improve its performance on average regarding its
focus and attention to its customers, as well as conducting seminars and
training courses for managers, supervisors and workers to consolidate the
culture of total quality and adopt new methodologies.
B- Study results showed that there is an average level of Sustainable
Development Dimensions practices in the company. this means that the
culture of sustainable development exists at an average level and is
practiced voluntarily to preserve its reputation and economic position.
C- That the overall quality strategy plays a statistically significant role in
achieving the economic dimension of sustainable development because of
the importance of the company's reliance on resources and methods to
improve its performance, even by a small percentage.
D-That the total quality strategy plays a statistically significant role in achieving
the social dimension of sustainable development. The reason for the
importance lies in the company's customer orientation and personal
support. The company also strives to provide services that meet customer
desires. it also takes care of employees and staff and protects their health
and safety at work.
E- That the global strategy for quality plays a statistically significant role in
achieving the environmental dimension, and the reason for the importance
is due to the company's interest in protecting the environment and
applying the environmental management system and environmental
awareness among all employees.
On the other hand, it discusses the concept of public and private sustainable
development and urban development, and how to build a sustainable city with its
full potential based on urban planning, and strengthen cooperation between all

- 267 -
institutions and authorities to organize planning. urban and focus on long-term
leave -term procedures to choose the orientation framework for spatial and
urban development, in this case the official is a professional planning team.

Whether written information or maps with topographical features, basic road

networks, population plans, geological maps and area maps, sustainable cities or
sustainable smart cities are planned in all their definitions and differ from other
cities in the use of knowledge, technology and innovations in service delivery to
achieve the required improvement in the daily life of the people and the optimal
use of modern technology provide everything that is sustainable today and
preserves the skills of future generations through systematic strategies and
programs of continuous development and improvement.

In addition to focusing on addressing and activating the issues and barriers faced
by all with an interest in sustainability, providing space for sustainable innovation
among all stakeholders and considering the factors economic, social and
environmental on which all United Nations programs have focused and have
objectives, and in order to establish sustainable development in our world today,
it is necessary to focus on five main objectives which must be achieved in all
areas, namely the well-being of all, partnership and international cooperation for
development in order to achieve world peace, economic peace and technological
growth and finally the protection of the earth's ecosystem.

Through the previous five points, development can be controlled with all
conditions and all goals. 17 goals were scored. On this basis, we design and
develop in all areas. these are the eradication of poverty and hunger, attention to
health, equitable education, quality, inequality, justice, justice, peace, energy and
water supply clean at affordable prices and reasonable consumption, attention to
innovation in industrial and non-industrial fields, decency Work for all, create
sustainable societies and strong institutions, while respecting the
impact of the climate on our planet.

We also talked about the important dimensions of sustainable development,

namely the economic dimension, the social dimension, the ecological dimension,
the technological dimension and the political dimension. the indicators that lead

- 268 -
to sustainable development and the role of sustainable development in increasing
production and profitability were explained, as well as the role of total quality
strategies and their impact in achieving the important dimensions of sustainable
development Marketing green through the application of total quality methods,
internationally recognized specifications and standards such as ISO family
certificates and their application in various fields on the one hand and the role of
customers in cleaner use of products.

- 269 -
 Appendix No. ( 1 )

Questionnaires

Strongly Strongly
NO. Expression agree Neutral disagree
agree disagree

Independent variable-environment management system

1 Are the results of the

implementation of environmental
policies circulated to all employees
of the company?

2 Is there a system to document all

environmental policies aftertheir
application?

3 Is the Environmental Policy

committed to comply with relevant
environmental legislation and laws
with otherrequirements to which
the company adheres

4 Does it include the company's

Environmental Policy and the
obligation to work to improve
pollution prevention?

5 Do the goals and objectives of the

plant fit into the general
environmental policy, includingthe
commitment to reduce pollution?

6 Do the goals and objectives of the

plant fit into the general
environmental policy, includingthe
commitment to reduce pollution?

7 Does the company follow all the

procedures that work to identifythe
environmental manifestations
associated with services and
products and measure the extent

- 270 -
 of their impact?

8 Does the company's management

apply all legal and regulatory
requirements andchanges related
to the environment

9 regulatory requirements and

changes related to the
environment

10 Providing the necessary resources

for implementation inthe
Environmental ManagementSystem
from human resources- technology
- specialized skills?

11 Raise the efficiency of employees

to carry out their tasks through
training and awareness of the
negative effects their tasks may
cause onthe environment

12 There is an appropriate
management system that ensures
the efficiency of external and
internal communications for the
implementation of the
Environmental ManagementSystem

13 Require audit procedures toidentify

responsibilities andreport results

14 Carrying out clear procedures for

follow-up and measurement with
responsibility for implementation.

15 Develop procedures to identify

corrective steps to ensure the
implementation of the
Environmental Management
System

16 Develop instructions and

- 271 -
 regulations for the purpose of
monitoring and measuring on a
regular basis and measuring
activities that have a significant
impact on the environment

17 Continuously improve the

effectiveness of the environmental
management system by developing
an immediate plan to face any
conditions or any incidents thatmay
be dangerous with the
development of evacuation plans
or health exercises

18 Working through the administrative

review at the senior management
level of theEnvironmental
Management System and
correcting errors to achieve
continuous improvement in
environmentalperformance

19 The management ensures the

review of the necessary
information that allows the
management to review, correctand
implement

20 The senior management of the

plant has set time periods to review
the environmental management
system to ensureits continuity and
ensure its effectiveness.

- 272 -
 Strongly Strongly
NO. Expression agree Neutral disagree
agree disagree

Dependent and intermediate variable-quality, environment and their culture

1 Support the research and development

of new technology to raise the quality
level

2 Is there a scientific approach to

accounting for sources of pollutants and
harmful emissions, monitoring them
continuously and accumulating them in
the work environment

3 Do employees make suggestions and

take them for continuous improvement

4 Employees within the company believe

that quality is their responsibility

5 The company relies on the results of the

audit and internal control to determine
the efficiency of quality management

6 The company is interested in ensuring a

commitment to continuous
improvement and development to
achieve the objectives of quality
assurance

7 Is the strategy of the work team relied

on to reach the desired goals of the
company's management

8 Is the administration working to

improve awareness programs
periodically

9 Does the Occupational Safety and

health and prevention equipment
within the company meet the general
needs

10 Is there a system in the company that

meets Occupational Safety and health
procedures

- 273 -
11 Is there a plan to raise awareness and
protect workers from the expected
dangers

12 Is the required level of quality

compatible with senior management
policies

13 Does the analysis and study of

environmental costs help to respond to
the laws established to protect the
environment

14 Does the management policy comply

with environmental, social and
economic indicators that are within the
criteria for measuring customer
satisfaction

15 Does the inventory and control process

contribute to reducing the overall costs
of quality management and
environmental management

16 Is a quarterly report prepared on the

positive results of continuous
improvement in access to sustainable
development

- 274 -
 Appendix No. ( 2 )

Personal data

Name

Sex Male Female

Job title Worker Technician Head of Director

Department

Age Less than 30 From 30 – 40 From 40 – 50 From 50 – 59

years old

Academic Diploma Bachelor's Master's Ph. D.

qualification degree degree

Experience Less than 5 y From 6 – 10 From 11 – 15 From 16 – 20

- 275 -
 Appendix No. ( 3 )

A vision of some modern sustainable engineering ideas from the reality of

building a sustainable city and using engineering programs

The use of voids and surfaces for the construction of panels in power generation

- 276 -
‫إستخدام الدهانات واللوان والمواد المعاد تصنيعها يف إنعكاس الضوء مع جذب الطاقة النافعة‬

‫‪- 277 -‬‬

- 278 -
- 279 -
‫والصناع يف تقليل يف حدة الحرارة‬
‫ي‬ ‫الطبيع‬
‫ي‬ ‫التشجي‬
‫ر‬ ‫إستخدام‬

‫‪- 280 -‬‬

- 281 -
- 282 -
 ‫‪List of Arabic References‬‬
‫‪ -1‬الجهاز المركزي لالحصاء ( المعلمومات الرسمية واالحصائية ) – مص‬
‫معايي التوسع العمرات – المشاري ع‬‫ر‬ ‫–‬ ‫مقبله‬ ‫‪ -2‬وزارة التخطيط ( المشاري ع المنفذه والمخطط لها خلل ‪ 5‬سنوات‬
‫وقواني البناء الجديدة ) ‪ -‬مص‬ ‫ر‬ ‫الوطنية الت طريق التصديق عليها – احكام‬
‫‪ -3‬وزارة اليبية والتعليم ( المشاري ع الرئيسية لتطوير البنية التحتية للمدارس والجامعات والمشاري ع المقيحة للتوسع‬
‫التابع للوزارة ) ‪ -‬مص‬
‫وغيها – المشاري ع‬
‫معايي تغطية الرعاية الصحية كاعداد المستشفيات والمراكز والعيادات ر‬ ‫‪ -4‬وزارة الصحة والسكان ( ر‬
‫الت تم التخطيط لها كابنية وكراكز التاهيل ومستشفيات العزل – مشاريه تطوير البنية التحتية للوزارة ) – مص‬
‫المسوعات الوطنية لجذب السياحة ) مص‬ ‫‪ -5‬وزارة السياحة ( ر‬
‫وقواني وتاهيل المناطق االثرية التاريخية ) –‬‫ر‬ ‫‪ -6‬وزارة االثار ( المعلومات التاريخية للمواقع االثرية والياثية – انظمة‬
‫مص‬
‫‪ -7‬جهاز مدينة الشارقة لالحصاء ومدينة الشارقة المستدامة – االمارات العربية المتحدة‬
‫‪ -8‬االدارة العليا لمدينة مصدر – االمارات العربية المتحدة‬
‫‪ -9‬وزارة االقتصاد ( المشاري ع التطويرية للمناطق المدن الصناعية ) ‪ -‬مص‬
‫وتكبي الرقعة الزراعية اذا كانت‬
‫ر‬ ‫اض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اال‬ ‫الستصالح‬ ‫‪ -10‬وزارة الزراعه ( المشاري ع التطويرية الت تم التخطيط لها‬
‫قواني واحكام الحد من تجريف االراض )‬ ‫ر‬ ‫منفذه ام مستقبلية –‬
‫توفي المعلومات حول الملكيات الوقفية والمواقع الدينية – احكام تنظيم ملكيات االراض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪ -11‬وزارة االوقاف (‬
‫والمياث اليات ) ‪ -‬مص‬‫ر‬
‫‪ -12‬وزارة البيئة ( الخصائص الجذابة لبيئة افضل – دراسات ومشاري ع الوزارة التطويرية منفذة ومستقبلية – انظمة‬
‫الحفاظ عىل البيئة ) – مص‬
‫‪ -13‬وزارة البية والطاقة – االمارات العربية المتحدة‬
‫ومعايي الياخيص وتنظيم‬ ‫ر‬ ‫توفي المعلومات حول توزي ع المنشات التجارية والصناعية‬ ‫‪ -14‬غرفة الصناعة والتجارة ( ر‬
‫المهن والحرف ) ‪ -‬مص‬
‫يني االيخ ‪ -‬العراق‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وروان‬ ‫مود‬ ‫مح‬ ‫كاظم‬ ‫خضي‬
‫ر‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ة‬‫المتمي‬
‫ر‬ ‫المنظمات‬ ‫‪ -12‬إدارة الجودة ف‬
‫‪ -13‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة ‪ -‬إبراهيم الحداد ‪ -‬العراق‬
‫‪ -14‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة تطبيقات ف الصناعة والتعليم ‪ -‬سوسن شكر ومحمد عواد الويادت ‪ -‬االردن‬
‫خضي يصباح الكيىط ‪ -‬العراق‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪ -15‬إدارة وصناعة الجودة مفاهيم إدارية وتقنية وتجارية ف الجودة ‪-‬‬
‫تسييها ‪ -‬صوار يوسف وأخرون ‪ -‬سوريا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وشوط‬ ‫‪ -16‬رشوط إدارة الجودة الشاملة ر‬
‫‪ -17‬إدارة الجودة المعارصة ‪ -‬محمد عبد العا وأخرون ‪ -‬الطبعة العربية اليازوري ر‬
‫للنس والتوزي ع‬
‫دلي تعريب‪-‬شور عىل إبراهيم ‪ -‬الطبعة‬ ‫‪ -18‬الجودة الشاملة ‪ :‬اإلدارة التنظيم واإلسياتيجية جيمس إيفن وجيمس ر‬
‫للنس والتوزي ع – جدة ‪ -‬السعودية‬ ‫العربية دار المري خ ر‬
‫والنس القاهرة ‪ -‬مص‬‫ر‬ ‫‪ -19‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة ومنظمات التأهيل لإليزو ‪ - 9000‬عىل السلم ‪ -‬دار غريب للطباعة‬
‫‪ -20‬إدارة الجودة الكلية ‪ -‬سونيا محمد البكري ‪ -‬الدار الجامعية‪ -‬اإلسكندرية‪ -‬مص‬
‫‪ -21‬أثر تطبيق مفهوم إدارة الجودة الشاملة عىل األداء التنظيم – دراسة عينة من المصارف التجارية الفلسطينية ‪-‬‬
‫فلسطي‬
‫ر‬ ‫زك أبو زيادة – القدس ‪-‬‬
‫‪ -22‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة دراسة نظرية ونموذج مقيح لها ف مكتبة الملك فهد الوطنية ‪ -‬محمد بن عبد العهية الراشد‬
‫–الرياض ‪ -‬السعودية‬
‫‪ -23‬المنهج العلم لتطبيق إدارة الجودة الشاملة ف المؤسسات العربية زين الدين عبد الفتاح ‪ -‬دار الكتب القاهرة ‪-‬‬
‫مص‬
‫‪ -24‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة جابلونسك جوزيف ترجمة النعمات عبد الفتاح‬
‫‪ -25‬الجودة والسوق ‪ -‬عىل رجا و إلهام يحياوي‬
‫اليموك عمان األردن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫جامعة‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫يسعد‬ ‫سوزية‬ ‫والتصنيفات‬ ‫‪ -26‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة – المفاهيم‬
‫‪ -27‬التحليل اإلحصات بإستخذام ‪ - six sigma‬صفاء بونس الصفاوي ويح محمد يح‬

‫‪- 283 -‬‬

 ‫الخي ‪ -‬جامعة ديا‪ -‬سوريا‬ ‫‪ -28‬إستخذام خرائط الرقابة عىل الجودة ف رشكات القطاع العام الصناع ‪ -‬طارق ر‬
‫حسي والعمليات التميم اإلنتاج ‪ -29‬إداة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪ -‬األردن عمان والتوزي ع للنار الفكر دار هللا ‪ -‬عبد‬
‫‪ -30‬قضايا إدارية معارصة ‪ -‬صالح محمد عبد الباف الدار الجامعية اإلسكندرية ‪ -‬مص‬
‫‪ -31‬اإلدارة ‪:‬المهام – المسؤوليات ‪-‬التطبيقات بيي داركر ‪ -‬ترجمة محمد عبد الكريم الدار الدولية ر‬
‫للنس والتوزي ع ‪-‬‬
‫القاهرة مص‬
‫ر‬
‫‪ -32‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة – مفاهيم وتطبيقات ‪ -‬محفوظ أحمد جودة ‪ -‬دار وائل للنس‪ -‬عمان ‪ -‬األردن‬
‫للنس القاهرة ‪ -‬مص‬ ‫المية التنافسية ‪ -‬معاىل سام حيدر ‪ -‬الدار الجامعية ر‬ ‫‪ -33‬نظم المعلومات مدخل لتحقيق ر‬
‫النت الطات ورضا صاحب عىل وسنان كاظم الموسوي ‪ -‬العراق‬ ‫‪ -34‬إدارة الجودة الشاملة واإليزو ‪ -‬حميد عبد ر‬
‫‪- -35‬إقتصاديات جودة المنتج ربي إدارة الجودة واإليزو ‪ -‬رؤية إقتصادية – فنية – إدارية – أسس – تطبيقات ‪ -‬حاالت‬
‫سمي محمد عبد‬ ‫ر‬
‫ر‬
‫أيي هرابياي دار السالم للنس والتوزي ع ‪ -‬القاهرة‬ ‫‪ -36‬المرشد إىل طريق االيزو وتطبيقاته ‪ -‬حيدر ر‬
‫سمي محمد عبد العهية مرجع سابق‬ ‫‪ -37‬ر‬
‫‪ -38‬عىل السلم مرجع سابق‬
‫‪ -39‬عمر وصف عقيىل ‪ -‬مرجع سابق‬
‫أيي هرابياي ‪ -‬مرجع سابق‬‫‪ -40‬حيدر ر‬
‫‪ -41‬الوكاله الدولية للطاقة الذرية‬
‫‪ -42‬هيئة الطاقة الذرية ‪ -‬مص‬
‫‪ -43‬بونياسلوك بهادوري – رئيس مركز الدراسات المناخية والبيئية – الهند ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -44‬الشبكة العالمية لرصد تحمض المحيطات ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -45‬اللجنة االوقيانوغرافية الحكومية الدوليه التابعة لمنظمة االمم المتحدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ -46‬منظمة االغذية والزراعة لالمم المتحدة – الفاو – تقارير‬
‫‪ -47‬تقارير االمم المتحدة عن التنمية المستدامة‬
‫‪ -48‬تقارير منظمة الصحة العالمية‬

‫‪- 284 -‬‬

 List of English References

1- Daniel duret et Maurice Pillet, Quality in production ISO 9000 a six sigma
2- Guy laudoyer, certification iso 9000, edition organisation, Paris
3- Barrie g. dale, Managing quality, fourth edition, Blackwell publishing, USA, 2003
4- Zumi nonaka, The history of th quality circle, quality progress, Josai University, Japan,
septembre 1993
5- Charles juster, Quality circle – handbook for QC facilitators, QC leaders and QC
members, SouthEasterm coalfield ltd, India, 2012
6- V.S bagad, Totale quality management, First edition, technical publications pure, India,
2008
7- Nicolas Volck, Deployer et exploiter lean six sigma, editions Organisation, groupe
eyrolles, Paris, 2009
8- Military Quality - Allied Quality Assurance Publication - Defence Standards, British
Standards.
9- Caroline Frechet, Mettre en oeuvre le six sigma, editions Organisation, Paris, 2005.
10- Meziani Mustapha, L’impact de la certification selon la norme ISO 9000 sur la gestion
des connaissances
11- Robert J. Vokurka and Garry l. stading and Jason Brazeal, Acomparative analysis of
national and regional quality awards, quality progress, August, 2000.
12- V.m rao Tummala and C.L tang, Strategic quality management –malcolm lealdrige and
European quality awards and ISO 9000 certification-, International Journal Quality &
Reliability Management, vol.13.
13- Cartin, Thomas J. Principles & Practices of TQM, (ASQ Quality Press, USA, 1993).
14- Milosevic, Dragan Z. Project Management: ToolBox, (John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2003).
15- Terninko, John, Step by Step QFD: Customer-Driven Product Design (CRC Press LLC;
Florida; 1997).
16- Gbedemah, F.S. (2004). Environment Management System (ISO 14001) Certification in
Manufacturing Companies in Ghana. Prospects and challenges. A Master of Science
(MSc) thesis submitted to the Lund University in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the award of the degree in international environmental science.
17- Hengchen, W. (2004). Cleaner Production and Circular Economy for Cement Industrial
Sector in China. Journal of Cleaner Production.
18- ISO Web Site: http://www.iso.org
19- Google serch
20- Robinson, E. (1997). A Method for Imaginative Measurement and Development of
Quality Culture. Total Quality Management.
21- Sekaran, U. Bougie, roger (2010). Research Methods for Business: A Skill Building
Approach
22- Zivkovic, S. Takic, L. & Zivkovic, N. (2013). The Improvement of Environmental
Performances by Applying ISO 14001 Standards: A Case Study. Chemical Industry and
Chemical Engineering Quarterly.

- 285 -
 Index
Declaration A
Approval of Examination Committee B
Acknowledgement C
Thesis summary D-E
Definitions and terms F-H

Chapter 1: Total Quality Strategy In Economic Institutions 1

Introduction 1
Section 1: Generalities About Total Quality 2
Part 1 : Quality Conceptually 2
Clause 1 : Quality Definition 2
Clause2 : Importance of Quality 5
Part 2 : Historical Development of Quality 7
Part 3 : Quality Dimensions 11
Part 4 : Quality Costs 14
Section 2: Total Quality Essentials 17
Part 1 : From Quality Concept To Total Quality 17
Part 2 : Elements and Requirements Of Total Quality Applied 19
Clause 1 : Total Quality Elements (Essentials) 20
Clause 2 : Requirements For Effective Applied Of Total Quality 22
Part 3 : Total Quality Tools 23
Part 4 : Apply Total Quality And Relationship To SIX SIGMA 27
Clause 1 : Apply Total Quality 27
Clause 2 : Total Quality Relationship With Six Sigma 30
Section 3: Total Quality Strategy And Economic InstitutionS 31
Part 1 : Intellectual Entrance 31
Clause 1 : Economic Enterprise Or Company Concept 32
Clause 2 : The Importance Of Economic Enterprise 33
Clause 3 : Characteristics Of Economic Enterprise 34
Part 2: T Q Strategy And its Relationship With General Strategy Of The Institution 35
Clause 1: Definition Of Strategy 35
Clause 2: The Concept Of Total Quality Strategy 36
Clause 3: Total Quality Strategy Objectives 37
Clause 4: Relationship Of Total Quality Strategy With The Institution General Strategy 38
Part 3: Strategic Planning For Total Quality 39
Clause 1: Definition Of Strategic Planning 40
Clause 2 : Strategic Planning For Total Quality 40
Clause 3 : Process Steps For Total Quality Strategic Planning 41
Part 4: The Strategic Dimension Of Total Quality As a Competitive Priority 43
Clause 1 : Total Quality As a Competitive Advantage 43
Clause 2 : Quality and Competition Strategies 40
Section 4 : ISO 9000 Standard And Its Relation To Total Quality 46
Part 1 : ISO 9000 Standard Specifications 47
Clause 1 : Origin Of ISO 9000 Specifications 47

- 286 -
Clause 2 : Definition Of ISO 9000 Standard 49
Clause 3 : Stages Of Obtaining A Certificate ISO 9000 50
Part 2 : ISO 9000 Series Components 51
Clause 1: ISO 9000 Versions 51
Clause 2 : ISO 9000 Series 54
Part 3 : Relation Of ISO 9000 Specifications To Total Quality. 58
Clause 1 : Differences 58
Clause 2: Similarities 59
Clause 3 : ISO 9000 Quality Management System Requirements 62

Chapter 2: Integration System Between ISO Standards Related To Sustainability 64

Introduction 64
Section 1 : ISO Standard Specifications Group 64
Part 1 : ISO 20121 Sustainable Events 64
Clause 1 : Definition And Benefits Of The Standard 65
Clause 2 : Standard Items 67
Part 2 : ISO 26000 Social Responsibility 68
Clause 1 : Definition 68
Clause 2 : Standard Items 69
Part 3 : ISO 50001 Energy Management 70
Clause 1 : Definition 70
Clause 2 : Standard Items 70
Clause 3 : Rehabilitation Benefits 71
Clause 4 : Applied Scope 72
Part 4 : ISO 14001 Environmental Management 73
Clause 1 : Definition 73
Clause 2 : Standard Items 74
Clause 3 : Stages, Scope of Application And Rehabilitation Plans 75
Clause 4 : Rehabilitation Benefits 77
Part 5 : ISO 45001 Occupational Health And Safety 77
Clause 1 : Definition 77
Clause 2 : Standard Items 78
Section 2 : ISO Quality Function Deployment ( QFD ) 78
Clause 2 : The Impact Of integration In Improving Iconomic Units And Achieving Value 79
Clause 3 : Function Sections 80
Part 2 : Quality Houses 81
Clause 1: Quality House Components 82
Clause 2: Steps Build a Quality House 83

Chapter 3 : The Strategic Importance of T Q and its Effect on Sustainable Development 85

Introduction 85
Section 1: Introduction To Sustainable Development Concept 86
Part 1 : The Sustainable Development Concept and Historical Development 86
Clause 1 : Historical Development Of Sustainable Development 86
Clause 2 : Sustainable Development Concept 90

- 287 -
Part 2 : Principles And Goals of Sustainable Development 92
Clause 1 : Principles of Sustainable Development 93
Clause 2 : Sustainable Development Goals 94
Part 3: Dimensions And Indicators of Sustainable Development 107
Clause 1: Dimensions Of Sustainable Development 107
Clause 2: Sustainable Development Indicators 109
Part 4: Role of Sustainable Development in Increasing Profits 110
Section 2 : The Role of the T Q strategy for achieving the economic dimension of sustainable 112
development
Part 1 : Total Quality And Sustainable Economic Performance 112
Part 2 : The Role of TQ Strategy in Activation the functions of Sustainable Production and 114
marketing
Clause 1 : T Q Strategy ith the concept of cleaner Production 115
Clause 2 : Effect T Q In Activating Green Marketing 115
Clause 1 : Takuchi Function 116
Part 4 : ISO 9000 Specifications For Sustainable Economic Development 117
Section 3 : Role Of T Q Strategy In Achieving The Social Dimension Of Sustainable Developmen 118
Part 1 : Qualifying Internal Customers Of The Economic Institution To Achieve 119
Sustainability
Part 2 : Role Of External Clients Of Economic Institution In Achieving Social Sustainability 120
Clause 1 : Schulte’s Strategy 121
Clause 2 : Servqual 123
Clause 3 : Servperf 123
Part 3 : Relationship of Social Responsibility To The T Q Strategy In The Economic 124
Institution
Clause 1 : Occupational Health And Safety 125
Clause 2 : Consumer RightS 126
Clause 3 : Incentives And Remuneration Policy 128
Part 4 : ISO 26000 & OHASA 18000 for Sustainable Development Of Enterprises social 129
point
Clause 1 : ISO 26000 International Standard Of Social Responsibility 129
Clause 2 : OHASA 18000 130
Section 4: Role Of T Q Strategy To Achieving The Environmental Dimension Of Sustainable 132
Development
Part 1 : T Q Policies To Reflect The Environmental Dimension In Economic Institutions 132
Clause 1 : PDCA Demining 132
Clause 2 : Exclusion Sequence UDSO 134
Part 2 : Total Environmental Quality Management To Achieve EnvironmentalPerformance 135
Clause 1 : An Intellectual Introduction Of Environmental Management Concept 135
Clause 2 : Total Quality Environmental Management Concept 138
Part 3 : ISO 14001 Total Environmental Quality Management In The Economic Enterprise 141
Clause 1 : Devaluing ISO 14000 Environmental Management System 141
Clause 2 : ISO 14000 Concept of the Environmental Management System 143
Clause 3 : ISO 14000 Series of Specifications 145
Clause 3 : ISO 14000 Specifications For Establish sustainable development 146

- 288 -
Chapter 4: Practical And Field Study 148
Introduction 148
Section 1 : Field Study 149
Part 1 : About The Quality Secret Company (Field Case ). 149
Clause 1 : Strategy And Development 150
Clause 2 : General Objectives Of The Company 151
Clause 3 : The Main Tasks 151
Part 2 : The Legal And Regulatory Aspect Of The Company 152
Clause 1 : How To Apply Quality In The Company 153
Clause 2 : Methodological Procedures Of The Field Study 155
Clause 3 : The Sustainable Development Level In Quality Secret Company 166
Part 3 : Relationship between T Q S And Dimension Of Sustainable Development 169
Clause 1: Correlation Coefficient 169
Clause 2 : Regression Models Of T Q S and Dimensions Of Sustainable Development 170
Clause 3 : Testing The Validity Of Hypotheses: 172

Chapter 5: All About The Concept And Methodology Of Planning 177

Introduction 177
Section 1 : Plan Preparation For The Planning Process Model (urban planning ) 180
Part 1 : The Main Elements And Procedures 181
Part 2 : Preparation Steps For Outline Of Guiding Framework For Spatial 181
Development
Part 3 : The Stages Of Urban Planning 182
Section 2 : Planning Areas And Unified Agreements For Joint Planning 182
Part 1 : The Definition Of The Joint Planning Area 182
Clause 1 : Responsibility 182
Clause 2 : Chose The Determine Of Joint Planning Areas 183
Part 2 : Launching The Planning Process 184
Clause 1 : Cooperation Procedures 184
Clause 2 : Professional Planning Team 186
Clause 3 : Business Plan 188
Clause 4 : The Time Ceiling 188
Part 3 : Basic Planning Information 191
Clause 1: Basic Maps 191
Clause 2: Sectoral Assessment Schemes And Spatial Development Guideline 191
Framework Scheme
Clause 3: Land Use Schemes And Zoning Classification 192
Clause 4: Source For Obtaining Other Maps 193
Clause 5 : Other Planning Information 195

Chapter 6 : Sustainable Cities 197

Introduction 197
Section 1: Introducing Smart Sustainable Cities 198
Part 1 : Definition of Sustainable Cities 198

- 289 -
Part 2 : Sustainable Cities Between Universality, Privacy And Intelligence 199
Clause 1 : Developing Strategies And Programs in Sustainable Cities 201
Clause 2 : Challenges of Transition to Smart Sustainable Cities 204
Part 3 : Master plans for Sustainable Cities 206
Item 1 : Urban Strategic Planning 207
Item 2 : Sustainable Architecture 208
Item 3 : Sustainable Green Farming 216
Item 4 : sustainable industrial farming 217
Item 5 : The Water 220
Item 6 : drainage water and sewage 223
Item 7 : Waste 224
Item 8 : Open Green Spaces 225
Item 9 : Electricity and Energy 233
Item 10 : Sustainable Transport 239
Item 11 : communications 242
Item 12 : Hospitals 251
Item 13 : The Possibility of Entertainment 255
Item 14: Education, Schools and Universities: 258
Item 15: Sustainable Financial Services 262
General Conclusion 265

Appendix Index

Appendix No. ( 1 ) Questionnaires 270

Appendix No. ( 2 ) Personal data 275
Appendix No. ( 3 ) 276
List of Arabic References 283
List of English References 285
Index 286

Table Index

Table No. ( 1 ) Quality Concepts 5

Table No. (2) Difference between traditional quality and total quality 19
Table No. ( 3 ) The place of total quality in competition strategies 46
Table No. ( 4 ) convergence between Total Quality and ISO 9000 60
Table No. 5 Standard Items ISO 9000 67
Table No. 6 Standard Items ISO 26000 69
Table No. 7 Standard Items ISO 50001 70
Table No. 8 Standard Items ISO 14001 74
Table No. 9 Standard Items ISO 45001 78
Table No. 10 136
Table No. ( 11 ) Action Plan of the urban development guideline Phase 1 189

- 290 -
Table No. (12) Action plan Land Use Plan construction provisions 190
Table No. 13 analytical description of these processes 202
Table 14: general strategies for the overall transformation of the smart city 203
Table No. 15 Areas of application for environmental impacts and examples of 250
how to change for use

Figure Index

Figure No. ( 1 ) Defective product detection costs 16

Figure No. (2) Relationship between T Q and Institutions General Strategy 39
Figure No. ( 3 ) Structure Of ISO 9000 Specifications 62
Figure No. ( 4 ) Process model for Total Quality Management Process Type 63
Figure No. ( 5 ) Deployment Quality 80
Figure No. ( 6 ) Quality Houses 81
Figure No. ( 7 ) Quality House Components 82
Figure No. ( 8 ) Comprehensive sustainable development goals 106
Figure no. ( 9 ) Dimensions of Sustainable Development 109
Figure no. ( 10 ) schulte’s strategy 121
Figure No. (12 ) Deming cycle and relation to total environmental management 133
Figure No. ( 13 ) Organizationa Structure 153
Figure No. ( 14 ) The strategy of the independent and dependent variable of 157
sustainable development
Figure No. ( 15 ) Modularity Of Distribution - Regression 170
Figure No. ( 16 ) Modularity Of Distribution - prepartion 181
Figure No. ( 17 ) Modularity of Distribution - Urban 182
Figure No. ( 18 ) achieving the vision for improvement in sustainable cities 201
Figure No. ( 19 ) Program of sustainable cities 177
Figure No. (20 ) visualization of the agro-industrial park 218
Figure No. ( 19 ) information and communication technology, new knowledge 246
and economic growth

- 291 -